M. Int.-16 500

CENSUS Of IPAKJSTAN, 1951

VOLUME 4

NORTH· WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE

REPORT & TABLES

BY SHEIKH ABDUL HAMID, Provincial Superintendent of Census, N.-W.F.P.

Published by the Manager of Publications, Government of Pakistan, Karachi Printed by the Manager, Din Muhammad; Press, Karachi.

Price Rs. 10/- FIRST CENSUS OF PAKISTAN, 19SI-CENSUS PUBLICATIONS

8ulletlns

No. I-Provincial Tables of Population.

No.2-Population according to Religion.

No.3-Urban and Rural Population and Area.

No.4-Population according to Economic Categories.

Vi/lage Lists

The Village list shows the name of every Village in Pakistan in its place in the administratives organisation of Tehsils, Halquas, Talukas, Tapas, Sub-division's Thanas etc. The names are given in English and in the appropriate vernacular script, and against each is shown the area, population as enumerated in the Census, the number of houses, and local details such as the existence of Railway Stations, Post Offices, Schools, Hospitals etc. The Village list is issued in separate booklets for each District or group of Districts.

Census Reports Printed

Veil. 2-Baluchistan'and States Union Report and Tables,

Vol. 3-East Bengal and Report Tables.

Vol. 4-N.-W.F,P. and' Frontier Regions Report and Tables.

Census Reports (in course of preparation)

Vol. I-General Report and Tables for Pakistan, showing Provincial Totals.

Vol. 5-Punjab and Bahawalpur State Report Tables.

Vol. 6-Sind and Khairpur State Report and Tables.

Vol. 7-West Pakistan Tables of Economic Characteristics.

Vol. 8-East Pakistan Tables of Economic Characteristics.

PREFACE This Census report for the North-West Frontier Province and the Frontier Regions is one of the series of volumes in which the results of the 1951 Census of Pakistan are re· corded. Underlying all the work and effort by which these figures have been produced, as the overwhelming need for the rapid supply of information regarding the new nation. But this sense of urgency has had to contend with the great difficulty of organizing the enumeration and the subsequent abstraction of the results at a time when the administra­ tive structure of the Government was itself in the formative stages. Most strenuous efforts by devoted officers, however. met the demand for data despite the slender resources, and the more essential figures ~ere made available with remarkable speed by the issue of four Interim Bulletins, the first of which gave the provisional results of the Census within six weeks of the Enumeration. In addition, a District Village List was published giving the name, population and many local details of every village in the settled districts and a similar pamphlet has been published for each of the , enumerated parts of the Frontier RegioQs giving an analysis of the main tribes by villages. This report now gathers together all the final details of the 1951 Census in the North West Frontier Province and Frontier Regions. It is arranged in three parts; Part I, be­ sides giving a brief description of the historical and geographical background of the pro­ vince, explains the definitions and methods used in the collection and the compilation of the census data, provides certain comparisons with past figures, and gives some of the local details required in order to understand the differences between the figures for various parts of the province. A chapter in this part of the volume explains the census statistics of the 'Frontier Regions, a slightly larger areas of which were enumerated in this Census than previously. Part II contains the regular series of statistical tables in which the detailed tesults of the Census of the Settled Districts are presented and Part III contains the special tables for the Frontier Regions, including the estimates made of the population of the areas which were not covered by enumeration. It is strongly urged that before using or drawing conclusions from the data in Parts II and III, the definitions and explanations in Part I should be taken into account. It is proposed to issue a further volume, which will be No.7 in the series, in which certain of the economic tables for all provinces of West Pakistan will be presented in greater geographical and qualitative detail. _ The change in the structure of the urban population in the settled districts which had arisen from the departure of most of the Hindus and Sikhs created many administrative problems for which information was urgently required. Moreover, the 1941 Census had not been fully tabulated owing to the War. This lack of statistical data made it imperative not to postpone the census beyond its normal date in February 1951 despite the undesira­ bility of organizing such an operation without long preparation. The Provincial Super· intendent of Census feels nevertheless that the figures in the 1951 Census are reasonably, a~urate as regards the total population of the settled districts and that the enumeration and estimation gives us better figures for the Frontier Regions than were previously avail· able. Accuracy in the Cen~u~ i~ however a relative matter and the same standard 9f accuracy cannot obviously apply to all the detailed statistics. One must allow for doubts. and uncertainties in the minds of the public and this is particularly true in the case of illite..' rate persons in regard to age and the exact des.cription of occupations, etc. The sorting and tabulation work which was largely done by the traditional hand methods was most carefully checked, but here again the possil:iIity of mis-classification cannot be entirely ruled out. These considerations have led to a departure from previous policy in the matter of presenting the Age data. In 193 I the age figures suffered from the usual troubles but the 5-year Age-groups were adjusted arithmetically in order to smooth out the worst inequalities. In 1931 this was considered undesirable: The enumerators them.selves had recorded most of the ages to the nearest 5 years, but an analysis disclosed that even then there was obvious heaping in certain groups. Had the data been presented in this report in fun detail, there would have been very grave danger of figures being u~ed hurriedly to draw conclusions of administrative importance without giving due consideration to their relative reliability. The age figures are therefore presented only in broad groups which appear to be reasonably reliable. The full tabulation in 5-year groups has been preserved and copies can be made available to students and statisticians on application to the Govern­ ment of Pakistan, but should only be used under expert advice and with caution.

The scope of the 1951 Census of Pakistan covered more or less the same ground as previous Censuses of India except that the detailed analysis by Castes and Race ceased to be necessary and tribes were not recorded except in special areas. The enquiries regard­ ing language, literacy, education and Economic activities were carried into greater detail. A translation of the enumerators questionnaire and introduction-sheet is inserted in the back-cover of this volume together with a copy of the Enumeration Slip on which the I}nswers were recorded. Some of the enquiries included in the questionnaire have proved unsuccessful and in particular the data on Unemployment and Fertility. But these in­ lJovations were worth making and will probably result, provided the questions are re­ designed in the light of our present experience, in the production of more reliable data on these subjects at the next Census. In this Census no question was asked regarding physi­ calor mental handicaps as experience had shown the practical impossibility of applying definitions regarding the degree of informity. An enquiry into cattle resources and land utilization was originally suggested for inclusion in the population Census. There is a great deal to be said for collecting such information while the enumerators are recording the other data of the rural population, but in view of the short time for organization and the complex nature of such an enquiry, which would necessitate far more elaborate instruc­ tion of enumerators, nothing of this kind could be done in 1951. An enquiry into Cottage Industries was, however, included as a part of the house-listing survey. It was not com­ pleted fully everywhere but the results may be useful as far as they go.

The work of abstracting the statistical data from the mass of slips has been a long and exacting undertaking which was complicated by th,e decision on grounds of economy for part of the work to be done in Rawalpindi, and on grounds of accuracy for the occupa­ tional data of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force to be sorted by punched card machi­ nery in Karachi. The use of this machinery enabled the classifications to be checked in detail and provided cross-tabulations wh:ch would have been quite impossible by hand. This first attempt to modernize the abstraction stage of the Census is an essential innova­ tion and should lead to far better results in the future. There was of course a feeling that methods of great precision were being used to deal with information which itself was often extremely indefinite, but the mlchine system, with its preliminary coding does tend to eliminate even these errors and certainly prevents their mUltiplication. Part [ of the re­ port has been written by Sheikh Abdul Hamid, I have given a certain amount of editorial

( ii ) guidance but the thought is his and is a valuable appreciation of lhe contents and meaning of the data from the point of view of the officer who obtained the figures and can view them in the light of an intimate knowledge of the country and its people. Neither he nor I, however, put Part I of the report forward as a exhaustive study, but in the hope that the information and tables may provide a basis for much further and more technical, research.

I take this opportunity of putting on record Ill) favourable opinion of the spirit of cooperation extended to t~e Census work by the Government officials of the province and States and by the heads of the tribal groups. I visited several of the Districts and States during the pre-enumeration period or shortly after the Census had been taken and found the Census workers to be keen and the public mostly cooperative. Nearly all the enumerators and other Census officers were Government servants to whom the Census was an extra and unpaid job in a busy life. Neverthe!esc:, there was an obvious desire to obtain a complete enumeration. Great credit is due to Sheikh Abdul Hamid for his energy and organizing ability in taking this work over from his predecessor whose untimely death was greatly regretted. In organizing the enumeration the Provincial Superinten­ dent of C'ensu& was ably assist~d by Captain A<;hraf Hm,ain who carried out.llluch inspec­ tion and instruction work in districts and Frontier Regions and by Mr. Yusuf Ali who not only did a great deal of instruction work hut also managed the office and supervised the sorting of the tribal slips. I was much impressed hy the spirit, efficiency and energy which was shown by all members of the Census staff in the North-West Frontier Province from the Provincial Superintendent downwards and I am deeply grateful fOI the patience and kindness which they extended to me on my many visits.

E. H. SLADE, Fellow of the Royal Statistician SOciety. Pellow of tho Association of Incorporated Statisticians (London) Census Commissioner, Pakistan.

Iii PART I-CONTENTS OF CHAPTERS

<::HAPTBA No. AND TITLB PAGS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS INTRODUCTION I. THE PROVINCE AND ITS GEOGRAPHY 1.1 Location-1.2 Boundaries with Surrounding countries and provinces-1.3 Area-1.4 Administrative and Political Divisions-l.5 Three Topographical Divi­ sions-1.6 Rivers-I.7 Rainfall-1.8 Climate-1.9 Soil-1.10 Irrigation-1.tl Progress of irrigation compared-1.I2 Extension of irrigation by Government Canals-1.13 Irrigated area in each District-1.l4 Crops-US Minerals-1.l6 Electric Installations-1.l7 Forests-1.18 Roads-1.19 Water-ways-1.20 Railways. 2. mSTORICAL SURVEY t7 2.1 Earliest History-2.2 Muslims-2.3 Sikh rule-2.4 British ruJe-2.S Provin­ cial Autonomy-2.6 Pakistan. '3. MOVEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION .. 19 3.1 Population-3.2 Comparison with other places-3.3 The settled districts-3.4 Method of Enumeration-3.5 The Progress of Population-3.6 Comparison with past censuses; accuracy of enumeration past and present-3.7 Variation in 19411 1951 Decade-3.8 Variation in Districts over past five decades-3.9 Districts in order of density-3.10 Relationship of Population density to cultivable ground industries and other potentialities-3.l1 Religious composition of population of Districts-3.12 Muhajirs in districts-3.13 Localities of specially high and specially low density-3.14 Population of Tehsils-3.IS Proportion of the urban and rural population. 4. THE URBAN POPULATION 28 4.1 Dt-finition of 'City' and 'Town'-4.2 Changes in urban areas since 1941-4.3 Classification of urban areas-4.4 Growth of urban population-4.S Cities and Towns-4.6 Distribution of population by important religious groups-4.7 Educa­ tion in Urban areas-4.8 Notes on selected Towns. 5. THE RURAL POPULATION 36 5.1 Definition of "Village"-S.2 Number of villages by district-S.3 Size of VilJages- 5.4 Density of population in rural areas and corelation of rural pcpuJaticn with soil fertility and irrigation, etc.-S.5 Proportions of rural and urban population-S.6 Agri­ cultural and allied Occupations-5.7 Subsidiary occupations of Agrict:lturaJ workers -5.8 Cultivating population analysed by land-tenure-5.9 Landlords-S.IO Size of Holdings-S.lI Literacy in Rural areas. 6. BIRTHPLACE .. 42 6.1 Scope of the Chapter-6.2 Extent of Migration-6.3Inter District Wigration-6.4 Immigration from Frontier Regions-6.5 Immigration to Frontier Regions-6.6 Movement between N. W. F. and other Provinces of Pakistan-6.7 Tendency for persons from particular Provinces to settle-6.8 Persons enumerated in the Pro­ vince but born in Asiatic countries outside Pakistan-6.9 Afghans and Powindahs -6.10 Other Muslim countries-6.11 Non-Asiatic countries. 7. AGE ., 46 7.1 Collection of data-7.2 Accuracy of the returns-7.3 Sex and age composition -7.4 Variation in proportion of Age-groups-7.S Orphans. ( iv) PART I-CONTENTS OF CHAPTERS (concluded)

PAGE 8. SEX AND MARITAL STATUS 49 8.1 Accuracy-Excess oi males-8.2 General comparison with other Provlllces-8.3 Sex ratio in principal religious groups-8A Sex ratios in districts-8.S Sex ratio~ among Muhajirs-8.6 Sex ratios among urban and rural population-8.7 Sex ratios in Age-groups-8.8 Customs relating to marriage-8.9 Meanings and value of matri- monial statistics-8.10 Marital status in relation to sex and age. 9. LITERACY AND EDUCATION 53 9.1 Definitions and interpretations-9.2 Ability to read Holy Quran-9.3 Literacy percentage-9.4 Literacy in districts-9.5 Literacy among religious groups-9.6 Progress of Literacy-9.7 Educational statistics-9.8 Expenditure of Education. 10. LANGUAGES .. 57 10.1 Statistics available from the census-ID.2 Districtwise distribution of mother tongue-1O.3 Unclassified languages reported as mother tQngue-.-lO.4 Cpief lang- uages understood-1O.5 Bihngualism-IO.6 Distribution of languages read and written-1O.7 Ability to read and understand pw,s and radio-IO.8 Relation of languages written and levels of education. 11. ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES .. 63 II.I The conception of occupation of economic groups and industrial status-I 1.2 Collection of the data-I 1.3 Classification-IlA Value of the satistics-l1.5 Broad divisions of the Labour Force-l1.6 Distribution of economic groupings in the Province-II.7 General Survey of Agricultural condition-II.S Land tenure statis­ tics-l1.9 Industries Dependants upon Agriculture-I1.l0 Fishing-I 1.1 I Pore­ stry-l1.12 Industrial ~tatus-1I.13 Occupations-l1.l4 Female workers-11.I5 Unemployment-l1.l6 Cottage Industry. 12. FRONTIER REGIONS 73 12.1 Area covered-12.2 Estimated areas-12.3 Areas enumerated on tribal slips- 12.4 Enumeration slips and presentation of the results-12.5 Frontier regions table No. I population-12.6 Frontier Regions table No.2 Variation-12.7 Density of population per square mile-12.8 Tables 3A and 3B Tribes-12.9 Sex ratio in fron­ tier regions-12.10 Frontier regIOns table 4 Age and Marital status-12.ll Frontier regions table No. 5 Mother tongue-12.12 Frontier regions table No.6 Speech...,... 12.13 Frontier regions table No.7 Languages of Literacy-l2.14 Literacy and educa­ tion-12.15 Means of Livelihood.

( V ) PART I-LIST OF STATEMENTS

PAG.!:: I.A-Distrtcts arranged according to the size of area I I. B-Administrative Districts 4 I.C-Normal temperature and normal monthly rainfall 6 8 l.D-Average rainfall in inche~ I.E-Cultivable area in the Districts 9 I.F-Number of Irrigation wells in the Distncts 9 1 .G-Progress of lrrigation in the Districts 10 11 I.R-Extension of Irrigation in the Di~tricts by G0vernment Canals 1.I-Percentage of Irrigated area in each District 11 12 1.1-Averagr Area under principal crops-Average Annual Tolal Yield-Average Annual Yield per acre. 3.Al-ropulation of Pakistan 19 3.A2-Progress of population in the Districts during the last five decades 20 3.B-Percentage increase during the last five decades, in each District ., 21 3.C-Population and Density of District 21 3.D-Distribution of population by Religion at censuses 1911 to 1951 22 3.E-Religious composition of popul~tion of Districts 22 3.F-Muhajirs in the Districts and selected Cities and Towns 23 3.G-Tehsils in order of Density in 1951 23 3.R-Population of Tehsils at last five Censuses 24 3.T-Percentage decennial increases in urban and rural population 27 3.1-Cultivation and Population 27 4.A-Growth of Urban Population in Cantonments, and other Urban Areas since 1901 30 4.B-Number of Births and Deaths reported in urban areas during 1941-1950 31 4.C-Comparison of Population of Selected Towns 1911 to 1951 31 4.D-Religious composition in "elected Urban Areas 32 4.EI-Urban and Rural Literacy 32 4.E2-Urban and Rural Education-\1ales 33 4.E3-Urban and Rural Education-Females 33 4.F-Birthplace of population in selt-'Cted cities and towns 34 4.G-Congestioll in Peshawar Municipality 34 5,A-Number of villages in the districts during 1911-1951 37 5.B-Part I.-Villages by Number of Inhabitants. Pt. H.-Population by size of Village 38 5.C-Number of revenue payers, classified according to amount of Land Revenue paid 39 5.Cl-Proportions per mille of agriculturists in subsidiary occupation 39 5.C2-Proportion per mille of cultivating population analyzed by land tenure 40 5.D-Literacy and Education in Rural Areas .. 41

( vi ) PART I-LIST OF STATEMENTS-(concluded)

PAGE 6.A-Distribution by birthplace per mille of persons enumerated 43 6.B ...... Persons enumerated in the Pro,

IO ..,\-Mother tongue per thousand total popu~tion 58 1O.a-Bilinguaiism 60 10.C;-PropoI!ion per mile of population able tQ read princjpallanguages 61 IO.Q-Languages and education .. 62 11.A-General distribution oi economic groups in the national divisions of N.W.F.P. 66 11.B-Person per mille engaged in agricultural occupation in January 1951 67 ll.C-Proportion of landless labourers compared with land owners and tenants, etc. 69 Il.D-Acerage of cultivable area per agricultural worker in the districts 69 II.E-Estirnate of educated persons in Governmental and Allied activities 71 12.A-Sex ratios in enumerated areas of the frontier regions 77 12.B-Age percentages in enumerated areas 78 12.C-Marital status percentage in enumerated areas of Frontier regions 78 12.D-Education in enumerated areas of Frontier regions 80 l2.E-Schools and scholars in enumerated areas of Frontier regions 81 12.F-Economic status in enumerated areas of Frontier regions 82 Appendix to ") report Part J- ~ Places enumerated and places estimated 83 Chapter 12. J

vii PART I-LIST OF MAPS

PAOI! 1.t.-Administrative and Political Divisions 3 1.2.-Rainfall by Tehsils 7 1.3.-Rivers, Roads and Railways 15 3.2.-Density by tehsils 26 IO.I.-Distribution of mother tongue 59

PART I-LIST OFilCHARTS

3.1.-Communal development of population of NWFP (Settled Districts) 20 3.2-Tehsils in order of population at the last five Censuses 2S 7.1.~Age sex pyramid in settled districts of NWFP . . 41 7.2.-Variation in age groups Percentages 41 8.1.-Sex ratio by districts 50 9.1-Literacy and education Percentages 55 lO.2.-Persons able to speak/read the number of languages of North West Frontier Province 60

( viii) . PART IT-LIST OF TABLES NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE Table No. PAGE 1. POPULATION 1-1 Geographical division by districts, tehsils and States-Area in Sq. Miles-Density per sq. mile-Urban population by sex-Rural population by sex. I-A. POPULATION OF URBAN AREAS 1-6 Geographical division by towns and localities with urban characteristics-Urban population in Table l' analysed by urban areas showing for each:-Area in sq. Miles-total persons-Males-Females-Density. 2. TOWNS AND CITIES ., 2-1 Urban localities grouped in population classes:-loo,OOO or over inhabitants- 25,000 and under loo,ooo-lO,ooo and under 25,000, 5,OOO-under 10,000. Show- ing Religious groups-Muhajirs-Form of local Government. 3. VARIATION 3-1 Geographical division by districts and States-Population 1901, 1911, 1921, 1941, 1951-Decennial charges _in actual numbers and as percentages of previous census population. . 4. AGE AND MARITAL STATUS 4-1 Geographical division by d~trict~-Broad age groups-Main religions-sex-mari- tal status. 4-A. ORPHANS 4-4 Geographical division by districts and States-Children under 12 years whose fathers had died-main religions-Sex. 5. BIRTHPLACE 5-1 Persons enumerated in each district or State-Persons born in Districts of Province of enumeration-In other provinces or states of Pakistan-In Zones elsewhere in sub-continent-in Other countries. 6. RELIGION 6-1 Geographical division hy districts and States: Muslim; Caste Hindus; Scheduled Castes. By Provinces-Minor religious groups. 7. MOTHER TONGUE 7-1 Geographical division by districts and States-languages in main families and branches. 7-A. SPEECH 7-3 Geographical division by districts and States-Persons commonly speaking the nine principallanguages-Perccntage of population. S. LITERACY 8-1 Geographical division by districts and States-Persons over 12 years who can read-Children who can read-Percentage-Main religions-Sex. S·A. LANGUAGES OF LITERACY 8-3 Geographical division by distrtcr~ and States-Persons abb to read only, and Per- sons able to read and write in the nine principal languages-Persons able to read Holy Quran in Arabic. 9. PUPILS AND STUDENTS 9-1 Geographical division by districts and States-Persons attendmg school or college by:-Educational age groups-Main religious groups-Percentage of total popula­ tions in group-Sex.

9-A. YEARS OF EDUCATION ". 9-3 Gwgraphical division by districts and States-Persons who have had:-Nil years of education, under 3 years, 5 to 6 years, 7 to 10 years, over lO years-All religions, Muslims, Educational Age groups-Sex.

( ix ) PART II-LIST OF CENSUS TABLES-(concluded) NORTH.WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE Table No. PAGE 9-B. EDUCATIONAL LEVELS 9-6 Geographical division by districts and States-Literate Persons who have passed:-Primary school, Middle School, Matriculation, degrre, higher degree- those who have no formal attainment-Musltms sePl'rately-Sex. 10. NATIONALITY 10- 2 Non·Pakistanis by Countries of N.. tionality. IO-A. AFGHAN POWINDAHS 10-3 Geographical division by districts and States-Persons under 12 years-Persons 12 years and over by occupations-Tribes-5ex. 11. LABOUR FORCE 11-1 Geographical division by districts. tehsils, States-8elf-supporting persons: Agri. cultural labour force, Non-Agricultural Labour Force, Persons Not in Civilian Labour Foret-Dependents: Under 12 years, 12 years and over-sex. II·A. OCCUPATIONS OF NON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE 11-6 Geographical division by districts and States-Occupational Groups-Industrial Status~Age groups-Education-Sex. I1-B-l OCCUPATIONS OF AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE 11-9 Geographical division by districts and States-Cultivators-Herdsmen. etc.- Other agriculturists-Sex. 11-B-2 SUBSIDIARY OCCUPATIONS OF AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE II-II 12. ECONOMIC GROUPS AND INDUSTRIAL STATUS OF NON-AGRICUL- TURAL LABOUR FORCE !2-1 Geographical division by districts and States-Economic groups-Industrial Status-Sex. 13 ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE 13-1 Geographical division by districts and States-Economic groups, occupations­ Sex. 14. "9RICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE 14-1 Geographical division by districts and States-Cultivators by Land Tenure Status-Herdsmen and Dairymen, other agricultural workers-Sex. 15. LANDOWNERS 15-1 Geographical division by districts and States-persons owing land-broad catego­ ries of economic activities. 19·A MUHAJIRS' ORIGIN 19-1 Geographical division by place of enumeration (districts and States Union)-Pre­ vious residence of Muhajirs by Zones-Sex. I9-B. EDUCATIONAL LEVELS OF MUHAJIRS 19-3 Geographical division by districts and States-Literates who passed :-Primary Schobl, Middle School, Matriculation degree, higher degree-those with no formal attainment-5ex. I9-C. MUHAJIRS IN THE LABOUR FORCE 19-5 Geogrdphical division by districts, tehsils and States-8elf-supporting persons; Agricultural Labour Force, Non-Agricultural Labour Force-Muhajirs-Not in Civilian Labour Force-Dependents; under 12 years, 12 years and over-5ex. 19·D. ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF MUHAJIRS 19-\0 Geographical division by districts and States-Labour Force by economic groups, occupation-Sex. S-I THE LOCATION OF COTTAGE INDUSTRIES S-2 S-2 NUMBER OF EACH CLASS OF COTTAGE INDUSTRY AND THE NUMBER S-3 OF WORKERS EMPLOYED THEREIN.

( x ) PART HI-LIST OF' TABLES FRONTIER REGIONS PAOB I. POPUlATION F,R.l-1 Geographical Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Area in square miles-Estimated and enumerated population by sex-Persons per square mile­ literates by sex.

2. VARIATIO~ .. F.R.2-t Geographical Division by Agencie:., States and Tribal Areas-Population 1911. 1921, 1931. 1941, 1951-Decennial changes in actual numbers and as percentages of previous Census population. 3. RELIGION F.R. 3-1 Geographical Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Muslim; Caste Hindus; Scheduled Caste: Christian: Others. 3-A. TRIBES AND STATES F.R, 3-2 Geographical Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Tribal strength of the main tribes-Sex. 3·B. ESTIMATES STRENGTH OF TRIBES IN THE NON·ENUMERATED AREAS. . F.R. 3-4 Geographical Division by Agencies. States and Tribal Areas-Main tribes-Esti- mated total strength. 4. SEX AND MARITAL STATUS P.R. 4·-1 Geographical Division by Agencies. States and Trihal Areas-Sex-Broad age groups. 5. MOTHER TONGUE F.R.5-1 Geographical Division by Ag.mcics. States and Tribal Areas-Languages in main families and branches. 6. SPEECH F.R. 6-! Geographical Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Persons commonly speaking the nine principal languages. 7. LANGUAGES OF LITERACY F.R.7-1 Geographical Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Persons able to read only, and persons able to rcad an·:) write. 8. EDUCATIONAL LEVELS F.R.8-1 Geograph:cal Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Literate persons who have passed primary school, middle school. matriculate, degree-Those who have no formal attainment-Sex. 9. ENUMERATED POPULATION ACCORDING TO ECONOMIC STATUS F.R.9-1 Geographical Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Self·supporting population by sex-Dependents by s~x. 9-A. ANALYSIS OF SELF SUPPORTING PERSONS .BY OCCUPATIONS F.R. 9-2 Geographical Division by Agencies, States and Tribal Areas-Self-supporting persons according to their usual occupations-Sex.

( xi ) ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The brunt of the Census work fell on the Patwaris and Kanun­ gos who inspite of their other heavy duties, carried out the arduous and onerous task of enumeration with their traditional cheerfulness. The Provincial Superintendent of Census wishes to thank them and the District Census Officers and their staff, and all the many private persons who gave honorary assistance in this work of national im­ portance. His thanks are also due to the Deputy Commissioner, Political Agents and Sub-Divisional Officers whose co-operation and assistance was very valuable. He is particularly indebted to Mr. Yusaf Ali, Deputy Superintendent of Census, for the excellent work done by him throughout these operations. His unflinching devotion to duty rendered it possible to complete the work within the scheduled time. Mention may also be made here of the valu­ able assistance given by Mr. Ghulam Mohammad Khan, Stenogra­ pher to the Secretary to Government, N.-W.F.P. Food and Civil Supplies Department, from time to time and especially in typing out the draft of the Statistical Report. REPORT OF THE CENSUS OF THE NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE, 1951

INTRODUCTION

This report deals with the statistics of popula­ During the British regime five previous enumera· tion, both enumerated and estimated, of the North­ tions of the settled districts were conducted under West Frontier, obtained during the first Census the orders of the Punjab Government before this of Pakistan in 1951. The North-West Frontier Province was separated from the Punjab in 1901. is roughly dh'ided into two main parts; first, the The first Census in order of time was taken on the regularly administered districts of Bannu, Dera night between the 1st December, 1854 and the 1st Ismail Khan, Hazara, Kohat,' Mardan and Pe­ January, 1855, for British Territory only. It was fol­ shawar, under the direct administration of the lowed by the enumerati~n of the 10th January 1868, Governor aided by a Council of Ministers; and se­ 17th February 1881, 26th February 1891, 1st March condly the trans-border tribal tract comprising of 1901,10th March 1911, 18th March 1921, 26th Feb­ the five Political Agencies, namely, Malakand ruary 1931, and the 1st March 1941. The last four (Dir, Swat and Chitra!), Khyber, Kurram, North were conducted by the ::-;rorth-West Frontier Pro­ Waziristan, and South Waziristan, as well as the vince Government in conjunction with the Central tribal areas adjoining settled districts, all of which Government. Since 1881 therefOl e census opera­ Agencies and Tribal areas form the "Frontier tions have been undertaken in N.W.F.P. regularly Regions" under the Political control of the every ten years. The total area covered by the Governor as Agent to the Governor-General. Census of 1951, is 39259 square miles as detailed The Frontier Regions are almost exclusively below:- inhabited by various Pathan tribes, who soon Square after the partition of the sub-continent tendered Miles their loyalty to Pakistan and concluded agreements, similar to the agreements previously entered into l. DISTRICTS (including Amb 13560 by them with the old Government of undivided and Phulra in Hazara). India. It is through these new agreements that Pakistan continues to exercise control over the 2. FRONTIER REGIONS'- border-land, which as yet has no legal position in (a) States (Chitral, Dir and I070ll the constitution of the country. Swat only). 25699 Before 1941, statistical information regarding (b) Agencies and other tri- 14998 ) the inhabitants of the Frontier Regions was entirely bal regions. based on estimates made by the Political Officers These area figures have been furnished by the concerned instead of upon the regular census enu­ Survey of Pakistan and differ slightly from those meration, which was confined to the military shown in the interim Census Bulletins. stations and posts only in the trans-border tracts. In the 1941 Census a few selected areas of this The Provincial Superintendent of Census, con­ tract were agreed for the first time for enumeration trelled the Census Operation throughout the whole on a modified questionnaire which suited their area with the aid of twelve Distr:ct Census Offi· conditions of life. These areas with two additions cers in the settled districts, and eight in the tribal were again similarly enumerated in 1951. tract. A Deputy was appointed to assist the lNTRODUC!'ION

Provincial Superintendent during the enumeration five thousand three hundred and seventy-four and part of the sorting periods, and later during Enumerators. Three Census districts, namely, the tabulation and report writing work. Mansehra Tehsil, Amb and Phulra in the Hazara district, were entrusted to one district Census Offi· While maintaining the existing administrative cer. The relative increase in the number of Circle divisions, as far as possible, the enumerated area Supervisors and Enumerators, as compared with was so split up into various Census units as to be the numbers of Circles and Blocks, represented conveniently worked by each of the several offi­ additional persons employed to assist these two cers of the Census organisation. The six settled classes of Ceru;us officers. distrbs were divided into fourteen Census dis­ tricts, sixty-three charges, three hundred and nine Chapters 1 to J I of this lepOr! are concerned with circles, and five thousand and sixty-five blocks, the districts, excepting a few general references which were worked by twelve district Census Offi­ to the tribal areas; a detailed discussion on the cers, sixty-three Charge Superintendents, three statistics of tribal areas will be found III Chapter hundred and twenty-six Circle Supervisors. and 12. CHAPTER 1

THE PROVINCE AND ITS GEOGRAPHY

1.1. Locltion.-The North-West Frontier of Pak­ imately a Itttle more than three times the sile istan lies between latitudes 30-36 N. Its greatest of Mardan, the smallest. In size the North-West length is 409 miles and greatest breadth 279 miles. Frontier Province districts alone combined together Except for the Hazara district and a part of the may be compared as being slightly larger than adjoining Kohistan, the province almost entirely Holland, a little smaller than Switzerland, or twice lies between the Indus and the Durand Boundary the size of Wales. Line with Afghanistan. It has derived its name from the geographical position in the pre-partition STATEMENT I-A Indian sub-continent. (Reference paragraph 1.1) 1.2. Boundaries with Surrounding countries and Districts arranged according to size of area provinces.-On the North, the Frontier extends to the Hindu Kush Range, which divides it from Badakhshan and Afghanistan; to the South it is Districts Area in sqr. bounded by Baluchistan and Dera Ghazi Khan miles distrist of the Punflib; on the East by Gilgit, Kash­ mir and the Punjab; and on the West by Afghan­ D.1. Khan 3494 istan. Hazara 3030 Kobat 2693 1.3. Area.-The North-West Frontier has a total BallOU 1696 area of 39,259 sq. miles and includes within its Peshawar 1548' limits (a) The Province comprising the six regularly Mardan .. 1099 administered Districts of Bannu, Dera Ismail Khan, Hazara, Kohat. Mardan and Peshawar which occupy 13,560 square miles (about 'one-third of the total 1.4. Administrative and Political Divisions.-The area), and (b) the Frontier Regions, comprising the settled Districts formed part of the Punjab until five Political Agencies, namely, Malakand, Khyber, 1901, when in October of that year these wereconsti~ Kurram, North-Waziristan, and South-Waziristan tuted into a separate Province under a Chief Com­ besides the tribal areas contiguous to each district missioner. The Political Agencies and the and covering the remaining 25,699 sqr. miles. tribal areas named above were placed under the Among the Provinces of Pakistan. with their associat­ Political control of the Chief Commissioner as ed States, the N.W.F.P. is the smallest in size with Agent to the Governor-General. Originally tp.ere the exception of Federal Capital Area of Karachi. were five districts, but in 193,7 two "Tehsils" of Pe­ It is three-fifths of the size of England and Wales sh&wa,t' district, namely, Mardan, and Swabi. tak¢n toget,b,er; one-and-a-half times the size of were formed into a separa~e Mar~an District. Eire and abQut one-third of the size of New For purposes of administration each District Zealand. 'The areas of 'the six settled districts is divided into two or three smaller units called a~ranged' ac(;or:dmg .to the. s!~e act: givl?n in state­ 'rehsils' or' 'sub-divisions' ,Each 'Tehsil' is gain ment ·1.A. Dera 'Ismail ~hap, ttie largest, is apptox- diVided' into' a convenient -number of sub-units, 2 THE PROYINCE AND ITS GEOGRAPHY

KEY TO MAP 1.1

N. W. F. PROVINCE FRONTIER REGIONS Bannn Distt. Khyber Agency 21 Kurram Agency 22 Bannu TehsiI 26 Lalli TehsiI 27 Malakand Agency:- D. I. Khan Distt. Chitral State 1 D. I. K. TehsiI 35 Dir State 2 Kulachi TehsiI 34 Swat State and Kalam 3 Tank Tehsil 31 Swat Kobistan 4 Malakand Protected Area 7 Hazara Distt. Bajaur 5 Utmankhel 6 Abbottabad Tehsil 12 Haripur Tehsil 13 Mansehra Tehsil 11 N. Wazlrislan Agency 28 AmbState 8 S. Wazirlstan Agency 29 Phulra State 9 Tribal Territories Adjoining Districts:- Kobat Distt. Kohat Tehsil 24 Mardan: Gadun 19 Banda Daud Shah Tehsil 25 Hazara: Kohistan 10 Hango Tehsil 23 Swathi Tribes lOA Mardan Distt. Peshawar: Mohmands 20 Afridis . • 20A Mardan Tehsil 16 Swabi Tehsil 15 Kohat : Kohat Pass Afridis and Orakzai 20B Pesbawar Distt. D. I. Khan: Bhittanis 30 Peshawar Tehsil 18 Sheranis 33 Charsadda Tehsil 17 Nowshera Tehsil 19 Bannu : Bhittanis and Wazir Ahmed Khel 32 consisting of a group of villages cQmmonly called (ll) Cis-Indus District of Hazara.-Hazara, the 'Girdawar Circles'. The names of each 'Tehsil' onty district which lies to the East of the Indus, or 'sub-division', with the number of Girdawar consists I of mountainous and sub-mountainous Circles and of villages in each 'Tehsil' are given Vacts tl(Ctending North-Wards in two parallel in Statement I-B. This is illustrated in Map No. chains f~om the broader portions of fhe district 1.1. Particulars of every village are given in the in the S6uth-EaSt. The Mansehra Tehsil which ':Village lists" published by the Census Organisa­ forms the' Northern half of the district consists of tion. numerous '.isolated valleys, which abound in valu­ able pine and deodar forests and provide some of 1.5. Three Topographical Divisions.-The the most pi~ture-sque scenery in the world. The North-West Frontier has three main topographical general elevayon of the 'Tehsil' ris~ to over 17,000, divisions, namely:- ft. The sou~~rn portion of the district is divided into two parts; the Eastern part forrns the Abbotta­ (a) the cis-Indus, mountainous' District of Hazara; bad 'Tehsil'. ~is 'Tehsil' is also mountainous and well-wooded. AQbottabad, the headquarters of (b) the plain lying between the Indus and the the district, is· sitqated in a valley some 4,000 ft. trans-border hills constituting the Districts above sea level. The Dungagali range which forms of Peshawar, Mardan, Kohat, Bannu and Dera the Eastern boundary between the 'Tehsil' and Kash­ Ismail Khan; and mir territories has a general altitude between 7,000 I (c) the whole belt of rugged mountainous re- and 10,000 ft. The Haripur 'Tehsil' on the South­ gions running North-West and then South­ West, mostly irrigated by hill torrents, comprises Wards between the Districts and the borders of rich plains which slope gradually do~ from 3,000 Afghanistan. to 1,600 ft. above sea level. THE PROVINCE AND ITS GEOGRAPHY 3

HAP No. 1.1 , WAf(I-\AN NORTH WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE ADMINISTRATIVE Be POLlrrc.p.L DIVISIONS (REFa~':HcE PAItAli~APH 1.4)

G I LGIT 0)

,. ,.I Z , ...< I II) z ®

100 MI L E 5

REFERENCES BOUNDARY OF N.·W FRONTIER

" N.W.F.P. DISTRICTS " •••• J• INTERNAL BOUNDARIES OF TRIBAL -':. REGIONS ••• _.l·,· ...... DISTRICTS

OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER KARACHI 4 THE PRO VINCE AND iTS GEOGRAPHY

STATEMENT I·B

(~eferen.ce paragraph 1.4)

Administrative Districts

Districts Name of 'tehsil' or sub-division and No. of Towns Villages Reference on Map No. 1.1 Girdawar Circles

Bannu 26. Bannu 4 2 234 27. Lakki (Marwat) 4 1 149

D. I. Khan 35. D. I. Khan 8 2 293 34. Kulachi i. 3 1 85 31. Tank 3 1 87 Hazara 11. Mansehra 7 2 256 12. Abbottabad .• 6 3 366 13. Haripur 34 2 318 8. Amb , 34 531 9. Phulra 3 148 Kohat 24. Kohat 3 2 98 23. Hangu I 1 2 43 25. 1,3anda Daud Shah,(feri) 4 149

Mardan , 16. Mardan 4 2 168 15. Swabi 3 110 Peshawar , . 19. Nowshera ... 3 ~I 161 17. Cbarsadda 4 196 18. Peshawar 4 2 263

TOTAL 132 29 3,655

, (b) Trans-Indus Districts;-The second division, plain, which is a broad expanse of rough ~hough in some places intersected by low ranges, and ~toney ground broken by flood waters 'is essentially an area of riverain plain, and may from the hills stretching South-West-wards be sub-divided into the following zones;- between the Sulaiman Range on the West and the Indus on the East. On the South (i) The Peshawar Valley, comprising the the Sheikh Budin hills (a prospective forest Peshawar and ~ardan Districts. The greater part of this. zone, with the exceptio,n ,of the area and summer resort) separates the Bannu District from the Dera Ismail Khan plains. stoney area covered by the low hills of Cherat To the East lies the broad dry plain of Lakki­ in. the, Nowshera 'Tehsil' of the Peshawar District, comprises the highly irrigated plains Marwat which in years of good rains pre­ sents an expanse of rich cultivation. of the Province. (ii) South of Peshawar is the next zone which' (iii) 'The next zone is the Dera Ismail Khan comprises the Kohat and Bannu Districts, District, the Southern-most portion of the and is separated from Peshawar by the Province. It is a continuing barren plain lawaki hills of Kobat. The Kobat District enclosed between the Sulaiman Range on the is a dry hilly tract intersected by narrow West and the Indus on the East and separa­ valleys. The Southern spurs of the Kobat ted from Bannu by the Sheikh Badin hills. hills gradually subside into the Bannu Here the torrents issuing from the SuI a.n an THE P'lWVINCE AN;D ITS GEOGRAPHY 5 \ . - . '-

Ranges, deposit qich matter which forms a .has normally a regujar flow, being (ed by per~nnial clayey desert (known as Daman) occupying snow on the lofty mountains, the waters in all three·fourths·ofthe District. Although nor­ other rivers are seasonal and depend mainly on mally barren, tbis tract has therefore, the fall of rain as well llS spow in their respective a natural fertility and in. favourable years mountain sources. The following are the' impor­ the great expanse of waste land bears in tant rivers as illustrated in Map No. 1.3. places abundant grass and other cultivation. Kunhar River.-Emanates froin the Kaghan (c) The border Tribal Regions.-The third divi­ Valley, and falls into the Jhelum River ne.ar sIon which constitutes the border portion of. the Domel in Azad Kashmir. Province extends in the North of Chitral as far as the mountains of the Hindu-Kush lying East­ 'The Indus.-Enters the North-West Frontier West on the right bank of the Indus; on the Sorith Province on its Northern border beyond it spreads as far as Baluchistan. Chitral, the most Hazara District. It separates the Hazara northerly portion of this area, is a region of deep district from the Mardan District. From Attock it forms a border-line between the valleys and lofty ranges generally bare and treeless, Punjab and 'this Province, excepting· the which remain covered with snow during the greater IsakheJ 'Tehsil' of Mianwali District in part of the year. To its South lie the thickly wood­ the Punjab, which lies on its Western bank. ed hills of Dir and Bajaur which form the Western ranges of the Himalayas, and the fertile valleys Swat River.-It comes from the North-West of the Panjkora and Swat Rivers. South-West of mountains of Swat-Kohistan irrigating the this is the rough and rocky hilly tract of the Mob. Swat Valley, and falls into the Kabul river mands with little cultivation except in the valleys. at Nisatta, in the Charsadda 'Tehsil' of the Then comes the Eastern Range of the Kohi­ Peshawar District. Sufeid from Afghanistan, constituting the Khyber Panjkora River.-Coming from the Chitral hilly tract, with its historic pass leading West­ hills, forms a tributary of the Swat River. wards from Jamrud, on the Peshawar border with Afghlmistan. West and further south of this pass Chitral River.-Comes from the Hindu-Kush is the chain of mountains and valleys, which essen­ Range. At Arnavi in Chitral it passes into tially is the home of the Afridis, namely, the Tirah. Afghanistan where it takes the name of West of these mountains come again t~e Koh-i­ Kunar River and falls into the Kabul River. Sufaid Ranges along-side the fertile valley of Kurram Kabul River.-Flows down from Kabul hills watered by the Kurram River. South of Kurram into the Mohmand area, and passing lies the Waziri hilly tract known as the North and through the plains of Peshawar district South Waziristan Agencies covering the Western joins the Indus near Khairabad, five miles Ranges of the Koh-i-Sulaiman and intersected by west of Attock. the Tochi Gomal valleys in the North and South Waziristan respectively. These ranges subside Bara River.-It comes from Tirah mountains, towards the South in the Wana plains (South the home-land of the Afridis. Much of its Waziristan). The hills are mostly baITen and tree­ water is diverted through pipes for use in less, except that on some of the higher ranges pine Peshawar City and Cantonment. forests are found. In places, the valleys end Kurram River.-This is essentially the River and in small areas of fertile and well irrigated plain. of the Kurram Valley. It rises in the Southern The whole of this tract has a temperate climate slopes of the Koh-i-Sufaid Range in Afghan­ in summer, with extreme cold and in some places. istan and irrigates the Kurram Valley whence snow in winter. Inspite of the marked difference it enters Bannu 'Tehsil' through Waziristan. of climate and scenery which this tract presents, Most of the culturable land in the Bannu as a whole it is in all other respects a single topo­ 'Tehsil' is irrigated by this River. graphical division. Tochi River.-This is also known as the Gam­ 1.6. Rivers.-The rivers emanating from moun­ bila. Rising in the Eastern slopes of the tains in the North of the Province naturally flow Sulaiman Ranges, it passes through North­ 'South or South-West and those. from the Western Waziristan to South ofBannu District, where mountains to the East, Except for the Indus, which it falls into the Kurram. 6 THB PROV/NCB AND ITS GBOGRAPHY

Luni ruTer.-This hill torrent from Afghanistan, STATEMENT t-e plSses through the Dera Ismail Khan district piains in the Kulachi 'Tehsil' and ultimately (Reference paragraph 1.7) falls into the Indus near Paroa in the Dera Normal Temperature and Normal Monthly Rainfall Ismail Khan 'Tehsil'. N.W.F.P. Districts

1.7. Rainfall-The annual normal rainfall of the North~West Frontier Province as a whole is 15.60 Normal Temperature Normal of Rain- inches, and mostly occurs during the winter. State.. Month fall in ment l~C shows normal temperature and normal Maximum Mirlimum inches average monthly rainfall in the Districts. State­ ------ment I-D shows rainfall in the Districts and 'tehsils' January 63.4 40.8 1.28 during the single years of 1920-21, 1930-31, 1940-41 and 1950-51. The average rainfall during these February 66.2 63.S 1.19 four years taken together is 19.5 inches. The Districts in order of rainfall are as under:- March 74.5 52.1 1.89

(1) Hazara. April 84.9 60.4 1.54

(2) Mardan. May 90.8 70.2 0.77

(3) Kohat. June 104.S 77.3 0.86

(4) Peshawar. July 102.2 79.S 2.S8

(5) Bannu. August 98.2 78.5 3·16 September 94.8 71.4 US (6) Dera Ismail Khan. October '86.9 603 0.33 "The variations do not call for any special comment November 76.6 48.9 0.28 except as regards Hazara where the decrease is heavy and is attributable to the heavy exploita­ December 66.6 50.5 0.54 tion of forest areas during the decade, Rainfall by Tehsils is illustrated in Map No. 1.2. Average annual rainfall IS.6O

1.8. Climate.-Climattcally there are four seasons in the Province:- Note: Figures are based on "The N.W.F.P. YEAR BOOK (I) W~nter.-From the end of November till 1952". the t!nd of March. 1.9. Soil.-An account of rainfall and rivers (2) Spring.-From the end of March till Mid­ providing natural facilities for irrigation has been June. given in the preceding paragraphs. The presence (3) Summer: or hot weather.-From Mid-June or absence of water in different places of the coun­ to August; occasional dust and thunder try has an important bearing on statistics relating storms are characteristic of this season. to population. Another factor which has equal importance is possibility of working the soil, and (4) Autumn.-From September to November. The climate runs to extremes both in winter it is necessary to distinguish the "cultivable" area and summer, except in the southern Districts (which includes cultivated ground, fallow, pasturage where the summers are most severe but and waste land available for cultivation) from that winters milder. Mansehra and Abbotta­ which is "unculturable" (i.e. area incapable of culti­ bad, the two Northern 'tehsils' of Hazara vation). Cultivated areas means the area sown with are bitterly cold in winter being then generally under snow. crops in any year irrespective of failure or maturity. THE PROVINCE AND ITS GEOGRAPHY 7

MAP No. 1.2 NQRTHERN PM} NORTH WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE RAINFALL BY TEHSILS (REFERENCE PARAGRAPH 1.7)

'SOUTHER~ PAR]

AVERAGE ANNUAL RAINFALL IN INCHES

14'

20·

21' 26'

31'

33' 38'

44'

OFRCE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER KARACHI TUE PROVINCe, AND ITS GEOGRAPHY

STATEMENT I-D (Reference paragraph 1.7)

Average rainfall in inches N.-W.F.P. (by Districts and Tehsils)

N.-W. F. P. Districts and tebsils 1920-21 1930-31 1940-41 1950-51

N.-W.F.P. 20.7 18.6 20.1 18.6

DanDU District 12.6 10.8 11.6 9.5 26. Bannu Tehsil 12.69 10.80 12.18 10.65 27. Lakki Tehsil 10.45 11.18 13.01 9.90

·D. I. Khan District . .35. D.1. Khan Tehsil 7.93 9.80 8.64 7.15 :34. Kulachi Tehsil 6.88 8.68 9.89 11.29 31. rank Tehsil 11.96 12.51 4.10 11.93

Hazara District 39.7 43.8 39.5 30.7 11. Mallsehra Tehsil 46.70 35.61 37.14 35.24 12. Abbottabad Tehsil .. 40.95 43.81 47.12 42.77 13. Haripilr Tehsil 29.92 27.21 30.11 26.80

Kohat District 22.7 16.2 23.6 22.8 24. Kohat Tehsil 18.61 16.27 18.12 18.17 25. B. D. Shah Tehsil 23.41 19.09 21.86 17.66 23. Hangu Tehsil 27.62 24.63 26.17 33.90

MBrdan District 20.4 24.1 16. Mardan Tehsil 19.03 23.70 15. Swabi Tehsil 21.74 24.65

Peshawar District .. 17.6 12.2 17.4 16.2

16. Mardan Tehsil 20.93 21.55 15. Swabi Tehsil 25.49 27.59 19. Nowshera Tehsil 23.44 16.60 19.36 21.34 17. Charsadda Tehsil 15.56 13.40 12.55 19.05 18. Peshawar Tehsil 14.45 12.25 12.92 11.26

Note: I. Mardan and Swabi 'tehsils' were part of the Peshawar District until 1937. when these were formed into the Mardan District. 2. Figures are based on the Provinical Season and Crop Reports.

The rough and stony district of Kohat, parts of of Hazara district, on the other hand present vast Bannu, and Nowshera 'tehsil' of the Peshawar dis­ areas of cultivable land. Statement l-E shows that trictdo·not·present a happy picture in so far .as the 62 per cent or approximately two-thirds of the total availability of cultivable soil is concerned. The arid area -of the province could be made available for plains of Bannu and Dera Ismail Khan, the Mardan cultivation. Hazara possesses the largest cultiv­ district, the two 'tehsils' of Peshawar district, name­ able area, while Kohat has the smallest. The ly, Charsadda and Peshawar as well as Haripur and higher figure for Hazara is due mainly to the conver­ the valleys of Abbottabad and Mansehra 'tehsil' sion of large forest areas, denuded as a result of 'tHE' PRO V1N~E ANlMTS, GEOGRAP H1< STATEMENT I·E (Reference paragraph I.9)

" Cultivable Area in the Pistricts

Area in Sqr. miles Not Cuftivable Net Area Cultivable Total I Distrnts Area Fo~ts Not avail· Total Sqr. Percent- in Sqr. able for Miles "age of Miles cultivation total area

13,560 482 4,564 5,046 8,514 62 N.-W.F.P. '1 DlSTRlcrs:- Bannu 1,696 492 492 1,204 70 3,49,4 '21 1,284 1,30$ 2,189 63 D. I. Khan "" '". Hazara (including Am~ and Phulra) 3,030 417 248 665 2,365 78 Kohat 2,693 9 1,822 1,831 862 32 Mardan 1,099 304 304 795 63 Peshawar 1',543 3, 414 449 1;099 71

Note: Figures in column (by are those given by tbe Survey of Pakistan; tbose in" columns (C) to "(g) are calculated from area given in Provincial Season and Corp Reports. heavy exploitation dUring the War years, info cultiv- STATEMENT I·F able land. " " . (Reference parag~aph 1.10) 1.10. Irrjgatjo~.-The:: people of: the North­ Number of lrcigatibn' Wells" in the Qistncts West Frontier Province being almost entirely de­ pendent on agriculture, have made tlie" beSt use.of ,tbe llatural facilitjes available for irriga,tipn ~hrough­ No. of Irrigation Wells during out the country, in the' form of sprhtgs 'and hill Districts torrents. Private canals or channels have been 1921 1931 194i "1951 di'lcrted, from tbese natqral so\\-rces. to reach every pltch of culturable ground which could possibly N.W.F.P. 13,148 13,213 ;13,958: 13,878 be irrigated. Another bid method of irrigation. is by wells run by Persian wheels. These wells DISTRlcrs:- nllmbered 13148 in 1921, i.e .• five years after the B~nnu 23 20 . 26 41 ~onstructio~ of th~ .fourth Gov~r!1ilient' cahal, ~d since then their [lUmber,)1as r~mained,almost 0;1. Khan 982 1.153 1,162 Itl53 stationary. The distribution of these.,Wel)s:by dis­ ~azara (including tricts. taken from the Provincial Season and Crop Amb and l'hulnl) 53S 475 647 518 Reports for the last four decades~ i~ given in'State­ ment I·P; In the three dry districtS. namely Kbhat~ Marda~ 9,174. 8,996 , :: }lO,S88 10,664 Bannu ani! bera Ismail Khan, large nJ~tie;s of Peshawar 1,715 1,924 tanks are constructed' in order to ~onserve rain Willet for irrigation, drinking and other' pucpoSbs. No information is available as to' the exact niimbe"r or Note :- "ilium arc ~ OD tho rr'oviudat SeasOD and Crop Such tanks. "' , RepoJ1l. 10 THE PRO VlNCB AND ITS GEOGRAPHY-

Irrigation by the above three means is '~bject STATEMENT loG to fluctuations from year to year according- to. the degree of rainfall, and also to the financial. ability (Reference paragraphs 1.10 and 1.11) of the owners to maintain them in regular service: nevertheless these systems are responsible for the Progress of Irrigation in the D;stricts -irrigation of approximately half of the to~1 irrigat­ ed area, as will appear from Statement I-G. The only assured way of irrigation however is through Irrigated area in thousands of acres Govetnment canals, of which there are only the four named below:- From From From From Govt. Pri- Irri- other (1) Lower Swat Canal.-Its supply is taken from Years Canals 'late gation sOllr- Total canals wells ces the Swat River near Abazi. and irrigates (tanks the Charsadda and Western parts of Mardan etc.) district.

(2) Upp~r Swat Call1\l.-Jt is also taken from the Swat RiVer near Amanderra in the Average 1921-31 372 389 '86 45 892 Malakand Agency. This irrigates' most 1931-41 425 424 83 57 989 of the Mardan. district. 1941-42 513 449 87 67 1,116 (3) Michni or the- Kabul River Canal.-This is taken from the Kabul .River at Michni, 1942-43 508 448 103 48 1,101 and irrigates parts of the Peshawar 'tehsil'. 1943-44 525 429 58 75 1,081 (4) Pabarpur Canal.-Is taken from the Indus near _Chashna and irrjga~es a small arell in 1944-45 531t .451 -56 .74 I,U2 the Dera Ismail Khan district. .. 1945-46 542 457 55 59 1,113 1.11. Progress of irrigation compared.-The pro­ gress of irrigation by various sources during the last » 1946.,47 542 338 79 60 1,019 decade as contrasted with those of. 1921-31 aQd 1947-48 560 400 51 55 1,066 1931-41 are shown in Statement 1-G; The figures show that while there haS' been a progressive in­ 1948-49 563 476 52 87 1,178 crease, (except in 1950-51) in the area irrigated f~om Government canals, the area irrigated by other '" 1949 .. 50 568 449 79 66 1,162 means -has remained -almost stationary during the 1950-51 555 443 59 62 1,119 last thirty years. The fall in 1950-51 in -the areas ir~igated by Government canal~ is due to low supply from Paharpur canal due to a change in the course Total .. 54G1 4340 679 653 1,1019 of the \Indus River -which, resulted in a low water· Aftl'IlgQ 1941-51 540 434 65 1.108 level at the headworks of the canal. 68 1.12. Extension of irrigation by Government Canals.-The next-Statement I-H shows the exten· Note:-Figures for column (b) are taken frDm the Provincial Public Works Department: thooe fdr columns (e), (d) :mon of irrjgation by each ~f ~e Goy~rnment Canals and (e) arc baselori- the Provincial Season and Crop separately. It will be observed that the lower RepOrts. Swat Canal and the. Kabul River canal hav~- already e~ceeded their irrigation 2apacity; but ihat there fs in progress and it is expected that vast areas of dry stilf room tor ~xtel)&ion ~y ~qe remaining two; lan!i~ may come under cultivation in the _near future. ()n the whole, 'although th~ room fot .further­ Noticeable among there are the .great Warsak Pto-_ development of irrigation facilitieS is stiII gr~t, the ject and the Kheshki Maira Lift l~igatjon scheme. physical and financial obstacles to be overcome jp- the- _fesha\ya~ -4istrict. tbe Tube-well Irrigatiotl~ arc- immense •..Ambitious. _schemes for tile deve­ ~plT)e fo.1' Kol¥lt,_'ln~- the ~1.!rr~n:l 9¥hi,sc~emei I~pme~t and extension o(irrigaii~~ _are, ho~~~er in Bannu. ." _" 1'HE PiWVINCE AND ITS GEOGRAPHY, It::

STATEMENT l·B (Reference pamgraph P2)

Extension of Jrri~ation in the ,Distric~ by Government Cana~s

Length in miles Area in thousands of acres • Main Canal Distri- Culturable Average Date of first irriga­ Name of Canal and Branches butaries area area tion commanded irrigated byeach ' annually canal

Lower Swat Canal 22 165 134 168 1887-88 Kabill River Canal 64 41 S3 59 1903-04 Pabarpur Canal .. 51 95 100 43 From 1907-08 Non-peren- nial (inundation) From 1935-36 perennial. Upper Swat Canal 90 452 292 271 1914-15.

Nciie :-The above canals arc at present authorised to duchargc the following nllmber of cubic feet per second :-

Lower !!wat Canal,; 830 Paharpur Canal 467

Kabul River Canal 452 Upper Swat Canal 1800

2. Figures are taken from the Provincial Public Works Department.

1.13. Irrigated area i~ each District.-The present STATEMENT I-I position with regard to 'the extent of irrigatfon in ~ch distric~ ,is given in Statement 1-1. It ~hows (Reference paragraph 1.13) the districts according to the size of cultivated area as. c;ompared 'With the area irrigated. Although Percentage of irrigated area in each District Mardan. the smallest district, tops the list in res­ pect of cultivated area it is second to Peshawar in Total area Percentage Percentage regard to irrigated area. Bannu is the third in in sqr. of total 01 culti- hpth respects. Dera, Ismail Khan, the largest Districts miles area vatect area district, is the fourth; Hazara the' fifth and Kohat cultivated irrigated (sown , I10ssessing the most uncompromising areas, stands area) , last. It further shows that the total irrigated area in the Province is 38 %' of the total cultivated area. N.-W.F.P. 13560 37 38 1.14.-Crops.-The principle crops shown in the DISTRIcrs:- districts are wheat, Maize, Barley, Millet (lowar Bannu 1696 40 30 ~gd Bajra)~ :pulse (Gr:am), and pther cerel\ls in addition to tlie each crops of sugar-cane and cotton. D. I. Khan 3494 39 20 'fl}e average :area sown under the more important Hazara (including crops, i.e., wheat, maize. barley, sugar-cane, and Amb and Phulra) 3030 24 14 CCittoh, witli ·'their averltge out-tum during the last decade is lSiven in Statement I-J. It will be seen Koll8t .. 2693 2 IS that wheat (the main fooo of the people) is the Mardan 1999 68 66 predominent crop everywhere, except in Hazara, 48 81 Which grows more maize. This is because wheat Peshawar 1548 which is sown in Autumn cannot stand the climatic ,Note :-Fiaures are based on the ProviD~i~1 Seasoa aad Crop (anditions in Hazara district which, with the fall' l\tp01tI. 121 THE PROVINCE AND. ITS GEOGRAPH.Y

STAtEMENt J-.1 CRO?S DURING 1941/51 DECADE

Average Area under principal"crops-in 1000's acres Average Annual Total Yield-In 1000's tons Average Annual Yield per Acre-in Ibs.

, PRlNCIPAL C},tOPS DISTRICTS ---_. Bannu D.l. Khan Hazara Kobat Mardan Peshawar

WHEAT Acreage .. 210 148 143 143 204 184 Total Yield 40 34 .31 30 58 60 Yield per acre 341 412 388 376 510 638

BARLEY

Acreage 13 5 35; 8 61 39.

Total'Yield 2 .. 8 11 13 Yield per acre 276 " 410 224 323 570

MAIZE , Acreage 3.S 209 22 86 96 Total Yield 10 " 69 8 51 63 Yield per acre 512 .. 592 624 1,063 1,177

'COrrON

Acreage :. t 3 t t 2 6 .. Total Yield • .' " .. •

Yield per acr~ • • .. .. • m '..

SUGAR CANE Acreage 4 t t 38 54

Total Yield ," 3 .. .. 48 S9 Yield per acre 1,344 *, • .. !,263 , 2,l4S·

• Below ~'.o00 tons; yi~Id:per acre not calculab~C!. t Below 1,000 acres.

Note :-Fiaures are based on the ProvillcialSeas.Dllcand Crop Reports., rH.E'PROVlNCE AND ITS. G.EOGRAPIfY

or Winter; is generally under snow. Sugar-cane been constructed for, sllPplying power to the, large is grown mostly in the irrigated. areas of Mardan capacity pumps for the .Kheshki Maira Lift Irriga­ and' the Charsadda Tehsil of Peshawar district, tion in the Nowshera Tehsil of the Peshawar :dis­ and has drawn encouragement from the two sugar­ trict. A new Power Station at Dargai; four miles mills located in Mardim' d'istrict. Cotton has so down stream of Jabban is under construction. far found its way oQly, in to the largely irrigated This station which is expected to produce annually ilreas of Mardan and Peshawa~ districts. Its 15,000 Kilowatts of firm power with one generator area in other districts is almost negligible. The of 5,000 Kilowatts as a standby, is designed to trans­ yield per acre in the extensively irrigated areas 6f mit most of the power to Wah and other neigh­ Mardan and Peshawar districts is invariably higher bouring plaCes in the Punjab tm:ough a 132,000 in respect of all ,the crops except barley which is Volt line. Therma'l electric generating sets are bigher in Hazara than in Mardan. arso being installed for running a number of water " 1.1S. Minerals.-The Mineral wealth of tile pumping stations in the Province. Another prO­ ject at the moment und.er consideration is the _great North-West Frontier has not SO far ,been fully explored. Such investigations as have been made Warsak Scheme which is designed to harness the indieate vast mineral deposits at various places. water of the Kabul River and produce 150,000 Kilowatts of power. It will be situated in the viCinity \ Some of the hills in Kohat are covered with Layers of the Mohm~nd hills aoout 20 miies West of Pesha­ of sand-stones anu shales. Sulphur springs, occur war to meet th~ power requirements of Industrial in Chitral, Hazara and Kohat, and fossilized deposits development in the province and Punjab. 1be 'Of animals and plants are found all over the Frontier. multi-purpose Kutram-Garhi scheme is expected Coal o,ccurs in Kohat, Cherat (Peshawar district), to produce about 4,000 Kilowatts~ 1(4yb~r, and Hazara, but the extent of .these ": C,t -deposits have not so far b~ a<;certained with 1.17. Forests.-The forests of the Province rhost- exactitude. Petroleum shales occur all along the Iy consist of thick glens in the mountains North 'hilly portions in Kohat and further on. Springs of Hazara district and in other mountainous having small degrees of Oily water are also found. regions. These are almost entirely pine and Deodar Bajaur in the Malakand Agency, is known for its of fine natural growth. At the ti11le of 'partition Iron. which also occurs in Kohat, Bannu, Chitral the forest areas managed by the Proyin~ial ForeSt ,-and Waziristan. Mic~ is found in Dera Ismail Department covered an area of 278 square mili£s. Khan and Chitral in small qUilntities. It is consider­ The area has now risen to 415 square miles. -'This ed that with deeper digging, and sCientific treat­ does not inclupe 43.8 square miles of the GurlJ.rl .ment of the material; bigger sheets of-better quality Forests (;.e. village forests set aside under the might be had. Valuable deposits of good quality control of civil authorities fdr domeStic requirements Asbestos have been discovered in the Mohmand of the viIIagers). These were taken und~r dirJct area. Commercial ores of antimony are found in management by the Forest Department in ¥ay, Chitral State and Kurram Agency. 1950. . The following development schemes \l,aye been implemented since partition:- 1.16. Electric Installations.-There are great . ) possibilities of developing the Hydel Power resources (I) .Ba~ol Plantation.-In o,rder to avoid ip,l?9rt of the province. ,The Hydro-electric Power station of tanning material for the leather industry in the Province, Babool plantation has been taken up at Jabban,situated on, the Upper Swat Canal below -in Dera Ismail Khan.' So far i;ooo acres haVe Mal.akand was instaJle4 in \938 with an initial capa­ 'been planted. Besides this 164 danal miles of -city of 9,600 Kilowatts.. Since partition the generat­ Paharpur ,Canal have also been planted 'with ing capacity. has risen from 9,600 Kilowatts to Babool. . ; '19,600 Kilowatts, and mileage covered by electrici­ (2) Walnut Phllitation.-Due- to heaVy 'tellink in ty supply lines from 336' t~ .~2~ ~iles. Four to~s . the pasfWalnut woOd is not available in the foreSts. before , ~m( 74 villag~ ~e~ ser~~' Part!ti9~L ~~eSe A ,,-fj\>e' years' scheme ·for- 1'e-plantatit:l11 ~is~,:being figures have now risen to 13 towns and 180 Villages. implemented. This will in due course meet the In addition to the extensions within the Province, requirements of the Defence and Railway Depart­ supply has also been given to the Cement and ments. Ordnance Factories of Wah in the Punjab through a 66,000 Volt line. A 66,000 Volt line has also (3) Khair Plantation.-This plantation has been '1'4 'PHE PROVINCE AND ITS<;EOGRAPH'y

'taken Up. under< 'a 10 ,years scheme over a work­ (5) Malakand. Road.-This hkes off ftom the able area ()f 5,000 acres. ,500' acres have been sown Grand Trunk Road near ,Nowshera and passing with encouraging results. This scheme will avoid through Risalpur, Mardan and Dergai. leads to ,the-import of,"Katha" in dl,Je course. Malakand. Communication with the adjoining States depends on this Road. (4) Canal Plantatlon.-Sh'sharn plantation is be­ ,ing carried out along all canal banlKohat DIstrict. Experiments to North and South-Waziristan leads to Tank in Dera introduce it in other parts of the Province are being Ismail Khan district. made in Mardm and Hazara. Considerable attention is devoted to the im­ «i) Tree Planting Day.-In order to make the provement of roads, as will appear from a compari­ j>rovince self-sufficient in fire-wood and son of the expenditure on the maintenance etc. •allied requirements, an Annual Tree Plantation Day an-;i construction of new Provincial Roads since .is observed throughout the Province. For this 1947-48, given in the following Statement:- purpose the Forest and Agricultural Departments have distributed large numbers of shisham, mulberry Rs. 'and other non-fruit tree plants to the publi~ free 1947-48 20,68,191 of cost. 1948-49 30,46,624 1.18. Roads.-A net-work of metalled rOllds 1949-50 34,98,169 illustrated in Map No. 1.3 of a total length of 1,300 'miles extends all over thl( Province. Tn addition 1950-51 50,67,679 to these, there are about the same length of un­ metalled roads .. which inter-links the- important The following lengths of roads have been 'trlldo-centres especially in the rural areas. All constructed since 1947-48. these conveniently converge on to Peshawar, ~e ~iles ,headquarters of the Province. Good motorable : roads also exist to connect the settled districts with (1) New metalled roads and old ',triba] areas as 'far away as Swat, Dher and ChitTal roads wllich have been me­ talled 101.48 , (a short distance of mule track is being converted into a proper road) in the North, and Parachinar, (2) New un-metalled roads 61.055 'Miran Shah and Razma'k in' the South. The (3) New jeep roads L09.S0 following are the important roads:- A large number of privately-owned buses and , (1) The, Grand, Trunk Road.-Leading from trucks ran all along these roads until November, Karachi via Multan, Lahore and Rawalpindi enters 1947, when the Government took over partially the 'Province at Attock, and thence takes off to the control of the road transport. The Govern­ 'PeShaWar and the Khyber pass, connecting the ment Transport Servicy; now runs 118 buses, 8 jeeps ;, Proviilce with Kabul iil Afghanistan. and 8 Trucks covering about 10,000 miles a day. (2) Peshawar-Dera Road.-This links Peshawar More than 90 daily relum buses are being op,rated ~ with"I(~hat, Bannu and Dera Ismail Khan. and the travellillg public is provided with comfort­ '! : - I a9Ie •. , regular, and reliable service . . ' (a) Peshawar-Hazara Road.-This takes off 'from the Grand Trunk Road near ,lIa;ssanabdal in 1.19. Water.ways.-Except for floating down , \h~ Punjab, runs through Haripur, Abbottabad, timber frortl the neighbouring forests, the riverl> "MjUlSehra ilDd enters I\zad Kashmir territory near 'are nor usetl for regular traffic. Garhi Habibullah in the Hazara District. 1.20. Rallways.-AII the Railway lines as illus­ -{4) Kaghan Roa4.....JI'his roaQ takes off-from the trated in Map No. 1.3, with a total length 9f Hewa R.oad nl;al" G~rhi Ha\}i'Qullah and ru~s abOut 489 mUes in tl1e Province are run by the . along thq Kunhar Riyer iJltO the Kaghan Valley~ North-Western Railway. The main line' which PRQYINCE AND -ITS-GEQGRAPHY IS. : MAP No. 1.3 NORTH WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE RIVERS, ROADS AND RAILWAYS (REFERENCEjPARAS,)-6,.1-18,1-10)

&ll.G\l

100 MILE..-S

REFERENCES

__; PROVINCE BOUNDARY J DISTRICT ...... TEHSIL ~ RIVER ~ ROAD J RAILWAY

OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER. KARACHI THE PROVINCE 'AN}) Irs GEOGR:4J>IIY , is 83 miles In length enters the Province from the entering the Frontier at Khusbalgarh and. leading Punjab at Attock, and extends via Nowshe(a' and. ,to Koha~, cove~~ a dis,tan~ pf 110 miles. Peshawar as far as Landi Kotal in the Kny'ber' Agency. Besides this there are the following .; Kobat-Tal RailWily.-This is, a 64 mil~ long Branch lines:- narrow gauge line taking o~ from Kohat and run­ ning to Tal via Hangu, on the cis-borders of Kurram Taxila.-Havelian Railway.-This ,broad gauge Agency •. fine, 34 miles long runs from Taxill:Junction in the !Junjab via Kat Najibulla and' Haripur in the Kalabagh-Bannu Railway.-A branch narrow Hazara District, to Hav~lian, 12 miles East of gauge line of 88 miles takes off from Mari Indus f..bbottabad. in the Punjab and runs to Bannu via Lakki. . NO'l'l'sbera-Dargai Railway.-This is also a broad Lakld-Rllnk Manzai Railway.-This narrow gau­ Sauge line 41 miles long taking off from the main ge line branches off the Kalabagh-Bannu line tine at Nowshera. It passes through Risalpur, at Lakki, runs through Tank in the Dera Ismail Mardan, Takhti-Bhai and terminates at Dargai, Khan district, and terminates at Manzai in the below the base of the Malakand mountains. ?miles South-Waziristan Agency. This line is 69 miles Rawalplndi--Kobat Railway.-A broad gauge line long. CHAPTER %

HISTORICAL SURVEY

1.1. Earliest History.-The Peshawar .. Valley, miles North of Abbottabad in Hazara, furnish posi· with its adjacent territories embracing the entire tive proof of the proclamation of Buddhas' Law lower valley of the Kabul River down to the Indus here. Although Chandragupta had pushed the namely, Bajaur, Swat, Bunet (now part of the Swat Greek garrisons beyond the Hindu-Kush, the State) and Mardan on the North-East and Kohat latter consolidated their strength in the. ancient in the. South, is referred to as "Gandhara" in the province of Bactria near Balkh in Afghanistan. great Hindu epic "Mahabharata" supposed to have After the extinction of Buddhist dynasty about 165 been composed about 3,000 B.C. The cis-Indus B.C. the rulers of the Greek strong-hold once more portion of the Province, i.e., Hazara, was. then crossed the Hindu-Kush in about 190 B.C. and part of the region known as Takshasila, modern held this province for two centuries. Then came TrudIa, (44 miles East of Abbottabad) now form· the, Sakas or Scythians who drove out the Greeks ing part of ' the Punjab. No systematic history of once again. The Scythians were in turn expelled the Province, as it was in the days gone-by, is avail~ by.Kushans also known as Yuch-chi, Apthalites or able, but references to it in the Sanskrit literature White lIuns, who had a vast empire jn Central and t~e writings of the Chinese pilgrims and Greek Asia. It will add interest to record here the follow· historians combined .with the archaeological re­ iug remarks made by Mr Merk, I.C.S., in 1911. mains found in abundance all over the country, at a meeting of the Royal Society of Arts in London, indicate beyond doubt that the territories now in· with regards to Huns, Kushans and Scythians. cluded in the North-West Frontier constituted '~Whoeyer they were, they were civilized themselves, the first home of the Aryan settlers in ancient India, Or else rapidly assimilated the civilization existing ~nd bore the light of the bright torch of Aryan On tIJe spot, for it is evident that their assumption civilizatiOil and culture. Later invaders called of power was not ,associated with .cataclysms". these people the "Sin<;lhus" or Hindus, after' the Mr. Merk adds: "The mass of still extant. ruins name of the great Indus (ancient Sindhu) River; of monuments and villages, the roads that were cut From the scanty records avaiIabl~, it appears by the Buddhists over .the -Kohat and Malakand that early in the sixth century B.C. these territories Passes, and ellist to this Jiay .... the rock en graven became part of the Persian Empire and suppli~d edicts of Ashoka, which.can.still be read in Hazara troops for. Xerxes' invasion of Greece. This subjec­ and .Mardan, all proclaim' that the country from tion continued until the land was invaded by Alex. eMral to Bannu and from the Ihelum to Kabul ander of MaCedonia in 327 B.C. The Gr~k writers must have enjoyed protracted peace and order", who accompanied Alexander had great admiration 'The ChineSe pilgrims to this country in the 5th for the high civilization which the peopie ~i; this and 7th centuries (A.D.), besides other places visited country v.e;e then enjoying. On the collapse of Chitral, Swat, Peshawar, Tirah, Kurram and Bannu, the Macedonian p~wer Chandragupta then ruling and described the Country to be inhabited by a dense in the rest of .India became the master of the Pr~ and seltlea population. - Peshawar was even then vince. With Ashoka, grand-son of Chandragupta, Buddhism became the dominant religion in the a large city. Buddhism, which continued to be the modern districts of Peshawar and Hazara. The dominant religion up to the 5th century, was in its rock edicts of Ashoka found at Shahbazgarha decline by .the 7th century, having been replaced eight mil~ East ofMar dan, and at Mansehra sixt~n I,)y lJinduism. t 17 ) 18 HISTORICAL SURVEY 2.2. Muslims.-The first historic Muslim inva· Temporary garrisons were at the same time station­ sion of the country began in 986 A.D. with the ed in Kohat and Teri (now Banda Daud Shah). incursions of Subuktagin and continued by his son During the short period of Sikh rule, there was Mahmud of Ghazni, a small Muslim State in Afghan.,.. ~ c~>I).stant warfare and chaos all over the country, istan. Pathans from the Ohor and Sulaim~n'­ and'they could not establish their position anywhere mountains formed an integral part of their forces, except in the Peshawar Valley. who were encouraged to settle in the mountainous 24. British rule -As a result of the Second Sikh regions west of Peshawar. The entire territorY War in 1849 in which the Sikhs were defeated, the beyond the Indus as far as Kabul conquered dllfing , llritis.b aquexed the Punjab and at the same time these incursions and remained a province of Ghazni' , "inherited the Sikh occupations in this country, for the next hundred years. Ghazni was later which remained part of Punjab until 1901, when the on seized by the neighbouring kingdom of the Frontier was constituted into a separate Province. Pathans of Ghor and with the faioous invasion of ,. 25:" Provinc:ai' Autonomy._;'The 'politiCal aw~k­ Mohammad Ghori the Frontier territories changed ening which in due cOlirse -had taken roots in the hands once more. ,It was' during this period that rest' of India naturaUy had its repercussions in this a regular stream 'of immigration of Pathan tribeg. part of. 'the country. By 1920 both the Non· meri belian, replacing or assimilating the 'earlier Cooperation' Movement of the Indian' National inhabitants of the Frontier began on an extensive C9ngr~ and the All-India Khilafat .Agitation of the Muslims had, received great prominence. It scale, and continuing during all subsequent Mus.. was after a great struggle in support of the people's lim conquests from the North,West. It is for this demand for' self-G~vernment. that the sO-called reason that the people of the Districts and those' Montford Reforms, ap'plied to the rest of India of the tribal regions on this Frontier are liriked tD-' in 1919, were extended to the North-West Frontiet gether by common blood; religion', language and Province'in 1932. Three' yeats later this Province ~ulture.' After the decline of the Ghoris,'the Frori: was granted Provincial Autonomy along with the tier' formed ,part of successive Muslim, dynastieS other Provinces of India ...... Afghans~ ,Mughals, and Durranis-ruling eidier 2.6: Pakistan;-In' the meantime the idea of from Kabul or from Delhi. The spirit 'of ind~ creating an entirely separate and independent pendence, which .has always remained the charac. home-land for the Muslims, became deep-rooted teristic of the ,Pathans, however, kept them conti­ in India. This national idea spurred on the people nually in conflict with the different rulers, so much of this Province against the Hindu machinations so that in the 11th Centuiy, they obtained from of the existing Congress Governments, ,and brought forth a determined and widespread demami for Aurangzeb terms which made them as independent 'Pakistan'. Ultimately, the verdict of the predomi­ as their brothers in the hills. The' possession nantly 'Muslim population of this Province Wll& of these territories by the successors of Aurangzeb declared in the Referendum held in July 1947, was only nominal, as by that time the empire of the and the idea of Pakistan became a visible imd solid Great Mughals was declining and the rulers had fact. 'In this struggle the people of the 'tribal belt neither the power nor the inclination to. control including the States of Chitral, Dir, Swat, and Amb the tribes. It was during this period that Nadir and Phulra in Hazara, cast in their lot most~rdiaily Shah invaded India in 1738·39 and extorted from with Pakistan. Thus the whole of the 'Nortb:~ the Mughal ruler a treaty by which the whole trans­ West Frontier of undivided India becilITe part ot Indus territorY became part of the Iranian Empire. the newly-created State of 'Pakistan. No territorial On the death of Nadir Shah, one of his Generals re-arrangements were necessary here and no move~ Ahmad Shah Abdali laid the foundations of Durrani ment of population was 'apparently expected. But Empire. at Qandhar which included the territories with the appointment of a Boundary Commission now in the Frol)tier, to determine the boundaries of the new State; a 2.3. I)ilm rule.-Latcr, the growing weakness great cOmmunal up.rising began all over the country. of the Durrani kings enabled the Sikhs frpm the As a Consequence, the mass exodus of Hindus and Punjab st~dily to stren~then th~ir po~er in thiS Pllrt Sikhs to India from the North-West Frontier start~ of the country. Tlieir first invasion began in 1818 ed in the middle:of September 1947. 'The corres­ when they occupied 'Dera Ismail Khan district: ponding influx of Muslim refugees did not reach Five years later they over-rair the Marwat (Lakld) the North-Wesf Frontier Province till the beginning plain of Bannu and by 1834 took possession of tM of 1948; as their first shelter in Pakistan Was natu~~ Peshawar Fort, thus ending the Durrani rule here~ .,' . ~lIy the punj",b. CHAPTER 3

MqVEMENT AND _DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION

I STATISTICAL DATA: ! Table 1 Population lA POprlJation of Urban ~reas 2 Towns and Cities 3 Variation 6 Religion.

3.1. Population.-The total population of the 3.3. The settled districts.-Represent ab(;lUt 55 North-West Fron.tier- Province including FroJ}ti~r per cent of the total population of the 'North- Regions accordi~i to Census 1951 is 58,99;905 West Fr~mtjer. " ' with 31,12,892 males and 27,87,013 females. Out of this the enumerated population of the North­ 3.4. Method of Enumeration.-The North-West West Frontier Province districts alone' is' 32,5i,247 Frontier, Province districts in, .951 were enumerat­ ~ith 17,17,196 males and 15:35,551 females.:Th:erest, ed on the de jure basis, i.e. the census counted the both ~numerated ",nd estimated, relate ,to Frontier persons normally resident in each place as well R~~ions. .. as' visitors' from outside Pakistan. The letter numbered 30;575 of whom 29,780 were powindabs, .' 3:2. Comparison with otber places."-'TAs indicated. and.7n other persons from Afghanistan. The il1 Statement 3-Af1 the Nortli-West Frontier,stand!, p~windahs are ~omads from Afghanistan who sp-end t-liitd in Pakistan from the point of view of pOPllla­ rno~t of tii~ wi~ter in the plains of N~rth-Wesi tioni As :'compared to other Muslim ~ountries Frontier Pi~vince. In the areas ofthe Frontier' Re­ its:J1(ipulation almost equals that of Sa.udi-Arabia;· gions selected for enumeration the census was: dorie' IS 'abbut' one-half of' Afghanistan; 2/7th of Turkey on the de facto ba~is. i,e, ,per~ons actu!llly present in antf'EgyPt, t/3rd 'of -Iran, a little ,over lIil{ times each place but this included another 4, 780 "P~win­ that ,of Libya; about 6 times., that: of 'fransjordon dahs": "Further: discussion of the statistics relat­ and, almost :double' that of Syria. -- ing . to Frontier Regions is contained in, Chapter 10 ·~t this 'Report. " . ", • c.• STATEi\:mNT 3~Ajl.POPULATION' OF . , pAKIStAN . , 3.5:' The progress of population.-In t.ne settled districts during the last five decades'is shown in , Th'ousands Statement,3.A, 'and illustrated ,in Figure 3-1. r,. East Bengal , ' 4,20,6~. 2... Punjabancl Bahj\walpur ,2,06,51 3.~. c:~mparison ')Vith past censuses accuracy of enumeration past and present,~ompared. with the 3. N.W.F.P. and Tribal Area! '. :5~,9Q 4. Sind and Khairpur State 49,28 base date of 1901., the tota) , population of the 5. BaJuchistan and States 11.74 set,tled 'districts during the past. SO years, has, 6. Federal capital Kdrachi , 'n;26 , on 'the whole, increased by about SO per cent. --- The overall increase; therefore, does not appear p AKlST A~ '1,58,42 . t~ be- abnormal:' The increase du'ring the decade ______~ ___~_~;' __ : 191i~i92t appears however'" to be small while .'.¥! ( 19 ) 20 MOVEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION

Statemeat J-A/l FIG 13.1 COMMUNAL DEVELOPMENT OF POPULATION (Reference Paragraph 3.5) OF N.W.F.P. (SETTLED DISTRICTS) Progress of population in the Districts during the last five decades

Decennial Census' Year Population Increase (Districts) per cent

1901 2041534

1911 21%933 7.6 15~--I----:I-_._-t---+----I 1921 2251340 2.5 W~--I---~I----t---+----+ '1931 2425076 7.7

1941 3038,061 2S

1951 3252141 7.1

CENSUS YEARS As for the decade from 1931 to 1941. the latter OFFice OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER. KARACHI. census shows an increase, of about 25 % over that o( the previous Census' Such a great increase in l that duriU8 th.e decade 1931-1941 to be much above population is unprecede,nted in the history of the normal and therefore r~uifes eKplanation. Province since 1855 when the first regular Census was taken. This increase, although not impossible. The set-back in population during 1911-1921 ap;>ears highly improbable-especially when it ia. I.\Ppear~ to have been caused by a variety of special considered that the decade under. discussion was Circumstances prevailing during that period: the one ot' overall general depression and there were principal among ,which were:- ~o special circumstances conducive to art abnor­ (a' Successive poor harvests. ll1ally high rale of re-production, or a low rate of ~ortality. The answer appears to lie in the politi­ (b) Wide-spr~d epidemic of malaria in 1916.17. eat changes brought about by the Reforms in 1932 andt the grant of Provincial Autonomy in 1937. (c) Viplenf out-break of Influenza in 1918, The PrQvincial Legislature had been constituted on (Q) BiSh cost of living due to First World a communal basis and, with a view to securing the War, ma74imum political adv~lltagli_j)n the basis of nume­ \ rical strength, members of each community (e.) Sense of insecurity caused by. tho Third, reported exaggerated figures for their families, as Afghan War in 1919, and subsequent severe is. evident from the following instance reproduced warfare in the, Frontier Regions-Particu­ from the North-West Frontier Province Census larly Waziristan. and Administration RepottOf 1941:-

(f) Mi6ration of a l",r.Be number of agriculturists "A housyholder in Peshawar Cantonme~t, to -~f8hanist~n 9W4tS the Hijrat Move­ gavq 10 people as living in his upstair rOom, but .ment of 1920~ .which apart from ,caUsing on _a ~arnirtg by the Enumerator that he would displacellcnt, _of .these POllOns, .createsi bring a Sub-Inspector of P~lice to search the .acute .shot:t!lg~ of food .due to neglect of roOm at 10 p~m. he promptly admitted that in fact ·crops:·· .. only his wife and hfmself OCCupied file room". MOYBMmIr AND 1)/Sf"JUB1JTION Oll PaPClLATlON

~temeA.t .3:ii .(Refctqncq Paragraph:t81

Percentage increase during the last five decades, ill e3eft ·District

1901-11 1?1l-21 1921-31 1931--41 1941-51 Bannu 10 1.3 9.5 9.4 3.9 D.1. Khan 3.3 1.8 5.1 8.7 2.4 Hazara 7.6 3.2 7.6 19 7.S Kohat 2.2 3.8 10 23 3.8 Mardan 7.8 7.9 41.9 17.3 Peshawar 3.6 7.1 38 6

Note: The Mardan District formed part of the Peshawar District until 1937.

-3.7. Variation in 1941/51 Decade.-In 1941, the the past five decad~ is shown in Statemeht 3-B; population figures related to both the Muslims and The reasons for generally low percentage increase non·muslims (Hindus, Sikhs as well as British troops during ]91l-t921 as well as the abnormally high and other civilians) whereas those for 1951 relate percentage 'increase during 1931-41 have already to Muslims alone, as almost all the non·muslims been explained' in paragraph 3.6. The main had quitted the Province by that year. The num­ reasons for the large increase in the population of ber of Muhajirs who replaced these communitie9 Mardan District during 1941/51 decade are the was comparatively small. The increase of 7.1 per inauguration of the Premier Sugar Mill, which cent over the unduly high 1941 figures, therefore, attracted many labourers aI\d trader&. tb.e continuo appears to be reasonable, but in fact the increase ed immigratiQn to the lands irrigated by the SWl\t in the decade was probably between 14 % and )5% .. Canal, and the fa<;~ tpat the departed Hindu co~· 3.8. Vaflation in districts over past five decades.­ mercial community was replaced by a larger num­ The percentage of variation by each district over bers of Muslim petty traders.

S1atemeut 3-C (Referance 'Paragraph 3.9) Population and Density of District

Districts in order of \)Opulation_ I;>~t_ri9..ts. i!! o~{ i Q{ q~sity Pistricts Popula· Area in Districts PersoUli per tion square • square miles . miles

I. Peshawar 903230 ]548 1. 'Peshawar .. S8l 2. Hazara 856173 3030 2. M,ardan 541 3. Mardan 5942,(3 1099 3, fIttzara 283 4. Bannu 307393 1696 4. Bannu 181 <. '., '5. Kobat 300682 2693 S~ Kohat 112 ~. D. I. Kilan' .. 290996 3494 6. D: I. KHan .. 83 , .. :' MOVEMENT AND l>lSCRIBUTioN Oll PoPtJ!.ATJO]iI:

statement '3-D (Reference-Paragraph 3:11)

Pistri!:lu~n 01 population by Religion at ~uses :191J -to J9-51 (proportion ~r 10,000 of population)

"Religions 19i1 1921 1931 1941 1951

Muslims 9286 9162 9185 9179

~iI1dus_ S46 666 590 593 6

Sikhs , 138 125 175 190

Christians 30 47 SO 35 11

3.9. Districts in order of density.-Statement 3-e of livelihood. The Country is very backward ~hows district in order of population as well as in in industrial developments and agriculture forms order of density. This shows that Peshawar, Bannu, the mainstay of the vast majority of the population. KOllat and" Dera Ismail Khan maintain their posi­ The general tendency, therefore, is to settle in areas ti9n' iri botl:) ,respect~: while' Hazara, which ~s where there are better facilities for agricultural ,~.. ' • r I second in oruer of population. takes the third 'pasi- development. A perusal j of statement 3-J shows 1-1611 in r~pect of d~nsity with Mardan taking the that there is a strong co-relation between the density ~ond: - -" , of rural population am$' the availability of cultiv­ able, and particularly of irrigated lll\ld. The :; iio. Relationship of population density to cultiv~ districts of Peshawar and Mardan have compara­ abl~ 'ground iIiiliistries and other ~~tentiaiities.-As' tively smaller cultivable a~eas, but are more densely wiil be seen from statement 3-C population is more populated t~an Hazara, ort account of the" well de­ ci)rtceritrated in areas whidh provide better means veloped systen;t of canal irrigation in these" districts. '_.;~., ," , statement 3-E

(Reference Para~al>h 3.10 Religious CQmpqsition of population of Districts

Muslims Caste Schedule Christians OtOOl'$, Hindus Castes

.~... , '" l" 32,16,810 ; 151 '" 1,645 3,551 IS N·o/;r.:r.'- ;.": Bannu 3,02,426 46 196 378 ., -- ,- . ..~ - 11,.1. Khan .. 2,75,720 IS S 31

Hazara '-8";55,8'07 .- " :1' ,',: 129" .- Kabat " " 2,98,283 16 371 3SS 2 ;; ... t4ardan 5,91,785 9 184 376 '-' ,', }ieshaWl).l', .' 8,92,S~9 ~.~ 888 2,Z79 1~ MOYElfJElYT A''NP.'P'STRIBllTION 'OF POP.ULATION

3.U. Religious composition of population,' of' ;" 3.13. Localities of specially 111gb and specially Districts.-Before partition the major,. religious 19W density.-Tehsils in order of density in 1951 -communities in the North-West Frontier Province are shown in Statement 3-G. Here also those in were Muslims, Hindus, Sikhs and 'Christians; On "the Peshawar- \lalley represent the highest density. partition, the Hindus and Sikhs migrated to India, In the Tehsil of the South!m districts, density is while the 'christillfls, w~ich included chiefly British comparatinl.y low, The reasons for t~is have. troops and Ciyil.9fficers, lert ~he coun~ry. These already been explai,ned in, pacijgrllph 3.10. Map factors account for the huge -rall in the population No, 3.2 illustrates the"Jofupa~ati~e density of teh- of all religious groups except MUSlims, as indicated sils. in Statement 3-D. The Religious composition of thep.opulation by district$ (crxcluding Powindahs) :is shown in Statement 3-E. Statement 3-G 3.12. Muhajirs in districts.-The figures for Mus­ Urns in Statement 3·E include the Muhajirs (Refugees (Referen~ Paragraph 3.13) from India) who are shown ~eparately in State­ ment 3-F. It can be seen from this Statement Tehsils in order of Density'in i951. that the majority of the Muhajirs have settled down in the districts of Peshawar. Dera Ismail Khan, ,Hazata and Bannu in the order mentioned and also Persons per • Area in that ,they have chiefly settled in Towns. The choice , Sqr: Mile sqr~ miles of }ocation to settle down !1PPears to haye been - determined by two main factors, vit::- 839 1. Peshawar " 400· (0) Availability of easy ,means of livelihood, 2r Charsadda .. 755 380 and-

(h) similiarity of language. 3. Mardan 565 630 '1-.,,"; 4. Swabi 508 469 Statement 3-F 5. Abbottabad 488 "'692 (Reference Paragraph 3.12) 6. Bannu 409 ~n" Muhajirs in the pistricts arid selected CiliC$, and Towns 7. Nowshera 325 ' ips

8. Haripur 307 662

MuhaJirs ,. .~.-;' 9. Phulra 249 ' 35 N.W.F.P. 51126 10. Amb. ~40 }O} Bannu District . ~ S3t9 l1annu. Town and Cantonment 3683 11. Mansehra 179 '1438"

Dera Ismail Khan District 10455 12. Kohat 169 ,759 D. T. Khan Town and Cantonment 7207 Hazara District 7536 13, Hangu 138 -iii Abbottabad Town and Cantonment 3319 1 { , 14. D.I. Khan 107 1.731, Kohat District 1867 , . KohatTown and Canlo,}ment 1747 15. Lakki 93 ,~2~ Mardan'District 3059 16. Tank 81' , '6~ Mardan Town ami Cantonment " 2073 17. BandaDaud Shah (Teri) 73 1521 Peshawar District .'. " 22890 'Pes/rftw(lr City qnd Cantonment ," 14274 ' .. Charsadda TOM''; •• 14 18. Kulachi 48 1.089 . - ~ ~ '.;.

, • ,II"! . ~ , , ..... -.t.' " ~ MOYEMEN'/' AND DISTRlBU11fJN 01' POPULA'rION

Statement; 3-8 (Reference ParaBt'llph 3.14) Population of Tehsils at last five Censuses

Number of(leI'SOns.

Tehsils in Distrkt 1911 1921 J931 1941 195J

Bannu DisH. 26. Bannu Tehsil 142311 14133:5 16t88!' lS1598 193339 27. Lalli Tehsil 107775 104199 108419 108332 11~094

D. I. Khan Distt. 53. D. I. Khan Tehsil 153396 156017 111019 187585 185122 34. Kulachi Tehsil 55224 45113 51851 54882 51963 31. Tank Tehsil 47500 59637 51194 55664 53811 Hazara Distt. 11. Mansehra Tehsil 196712 2ooB19 208660 243203 257928 12. Abbottabad Tehsil " 221052 232034 253779 308518 33734:3 13. Haripur Tehsil 157705 161981 169735 197854 203531 8. Amb 20212 '21754 31299 47916 4865'6 9. Phulra 7347 5701 6644 8739 8709 Kobat Distt. 24, Kohat Tehsil 74162 77171 88310 114616 127057 25. B. D. Shah (Teri) .. 104462 92237 103011 112709 115486 23. Hangu Tehsil 44066 44715 44952 62079 58139 _. Mardan Distt! 16. Mardail Tehsil 158333 171642 198651 299384 356067 , 15. Swabi rehsil 153723 159242 158411 207155 238206

Peshawar Distt. 19. Nowshera Tehsil 137206 14881.7 160542, 218258 230082 , 1-8. Peshawar rehsil 261642 263228 278947 389329 386293 17. Charsadda Tehsil 139105 \ 164438 177807 244246 286855

.\ .', N01E:-The two tehsiIs of Mardan District formed part of the Peshawar District until 1937.

~j4. Population of ·Tehslls.-Comparison with in 1914-15, the transfer to it in 1928 of the Malan­ l~t~and preHous censuses. The progress of POPll" darLarea, which was not previously Censused, and lation in the Tehsils of each district during the the location of two Sugar Mills ope at Takht-bhai laSt 40 year~' i's shown in statement 3-H. An and the other at the district headquarters. Now­ examination of the latter Statement will disclose shera began to advance between 1931-41, on account that the progressive increase in population in all of location of factories, such as dehydration of the 1'ehsils has not been uniform throughout. meat, etc., for Military purposes during the second Peshawar Teh~il and Amb and Phuldra have main­ World War. KOhat owes its rise during 1~31'~41 tained·their relative positions throughout; Haripur, to the extension of the Royal Air Force Station Mans,ehra and. Abbottabad have tended to drop. in Kohat CahtoDInent. Dera, Ismail Kfiltn's Peshawar Tetsil, besides having large areas of rise in 1921-31 is' due to the presence of a large both'tultivable and irrigated land, holds the Prri­ number of .troops collnected with· the Wazjristan vincjal Capital, and is the centre of trade with ~isturbances. 1t~ low increas.e in 1931-41 B attri­ Afghanistan. . Mardan 'owes its rapid p~osperity buted to very serious' communal riots in 1931-32, prlmltily to the Upper Swat Canal COnsltOttet1 anti again in 1937-38, eulmil'latinl' in widtspt~tI MOVEMENT AND '1!ISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION 25

Fig. 3-2

TEHSILS IN ORDER OF POPULATION AT THE LAST FIVE CENSUSES. (REFERENCE PARAGRAPH 3-14)

Rank 1911 1921 i~31 1M1 19Si

Peshawar--Pesha'W'ar--Pesha.... ar--hsh~\lal"__ J>eshawar

2 Abbottabad ___ Abbottabad--Abbottabad__ Abbottabad Mardan

3 Mansehrll __MenSehra __ MensehrYardanAAbbottab ...

4 Charsadd~M4rdan ___Mardan ',Mansehra, Charsadda

5 Mardan/" "Charsadda-Charsadda-CharsaddaXManSehra

6 7 :::u. :::~V::::::\ ·:~::X::::.r. 8 9 :~:~--::::~~a,:::::;, ~~=:ur ::::ur ...... / , 10 No'W'shera/"- ..... Bannu 'Swab 1 \D .. I.Khan__ D.I.Khan 11 Lakki Lakk1 Lakk1, Kohat . Kabat 12 B.D.$&ah--B.D.Shah-_B.D.~:~B.D.Shah--B.D.Shah 13 Koliat Kohat Kohat7"'Lakk1 Lakk1 14 klach1... Tank, Kulach1 Hangu Hangu 15 Tank/«'l'ank_Y'1'ank Tank 16 Hangu Hangu Hangu/ "\Kulach1--KulaCh1

17 Amb----Amb----Amb----Amtl,-___Amb 18 Phulra------Phulra-----Phulra----Phulra _____ Phnlra

Note: Upward trend is shown by Downward trend is shown ~y

incendiarism. Along with this there was the are most striking in the Tehsils cortlprising the fer­ reduction of almost the whole of the Military tile Peshawar Valley especially when compared with, garrison of Dera Ismail Khan Cantonment. All for instance, the Hazara District. KulaclU which these seriously undermined its collU1ll!rcial pros­ presentS the lowest density, is an isolated area in perity. Hangu rose with the location there of the the generally arid district of Dea Jsntait Khan Polic'e' Traill'il1lJ SChool O'rl the· wi'toJ'e tIfe rises and has no apparent sources of progress. 26 MOVEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION

NORTHE.RI'I PART MAP: 3.2 NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE DENSITY BY TEHSILS (REFERENCE PARAGRAPH 3-14)

SOUTHERN PART

REFERENCE PERSON PER Sea. MILE

- o - 99 D

100 199 §

Q;) 200 299 ~ .:;~ 300 399 tm Q

400 599

60D - 799 • 8DO and '!ver. '.~. OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER, KARACHI. MOVEMENT AND DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION 27

Statement 3·1

(Reference Para. 3.15)

Percentage decennial increases in urban and Rural population.

1901-11 1911-21 1921-31 1931-41 1941-51

N.W.F.P. Districts 7.6 2.6 7.7 25 7.1 Urban population 12.7 15.1 15.0 43 -9 Rural population 6.9 .5 6.4 21.9 10.5

3.15. Proportions of the urban and rural popula. of progressive increase in the urban as against tion.-The bulk of the population of the North­ the rural population and is attributable. apart from West Frontier Province is in rural areas and this normal natural increase, to the general urbanizing element constitutes approximately 84 % of the tendency of the rural population to move into total population. The preceding paragraphs ex­ the towns and also to immigration frogJ. outside plain the relationship of population density

Statement 3-J

(Reference Para. 3.10)

Cultivation and Population

I:::i Percentages Percentage of cultivated area under .8 of total area principal crops ~ Percentage ------District g_~ of cultiva- .. .£ -g ted area [J 08 .D !J P-.. which is .0 U _0' > ~'""'>t: ... d ... "'CIl '':;:'" .;:: ~ irrigated .. § af! g 0 '" ... .~ bIl ~t "5 "5 il:''''",,,, 0 '":::l ~Q. U U$1 ~ ~'" ::E ..... i%l U III

N.W.F.P. (Districts) 204 62 37 38 41 5 17 10 3 3 Bannu 160 70 40 30 51 2 8 10 D.I. Khan 68 63 39 20 40 3 5 4 Hazara 265 78 24 14 27 7 47 8 Kohat 92 32 2 15 50 2 8 2

Mardan 498 63 68 ~6 41 12· 18 6 3 7 Peshawar 428 71 48 81 38 6 21 27 1.3 10 CHAPTER 4

THE URBAN POP1J~ATlON

STATISTICAL PATA Table I·A Population 2 Towns and Cities

4.1. Petinitio!l of 'City' and4'Town'.-For census The following list gives the names of all the 'Urban purposes 'City' means a 'Town' of not less than Areas' in the districts during 1941 and 1951 Cen· One lakh inhabitants. 'Town' or 'Urban Afea' suses, tOl!ether with the year in which they were includes municipalities, civil lines nQt inclu,ded so classified. within muniCipal etc., limits, and any other co~ec. tion of houses inhabited by not-less than 5,000 4.~. C~ljcation of 'urban areas.-All these areas gersons, which for census purposes might Qe (Ie.. it (excepting Kot Najibuitah and Cherat Cantonment cided to tteat as 'Town'. Cantonments, w~ch with a population of 4155 and 1123 persons respec­ present the better urban conditions of life, are al~o tively) have been grouped into the following four included in urban areas. classes (see table 2):-

Class I with population of 1,00,000 and over. 4.2. Changes in urban areas since 1941.-There were, in 1951, 9 Municipalities, 9 Cantounwnts, Class II with population of 25,000 and under 8 Notified Areas, anti 3 Towns, as compared with t,QQ,QQQ. 8 Municipalities, 9 Cantonments. 7 Notified Areas and 4 Towns in 11)41. The following changes accouqt for tbe variations in the urban areas:- CllISS In with population of 10,000 and under' 25,000..

(a) 'Charsl\dda Notified Area was ra~e<1 to the Class IV with population of 5,000 and under statllS of a Municipality in 1946. Prang 10,000. Town was lllsQ irn;lud¢ in its limits.

Municipality N.Area Town (b) Hangu and Thai were declared as Notified Areas in 194~. +1 -1 -1

+2 The boundaries of Mardan Municipality were expanded between 1941·51 to include the adjoining +1 +1 -1 vlllagC3 of Ba~hdaqa, Mardan ,111d Par Kalpani.

28 ) THE URlJAN POPULATION 29 Charges in Urban Areas since 1941

(Reference Paragraph 4.2)

Urban Areas in Years in which classed 1941 1951 as Town ----- Hazara District .. 1. Abbottabad (C.) .. 1. Abbottabad (C.) . . 1881 2. Abbottabad (M.) .. 2. Abbottabad eM.) .. 1881 3. Haripur eM.) .. 3. Haripur (M.) 1891

4. Baffa (NA.) .. .. 4. Baffa (Na.) 1881

5. Nawanshehr (NA.) .. 5. Nawanshehr (NA.) 1881

6. Kot Najibullah (T.) .. 6. Kot Najibullah (T.) 1941

7. Mansehra eM.) .. 7. Mansehra (M.) 1931 Mardan District .. 8. Mardan (M.) .. 8. Mardan eM.) 1911 9. Mardan (C.) .. 9. Mardan (C.) 1881

Peshawar District .. 10. Peshawar (M.) .. 10. Peshawar (M.) 1881

11. Peshawar (C.) .. 11. Peshawar (C.) 1881

12. Nowshera Kalan (NA.) .. 12. Nowshera Kalan (NA.) 1911 13. Nowshera (C.) .. 13. Nowshera (C.) 1881

14. Risalpur (C.) .. 14. RisaJpur (C.) 1911

15. Cherat (c.) .. .. 15. Cherat (C.) 1891

16. Charsadda (NA.) .. 16. Charsadda (M.) 1881/1946 17. Utrnanzai (T.) .. 17. Utmanzai (T.) 1941

18. Tangi (T.) .. .. 18. Tangi (T.) 1881

19. Prang (T.) (Merged in Charsadda (M.) in 1946.) 1881

Kohat District .. 20. Kohat (M.) .. .. 19. Kohat (M.) 1881

21. Kohat (C.) .. .. 20. Kohat (C.) 1881

21. Hangu (NA.) 1945

22. Thai (NA.) 1945

Baoou District .. 22. Bannu (M.) .. .. 23. Bannu (M.) 1881

23. Bannu (C.) .. .. 24. Bannu (C.) 1881 24. Lakki (NA.) .. 25. Lakki (NA..) 1881 D.l. Khan District .. 25. D. I. Khan (tri.) .. 26. D. I. Khan (M.) .. 1881

26. D. I. Khan (C.) .. 27. D. I. Khan (C.) 1881

27. Kulachi (NA. ) .. 28. KuJachi (NA) 1891

28. Tank (NA). .. 29. Tank (NA.) 1901

(C)-Canlorunont. (M)~MUl1icipality. (NA)-Notified Area. (1)-Town. GO THE URBAN POPULATION Statement 4-A

(Refers Paragraph 4.4)

Growth of Urban Population in Cantonments, and other Urban areas since 1901

Urban Population Percentage of Urban Percentage population residing in Year Other of Variation Cantts. Urban Total during pre- areas. vious deCltde Cantts. other Urban areas.

1901 61828 197102 258930 10.9 23.9 76.1

1911. 70254 221460 291714 12.7 24.8 75.2

1921 93450 242399 335849 15.1 27.8 72.2

1931 86564 299613 386177 15 22.4 17.2

1941 93511 458682 552193 43 16.9 83.1

1951, 111903 394547 506450 -9 22.1 17.9

Total increase 81% 100.17% 95.59% 1901 to 1951.

Lo.

In tl;lis ,cl~sification contonments and munici­ the \drift from rural areas to the towns and (d) the palities at each District headquarters have been very minor increase caused by the addition to towns grouped together as one unit. of areas previously classed as rural.

" 4.4. Growth of urban population.-The growth In examining this increase, however, it is impor­ (j urban population during the last five decades is tant not to lose sight of the fact that the 1941 Census shown' in Statement 4-A. This also shows the showed an increase of 43 per cent in urban popula­ proportion of population residing in Canton­ tion Over 1931 while for the same period the total ments and in Of her urban areas separately. In so population of the settled districts of NWFP show­ far as the Cantonment areas are concerned, the ed an increase of 25 per cent. These indicate that growth of population has been steady except for the figures are probably affected to some extent the decades 1911-21 and 1941-51, and is due to the by the better coverage of the 1941 Census and possib­ gradual development of Cantonment towns. Dur­ ly even more by the presence in it of inflationary ing the two decades referred to the abnormal tendency. The calculation of urban natural increase is due to the presence of a large number increase during this decade expressed as a ratio of troops on the Frontier due to the exigencies of of the urban population is rather an elusive figure the time. In so far as the other urban areas are especially as the vital statistics themselves are known concerned, the increase represents slightly more to be incomplete. Nevertheless, from Statement than 100% over the figures for 1901. 4-B we can gather that the excess of registered births over the registered deaths is about 7.3 percent The main causes of this increase in urban popula­ of the 1941 population. Allowing for some in­ tion are (0) the natural excess of births over deaths flation in the population figure and the incomplete­ (b) immigration from. out side the province, (c) ness of the Vital Statistics, it seems safe to presume THE URBAN POPULATION 31

Statement4-B that urban natural increase did not differ greatly from the All-Pakistan average of about 1 per-cent (Reference Par!,graph 4.4) per annum. About two-thirds of the incr~se in Number of Births and Deaths reported in urban the population of urban areas would therefore areas during 1941-50. appear to be attributable. to natural growth and the remaining third may be taken as chiefly due to Urban Area the immigration of non-Muslim traders and other 'Year entrepreneurs from outside the province and to some Births Deaths extent to migration from rural to urban areas.

Census figures for the past fifty years do not 1941 9630 '6965 show a noticeable tendency towards urbanization, 1942 8619 5917 This is so because the urban areas did not, during all this period, provide any avenues of profitable 1943 8819 5727 industrial employment. The urban areas of this 1944 9819 5526 province especially the smaller towns have so far developed their importance and growth merely 1945 10224 4976 because of the·presence of courts, easy means of communications and the availability of facilities 1946 11347 5472 for trade. 1947 8522 4100 4.5. Cities and Towns.-It is now necessary to 1948 7188 3619 explain certain important features with regard to 1949 7175 3171 the cities and major towns selected for separate tabulation in the rJ].ain census Tables, i.e. the 1950 7629 2922 Municipalities and Cantonments forming the head­ quarters of Districts and also Charsadda munici-, pality. Statement 4-C gives the progress of popula­ 88972 48395 tion in these areas from 1911 to 1951.

Excess ot Registered Births over Registered Deaths in Peshawar, the Provincial Capital, which holds decade = 40,577 = 7.3 % of census population in 1941. the distinguished position of a city in accordance with the classification mentioned in paragraph 4.2,

Statement 4-C (Reference Paragraph 4.5) Comparison of Population of Selected Towns 1911 to 1951.

Serial Cities and Towns. 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 No.

1. Abbottabad 11506 13620 16165 27422 27617 2. Bannu 16865 22261 30539 38504 27516 3. Charsadda 20160 20118 21764 30341 27239. 4 .. D.I. Khan 35131 39341 40331 51306 41663 5. Kobat 22654 27853 34350 44977 40841 6. Mardan .. 8929 10930 26279 42494 48863 7. Peshawar 97935 104452 121866 173420 151776 32 THE URBAN POPULATION

bas maintained its position throughout, although Statement ....E/l its decennial increase (ignoring that for 1941) has been comparatively slower than the other areas. (Reference Paragraph 4.7.)

The rapid advance of Mardan is partIy due "to Urban and Rural Literacy the extension of its municipal area by the addition of Hoti village in 1931 and of Baghdada, Mardan, and Par Kalpani villages between 1941-51. Total Literates Popula- tion Per The exodus of Hindus and Sikhs on Partition, (1ooo's) (1000's) Cent and changes in military garrisons were respon­ sivle for the lower figures of Dera Ismail Khan, Kohat and Bannu in 195}. Charsadda, (which Urban l has few real urban characteristics) in sp~te of Prang Areas 3,64 89 24.4 town's addition to it, appears to have been unable to compete with the popular Municipalities and Males 2,13 74 :14.9 Cantonments in its neighbourhood. Abbottabad owes much of its advance between 1941-5}' to the Females 1,52 )5 9.6 location of the Pakistan Military Aca.demy in Kakul. Rural Areas 28,58 2,09 1.3

4.6. Distribution of population by irnportant re­ Males 14,88 1,89 12.7 ligions groups.-Statement 4-D compares the chmvo­ sition of important religious groups per'l ,Ooowpula­ Females 13,70 20 1.4 tion in 1941 and in 1951. The insignificant ~hmber of Hindus and the complete elimination of 'Sikhs in 1951, due to the reasons already explained in paragraph' 3.11, are noticeable. NOTE I. The figures given for Urban Areas are tbose for tbe 7 towns sMted for $eparate IlIbulation, i.e. the \ . beadquarters toW!'ls of Oistricts and CIIarsadda. 4.7. Edueation in Urban areas.-Tn the sphere of Tho rest of the jlopulation of N.W.FiP. i. trcll!ted education, as will appear from Statement LJ1..E, as rural in tbis statement.

Statement 4-D

(Reference 'Paragraph 4.6)

Religious composition in selected Urban Areas P"roportion per 1000 of Population

Serected Muslims Hindus Sikhs Christians Jrban Areas ------_----- 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 1941 1951 ------Peshawar 709 985 183 2 82 15 10 D.l Khan 515 998 445 28 4 Kohat 114 977 183 a 79 10 s Charsadda 954 999 24 10 2 Bannu i78 996 5n 9 127 12 14 Abbotta6ad 445 995 434 98 11 4 Mardan l13 993 138 3 142 "7 4 '.'THB :UABAN ,I P{)P'ULATION

Statement 4-E/2 r 4.8. Notes on selected Towns.-These and some 9ther Jmportant aspects are discussed in detail in (Reference Paragraph 7.4) the following notes on each of the foregoing select­ Urban and Rural Education-Males ,ed cities and towns. The extent to which migra­ tion'(r~m' rurai ar~as as well as immigration from outside' have . influenced the 'population in the .. .urb'ln1 Rural seven selected cities and towns will be evident by 1000's % 1000's % a reference to Statement 4-F. This shows very poor urbanization trend from neighbouring rural areas. On the otl,Wf hand illunigration from other Literates 74 100 189 lQO districts of the Province including Tribal Regions as also from Punjab and India are large. Most of No Formal Attain- 20 27.4 73 38.5 the immigrants from the latter country are Muhajirs. ments.

Passed Prln;lar~ 26 35.? 76 40.3 (a) Abbottabad.-This city primarily owes its Middle School 14 19.5 28 l4.6 importance to its reputation as a health. resort. Of late, the establishment of the Pakist~n. Mili­ Matriculates 10 13.9 10 5.4 tary Acacfemy in Kakul (five miles distant) has fur­ Degree Holders 3 .3-.7 2 1.2 .ther raised its status and moreover, it has recent­ ly developed into a big trading centre for Punjab, Gilgit and Azad Kashmir, as well as Hazara Kohis­ Statel)1ent 4-E/3 tan in the North of the District. It is next to Pe­ (Reference'Paragraph 4.7) shawar in the order of education, Urban and Rural Education-Females

(b) Peshawar.-With its historic back-ground Urbanl Rural dating as far back as the Aryan period, Peshawar City has continued to be a centre of power and learn­ 1000's 1()()(j's % % ing as well as a base for political and commercial -~--~-,-- 9PP9rtunities. Its close proximity to the Khyber Literates .. 15 100 20 100 Pass and the Afghanistan border gives it the highest strategical importance. It commands the entire No fotmal attain- ·5 3'4.2 9 44.7 trade with Afghanistan and Central Asia. The ments. city was classed as a Municipality in 1881 along with Passed Primary 6 40.2 7 37.0 its Cantonment. Until recently it was enclosed within a medieval protective wall constructed of Middle School 2 15.1 3 13.7 brick with twelve gates which were heavily congest­ ed points. The wall. which enclosed an area of five Matriculates 6.6 3.8 square miles, is now being gradually removed to Degree Holders 0.3 1.9 0.1 0.7 allow expansion. The Cantonment, is the 'biggest military headquarters in the Province, covers about NOTE I. The figures given for Urban Areas are those for the four square miles and has a first class aerodrome. 1 towns s~lected for Separate tabulation, i.e. tbe Both the City and Cantonment have a good system headquarter~ towns of Diltriets and Cbarsadda. of piped-water supply and have their own fire \?ri­ The rest ofth. population of N.W.F:P. is treated gades. Congestion is less marked in the Canton­ as rural in tjlis statemellt. ment than in the city area where there are almost the IIrban areas hold about two-fifths of the field 21943 persons to a square mile. Special examina­ against the rural areas as far as the primary stan­ tion of this over crowding in the city will be found dard is concerned; they run nearly mid.-way in the in Statement 4-G. Ignoring the area outside the Middle standard; tl1ey pass closely ahead of the city-walls the concentration of population appears rural areas at the Matric stage and then leave the to be most dense in thauk Nasir Khan. Educa­ rural areas far behind in the higher education, as tionally the Peshawar city and cantonment are far almost all the colleges are located in urban areas. more advanced than any other urban area. Census The figures for female educati6n are small especi­ Table 9-B shows that 'out of all those persons who ally in rural areas. have attained Primary and Middle qualification in. 34 THE, 'UMAN', PQPULA.T!ON ;Statement 4-F (Reference Paragraph 4.8)

Bii1hpIa.ce of population in selected cities and towns

NWFP and Tribal Regions Other Other Other Total places Districts than Cities and Towns all Home in same (including NWFP ,places Som District. Tribal Regions),

Abbottabad 27,602 14895 129 3,443 9135 Bannu 27,199 14622 1376 3,144 8057 Charsadda 27,048 26430 31 467 120 D. I. Khan 41,613 28810 474 2,903 9426 Kohat 40,534 28386 452 3,101 ,8595 ,Mardan .'. 48,287 39828 1704 3,527 3228 Pesha,war 151,435 95512 6668 16.594 32661

,Statement 4-<7

(Referepce Pat'alIraph 4.8) \ ' Congestion in Peshawar Municipality

Area in Persons Persons Peshawar Municipal Area Acres per acre

, Cirt:, , L I Andarshehr 31.06 6364 205 2. Assiya 109.93 21207 193 3. Chauk Nasir Khan 52.32 13027 25t 4. GunJ 64.03 12473 195 5. Jehangirpura 69.52 14789 211 , 6. K;lrlpura 44.47 10773 245 7. Labori 65.45 13346 205 8. Area,Outside the City, Wall 2763.10 17736 6

Total Peshawar Municipality 3199.88 10971~ 51 THE URBAN POPULATION 35 the entire district of Peshawar, about three-eighths two towns of the Southern districts. belong to Peshawar municipality, and Canton­ ment. The proportion reaches nearly one half (f) Dannu.-Bannu Municipality was partly de- in respect of Matriculation, Degree and Higlier· ., sigtled to provide protective accommodation for Degree. It may be remembered that the Peshawar the Hindu and Sikli trading communities. They district contributes about 37 % of the entire educat­ had trickled out over into the district in the past ed (by all standards) population of the Province. from the neighbouring Punjab districts, but many of them could not continue their life in the rural (c) Charsadda.-Charsadda, the headquarters of area for fear of dacoities and raids from across the the Tahsil of the same name, is contIguous. to th~ botd~r, which' \vere chiefly directed against them. town of Prang. These two towns were formed A small number of higher class' Muslims also into a Municipality in 194§.. ,Charsadda is identi­ quitted their rural habitations for the better securi­ fied with the ancient Pus!jkalawati capital of tpe , ' ty oflife in this little walled colony. Consequently region at the time of A,lexander's invasion. It the entire trade of the district was concentrated commands considerable trade in 'Gur' within .within ·,the city walJs:.and the two communities the Province as well as witli the Punjab owing to its 'prospered considerably. With the passage of time situation in the heart of the famous sugarcane the number of Hindus and Sikhs surpassed that growing area. It has not yet acquired normal of the Muslims, so much so that it was at one time urban facilities especially in education. ' nicimamed "The Benares of the Frontier". This is the only city in the Province which had its founda­ Cd) Mardan.-Mardan qty (excepting its Canton­ ment) does not present a high degree of urban ser­ tions laid down on more or less modern sanitary vices and advantages as compared with other towns. lines from its very origin. Bannu also derived importance by being the base of Military garrisons It has however developed into an important trade centre for the States of Dir, Swat and Chitral as for expeditions in Waziristan. The educational ad­ well as for the local agricultural 'population of the vance of the town is rather slow. Peshawar Valley. The increase in population is largely due to the extension of its boundaries as (g) Dera !smail Khan.-Dera Ismail Khan city mentioned earlier. There is no piped-water­ is the headq~arters. of the Southern-most' district supply system. The drainage system is. below stan­ of the Province. It serves as a trading market for dard· as is'also the contribution to education. the commoditie~ entering the· district via the Oomal., Pass and the adjoining Tribal area. It deVeloped (e) Kohat.-Kol;lat "City" is of great strategical gradually until Partition when the entire ~on: importance. It serves as a watchpost for the Muslim population migrated to India. They were' adjoining tribal area and Afghanistan, towards only partially replaced by about 7;000 Muhajirs. which country the pistrict boundaries extend close­ In regard to e4ucaiion this city takes a second posi­ ly. It is more advanced educationally ~an the other tion as compared with Bannu and Kohat., '" CHAPTER·S

THE RURAL POPULATION

STAflS11CAL DAtA Table 1 .population u.n. 1 Occupations of Agricultural· LabOur Force. 11.B. Z Subsidiary Occupations 'If Agricul­ cural Labour Force. 14 Agricultural Labour Force and Cultivators Land Tenure. 1,5 La~owners.

5.1. Det¥tion of "Village".-The CefisllS Village 5.2. Number of V~lages by Districts...... As will in the settled districts of the N-W. Frontier Pro­ appear from Statement 5-A the number of villages vince has, always been treated as a "Village" under has changed from Census to census due to changes the Land Revenue Act which describes it as an in village boundaries in the ordinary course of reve­ "Estate" (Mauza), i.e. an atea f!>r which a separate nue administration. The large increase in Hazara record-of-rights has been made, Or which has beeh in 1951 is due to the recertt revenue stettlemenf in separately assessed to land fexenue. Thus a censu~ that district. village is a unit of area rather than a colleCtion . or' residences. These Estates, ~enerally contain one 5.3. Size of Villages.-The 'site of each village main residential sac inhabited by the original pro­ depends to a large extel1t on the av;tiJability of cul­ prietors. In addition, there are, in almost every tivable land, irrigation facilities and the fertility of Estll\e, a number of small hamlets detached from tbesoil. the !pain residential area which were originally intended to provide residence for the followers of As already explained earlier, Hazara has more the proprietory body. Some cultivators have in villages with small populations. recent decades built houses close to the land they cultivate with a view to enabling them closely to In the rich and fertile districts of Mardan and supervise their crops. In the mountainous regions Peshawar (excepting the Nowshera Tahsil) the of Hazara there are no large residential sites, the population tends to concentrate in large villages houses being scattered all over the hill-sides wherever closely knit together. there is a small patch of cultivation. It would thus be observed that, for the purposes of census, the In Kohat, which is mostly barren and rugged, population of the whole Estate, however scattered villages are generally small and widely spaced. it may be, is taken as belonging to the main resi­ dential village site. The villages in AUlb and In Bannu most of the villages are small and close Phulra (where the Land Revenue Act did not together and lie in the rich plains of Bannu Tahsil. operate) do not conform to an Estate. They cover In Lakki Tahsil, where cultivation is difficult the the population of the neighbouring small habita­ villages are generally large and at greater distance tions. from each other.

( 36 ) TilE ~(fRAL POPULATION 37"-

Statement S-A

(Referente Paragraph 5.2)

Numbers of villages in the districts during 1911-1951

Numbers of villages in: Districts ------1911 1921 1931 1941 1951

~------~~ Bannu 377 378 380 378 383 D. I. Khan .. 418 392 396 396 465 Kohat 290 284 281 281 290 Hazara 11-56 1515 927 926 1619 Mardan* Not available separately 278 278 Peshawar 792 787 846 567 620

Total N-W. F. P. 3033 3356 2830 2826 3655

·Mardan district was part of the Peshawar district until 1937.

In Dera Ismail Khan nearly 7/IOths of the Proportions of Rural and Urban Population villages have a population of under 500. This is because of the lack or irrigation facilities and low Percentage of rainfall. The population tends to cOncentrate in I Total Population the river-side areas and to depend tot cultivation on the river water which, however, is uncertain. 1- Urban Rural Many people the high lands known as "Daman" I or ------have in bad' years to leave their homes for want of water. 1911 .. 13 87

In short, as will be evidenced from Statement 1921 .. ]5 85 5-B, the larger propottion or the rural population 1931 ., 16 84 (esp~ial1y in the Hazara mountainous area) .. live in small villages with 2,000 or fewer inhabitants. 1941 .. 18 82 84 5.4. Density of Population in_ rural areas anI! co­ 1951 .. 16 relation of 'rural population with soil' fertility' And irrigation ete.-The' density of" population in- the Tlte 1941 .figures show some increase in urban districts (which essentially cover large rural areas) population over the previous decade, but the ana its relation to soU reriility, and irrigation etc., figures for the 'other three decades (ignoring' those has already been discussed in paragraphs 3.10, for 1941 for reasons previously explained) show 3.13, lIhd 3.14. the proportions to be more- or'less·stationary..

5.5., Proportions of rural and urban population.­ i~.6. Agricu~tural and allied -Occupatjons'_"l'ig~~!! OWing to the agricultural.characteristics of the people showing ,the distribution of .agric~lltural ..and. -a!li~;, the 1'ural population have ·always far. exceeeed that occupations in each district will- be found in .Sec~ of the llrban ateas .. ," The relevant.proportfO!1~ during tipn I of-Table-II-D. n~,bout 98 \pcq;\lpt:.o{ the~! the last fifty yeal's are' shown- below;- persons in ·the agriculturist class ,are·-empIoy~d! 3&\1 TH-E:Rl/RA,L"POPUU11l0N, ,

STATEMENT S-B.-8IZE OF VIlLAGES

(Reference Paragraph 5.3) Part I.-VillageS by Nuinber df Iitbabitants

'1 I~abitants Districts Total Under 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 I Villages to to to to and I . 500 999 1999 4999 9999 over I

All Districts 3655 2137 661 526 278 52 I Bannu 383 211 98 46 25 3 .. D. I. Khan' 465 319 76 47 21 2 fiazara 1619 1147 238 161 67 6

Kahat .\ 290' 155 63 48 19 4 Mardan 278 63 4S 70 74 26 'Peshawar 620 242 141 154 72 11

Part II.-Population by size of Village (Referenee Paragraph 5.3) (1000's)

Total Living in_ VillageS of Districts Rural 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 Popu]a- Under to to to to and tion 500 999 1999 4999 9999 over

All Districts 2746 411 463 716 832 314 11 Banp.u 271 50 69 65 67 19 D.J. Khan 235 60 51 55 56 13 Hazara 798 182 164 215 200 . 38 Kohat 247 37 47 66 61 26 11

Mardan ',' 5~5 20 30. 103 236 156 Peshawar 649 62 101 211 212 63

on the cultivation of the soil. Animal breeding,. the reserved forests and removal of timber or diary farming and poultry keeping appear to have fire-wood from other forests (Guazaras) have return­ little attraction as main occupations. Except in ed their chief O'ccUpation as forestry. There are the Hazara district, there are no large private forests. no •established . fisheries in the' ·Province, The in the prOVince. and even there felling in' private­ few persons who claim to come under this category foreSts (Guzaras) is controlled by Government .. usually work in the rivers in 'the neighbourhood Persons employed on the exiraction of wood from of towns where tbey"·seU· their catch. THE RUR;,tL POPULATION 39

Statement s-C Statement Nb~ '5-Cll (Reference Paragraph 5.7) (Reference Paragraph 5.7) Number of revenue payers, classified according to Proportions per mille of agriculturists in subsidhlry amount of Land Revenue paid. occupations .

Amount of Land Revenue Revenue Di~tricts Proportion (Rs.) payers per mille

Upto-5 488133 ') N.-W.F.P. 42 6,30,504 5-10 142371 J Districts 10-90 Not available Bannu 100-250 929 D.I. Khan 31 251-500 241 1 501-750 67 I Hazara 45 751-1000 26 1,302 ~ Kohat 75 1001-5000 36 I I Mardan 5001-10000 2 I I Above 10000. J Peshawar 50"

5.7. Subsidiary occupations of Agricultural occupations attract enterprising agriculturists in workers.-Table II/B Section 2 details the subsi­ the rural areas. Persons in the third category diary occupations which the persons from agricul­ are mostly those who could be conveniently spared tural groups pursue in addition to their principal by their families from work in the fields to supple­ occupations. The proportions of the agriculturists ment the family income by transporting passengel"!l in the different districts who follow subsidiary and goods between rural and urban areas. The occupations are given in Statement No. 5.lC/1. persons' whose subsidiary occupation is given as This shows that they favour as subsidiary occupa­ "Clerk" are employed as "MunshL~" (Writers) tions, the unskilled types of work such as that of or "Nazirs" (Accountants) by big land-owners. general labourers, domestic and other servants, The relatively high number of subsidiary carpenters petty shop-keepers etc., and also religious workers. (sawyers) in Hazara is attributable to the presence This is attributable to the non-development of cot­ of large forest areas whis;h provide opportunities tage or other suitable industries~ In Kohat the to the agriculturists to add to their meagre income proportion of agriculturists who have a subsidiary from land. The number of subsidiary black-smiths -calling is the largest because of the unfavourable and mechanics in Mardan is much higher than in agricultural conditicns, as explained in Chapter I. other districts because improved agricultural imple­ The only skilled subsidiary occupations which ments have been introduced which require ·~IqVt;Sl have more than one hundred ~orkers are the car­ attention and have given considerable inducement penters and the sawyers. The· latter are generally to agriculturists to acquire a greater under·sta'llding -employed between the harvest and the sowing pe­ of t~eir working. In Dera Ismail Kh.an the ,higpest riods in local forest areas for cutting and dressing number i.e. 722 among subsidiary skilled Ilibourers timber and fuel wood. Peshawar, which has the is that of carpenters (Sawyers). The .reasons next largest proportion, provides numerous facili­ mentioned for Kohat in respect of this occupation ties for extra employment both in skilled and un­ apply also to this District. The number of agrIcul­ skilled subsidiary occupations.. Masons, carpenters, turists who are skilled workers in subsid\azy pccu­ driver~ of pack animals and animal drawn vehicles, p~tlons is insignificant in Bannu Dist~ict" where and cl~rks, etc .. appear in higher numbers among there is little opportunity for occuplifions other -skiijed wor,k:e~ in.su.~sidillry trad«s. 1)le~ first tWQ _than. those qirectly connected .with the. soil •. THE :RURAL 'POPUI;,4.TION

5.8. Cultivating poPlllatiqll. analyzed by land­ owners who add to their: income by renting land tenure.-The system of land tenure which appears from other owners is generally small in all dis­ from Table 14 will be understood by the following tricts. The comparatively higher proportion in observations. Land is generally tilled by the D. I. Khan is attributable to the reason mention­ :o\Vriers themselves; if is oilly when land is owned ed aoove . viz: bigger oWllerships o~ ilOidings. in large areas or when the ~owrier resides in a distant In other districts, particularl); Mardan and Pe­ locality that it is Jet out to a tenant for cultivation shawar; the proportions of petty owners"adding to ,~ither on a basis of a share in the produce or for their land on a rental basis are,smaller because a fixed rent in cash or kind. These tenants or lease­ the number of big land-owners js not so great. holders are responsible to the owner for the latter's The proportion of persons renting all the land they share in accordance with the terms agreed and till is higher than that of the previous category. employ their own bullocks and agricultural imple­ This is also;iargely influem;ed by the Same rea~ons, ments. Another system of cultivating land is to i.e. availability of land uncontrollable by the owners employ landless labourers (who cannot even alford concerned. The Class of people who rent land and the cost of bullcoks etc.) on c:ash wages or a smaller also work for hire is quite insignificant, as such share in produce on each harvest. These persons persons are mostly covered by the third category. are' locally known as "dehqan". The following The "dehqani" system which corresponds partly explanations of the statistics in Table 14 ~re given to the last category is not very popular and its in the light of the foregoing observations. proportion .among "Renting and also working for hire" is obViously very low. A reference to Statement 5-Cj2 will show that more than half of the cultivators own the whole 5.9. Landlords.-Table 15 shows that about 14 land held by them. Their proportion is higher per cent of the total population of the districts in Kohat, Mardan, Bannu, Hazara, and PeShawar or 65 per cent of the agricultural group rank as land­ where small land-owners are numerous. The lowest owners. The bulk of them occupy themselves in proportion in Dera Ismail Khan is due to bigger agricultural pursuits and some in the Defence Ser­ holdings comprised of vast un-irrigated lands which vices. Only 225 persons reported themselves as are beyond the personal control of' the owners. land-owners without stating that they follP'Y 'For the' same reasons the proportion of petty some other occupation.

Statement No. 5·Cf2

(RefereriFe Paragraph 5.8)

,Proportion per mille of cultivating population analysed by land tenure

Cultivators owning or renting land --, Districts Renting Owning all Owningpt. Renting and also Total land tilled. and renting all land working pt. land tilled. fur hire. tilled.

N.W.F.p. Districts 1000 603 103 285 9 Bannu 1000 600 140 256 4 D.l. Khan 1000 437 155 401 7 Hazara 1000 585 ·105 297 13 Kahat 1000 138 142 116 4 Mardan 1000 666 63 265 6

:~esbawar 1000 595 84 3Ia 11 THE RURAL POPULATION 41

Statement 5-D

(Reference l'aragraph 5.11)

Literacy and Education in Rural Areasl

Persons who have passed Matriculation ; Total I Literate and Higher Examinations I Persons in I persons in (Rural)2. Districts I Rural Areas Rural Areas Percent I aged 12 and aged 12 and 'over over. Percent of persons t(""",,'.J Persons 12 years andover.

N.W.F.P. 18,07,000 1,43,734 7.9 13,295 0.7 Bannu 1,65,000 10,657 6.1 1,019 0.6 D. I. Khan 1,47,000 10,563 6.8 643 0.4 Hazara 5,22,000 43,819 8.4 2,459 0.5 Kohat 1,55,000 13,145 8.5 878 0.6 Mardan 3,66,000 22,843 6.2 2,747 0.8 Peshawar 4,52,000 42,707 9.4 5,549 1.2

Notes :-1 In this statement the whole population apart from the selected towns has been treated as rural. 2 The reporting of ages is not reliable and these ligures for persons aged 12 years and over should be treated with caution, but expressed in percentages they are probably reasonably accurate.

5.10. Size of Holdings.-No attempt appears to sons aged 12 years and over as will appear from have so far been made to collect data with regard Statement 4·P are 22.5% in urban and 7.9% in to the size of holdings in the province. The only rural areas. The rural areas in the districts are information which could be obtained is the number in the following order as regards ««lucation and of revenue payers classified in Statement 5-C as literacy (See Statement 5-D). paying land revenue up to Rs. 10/· i.e. the petty land owners and those paying from Rs. 100/- and upwards i.e. the bigger owners. The first two classes Matricula­ tionand of revenue payers (630504 in number) eke out their District Literacy % Higher .subsistence from very small areas while the bigger Education areas are in the hands of as few as 1302 persons. % This distribution of holdings, which cannot be described as economical, is greatly responsible for the sad plight of many agriculturists. Unlike the 1. Peshawar 9.4 1.2 bigger holdings which may not be quickly affected, 2. Kohat 8.S 0.6 the petty proprietories are liable to further dis· integration by 'the rules of inheritance of Shariat 3. Hazara 8.4 0.5 (Muslim Personal) Law. 4. Dera Ismail Khan 6.8 0.4 5.11 .. Literacy in Rural areas.-The number of persons with school or college education in urban 5. Mardan .. 6.2 0.8 as Compared with rural areas' has already been discussed to some extent in paragraph 4.7. The 6. Bannu .. 6.1 0.6 percentages of general literacy applicable to per· CHAPTER 6

BIRTHPLACE

STATISTICAL DATA Table 5 Birth place 10 'Nationality. lO-A Afghan Powindahs 19"A Origin of Muhajirs.

6.1. Scope of the Chapter.-This chapter deals with (5) Permanent migration, when people leave their the presumed movements of population, based 'on birthplace for good and settle down permanently , the reports of places of birth. T~se give indications, in new places. of the transfers of people from one part of the 6.2: Extent of Migration.-A predominant por­ province to another and also of the extent to which 'lion pf the population depend for their livelilIood the peOple from outside the province are attracte~, , Oil agriculture which keeps them attached to their into it. The census counted as normal residents ' lands and families. Migration is also discouraged of NWFP districts all persons who were present by the agrarian laws which are generally in favour or likely to return, during the enumeration period, of tM old settler. As evidenced iniparagraph'5.10 or )",ho wele out of Pak~tan teo:porarily. Fo~ all most of the agriculturists exist at a .'bare subsistence normal residents the place'.of birth was recorded. level apd cannot afford to incur 'the heavy expen­ Cen~us Table No.5 cross tabulates places of enume­ ses of travel or the risk involved in change of resi­ ration with piaces of birth and thereby provides an dence. ' indication of the extent of migration. The figures The\enumeration period did not coincide with are however likely'to be affected, to varyin'g degrees, the time anywhere in the Province, but it by the following different types of migration from harv~t is usual'fo\'the people the. mountainous tracts· the. district of bi,rth. ~om of Hazara\and Frontier RegIOns, as also from (1)' Casual visits between villages on either Afghanistan\ to codle down to the plain early in' side ~f a boundary. winter and to (eturn to their homes with the app~ rOllCh of hot ~eather. These pomadiC parties would (2) Temporary movements such as journeys con­ therefore be found in the settled districts at the time nected with business pilgr~age, labour or servi~. of the censu~. A large proportion 'of the move~ I (3) Periodic movements such as migration at hient indicated by the Birthplace table can thus harvest time or seasonal ll?ovement from the,hills be assumed id be casual; temporary or 'seasonal into the plains. and only a small proportion of it to be semi-perma­ nent or permanent. This is'borne ou'-by the figures (4) Semi-permanent migration, where persons given in Statement 6-A, which indicates the lQlIin born in one place reside and earn their living in proportions 'of the different categoric:; of bitth, another. . places. ," This- st~tement; being based on CepSIJS

( 42 ),,~ BIRTHPI;ACE 43

Statement 6-A Table No.5, deals only with Pakistani' citizens and (Reference Paragraph 6.2) therefore exCludes the 'Afghan Powindahs who form the chief element among the seasonal migrants, Distribution by birth·place per mille of person, but the persons reported as born in the more dis· enumerated in the N. W. F. P. Districts. tant parts of the Frontier Regions, and those born in Afghanistan probably include a fair number of 1. Born in District in which enumerated 926 similar temporary and seasonal visitors. The semi·permanent and permanent immigrants are more 2. Born in contiguous district of the Province 8 likely to be included among the persons i.J:!. classes 3. Born in other districts of the Province 9 6, 7 and 8 of Statement 6·A, i.e. those born in other provinces of Pakistan or in Afghanistan, India, 4. Born in Frontier Regions continguous 6 to districts. Kashmir, etc. 5. Born in more distant parts of the Fron· 8 6.3. Inter District Migration.-Statement 6-B tier Regions. shows the extent to which persons have been found 6. Born elsewhere in Pakistan:- in districts other than that in which they were born. It also shows the gain or loss to each district by (a) in areas contiguous to North·West 22 Frontier Province. such internal movements. This Statement read with Section 2 of Table 5 discloses that Bannu has (b) in more distant areas Figure negligible attracted the smallest number of persons from 7. Born in Pak /Indian Sub.continent outside 18 elsewhere in the NWF. These mostly came from Pakistan. Kohat and Peshawar districts to replace the non· Muslim trading community. Bannu's contribu· 8. Born in Afghanistan 3 tion to other districts is largely directed to the 9. Born elsewhere .. " Figure negligiqle adjoining district of Dera Ismail Khan and to Peshawar and Mardan in the North.

Statement 6-B

(Reference Paragraph 6.3)

Persons enumerated in the Province and Frontier Regions analysed according to BIRTHPLACE

Home Born Enumerated in District; Born in District; Bomin. I Enumerated in: Percentage Other Other Districts of Total Dis· Dis. population tricts in Frontier NWF tricts Frontier NWF Gain 0 r born in the the Pro· Regions (Total) in the Regions. (Total) loss. districts. I vince. Pro· vince.

Bannu 95% 4548 628 5176 7204 11576 94% 4729 3629 8358 11576 ~ -3218 Mardan 8689 8563 17252 9297 9297 +7955 95% 0 Peshawar 87% 21440 26936 48376 12266 Z 12266 +36110 BIRTHPLACE

'J ! Dera Ismail- Khan has drawn mainly from inhabitants, hold little, attractibn for the people ,~aWlU,: Peshawar and Kohat. Peopl~ of Dera of the settled-Ilistricts. The Dumper of sucll emig­ ISIDaU, Khan are less inclined to leave their homes rants is therefore not likely to be large enough to as'is sl\own by the small num~rs enumerated in be oj any statistical significance. 'other districts.

The figures for Hazara do not reflect a complete 6.6. Movement between N. W. F. and other idea of temporary migration, as owing to its cool Provinces of Pakistan.-As will appell.r from climate it draws many persons from tHe plains Census Table No. 5 and Statement 6-A, move­ during the hot weather i.e., after the enumera­ ment between the North-West Frontier Province tion period. (Districts) as a whole find other provinces of Pak­ istan is largely to and from the adjoining Provinces Movement in-wards to Kohat appears to be of of Punjab and Baluchistan. This is illustrated in the same type as mentioned in regard to Bannu Statement 6-C, which shows that tIre Frontier and Dera Ismail Khan. Its contribution to other people found in other provinces greatly exceed the districts h next to that of Peshawar. The bu'k of persons from those provinces who were en1.}merat­ 'emigrants are probably persons who have joined ed in NWFP. Karachi Federal Capital Area the Civil Armed Forces. gains the greatest number of persons from this Province, including the F~ontier Regions, although Mardan ranks next to Peshawar in the matter the numbers from the latter area are not' likely to of l1,ligration. It has drawn population chiefly be very large. They find remunerative employ­ from Peshawar, Kohat and Bannu on account of ment in Karachi mostly as porters, lascars, drivers, the presence of two prominent Sugar Mills. Emig­ domestic servants and general labourers, and also ration from it is directed to the two adjoining dis­ in the Defence Services. Baluchistan's gain has tricts of Peshawar and Hazara and consists of per­ the next largest contingent of persons from the sons employed in commerce and trade. Frontier due to the similarity of conditions of life. That of Sind is comprised mostly of agricultural Peshawar, with its central position, and its l~bourers. Punjab draws only 3030 more emigrants opportunities both in the Services and in trade, than the immigrants received in NWFP from that is a source of considerable attraction for all sorts Province. The Frontier people enumerated in of persons from other districts, especially from East Bengal are mostly members of the Defence Hazara, Mardan and Kohat. Services.

6.4. Immigration from Frontier Regions.-The 6.7. Tendency for persons from p;lrticular Provin­ most important contribution to immigration is ceS to settle.-Punjab provides the largest number from the Frontier Regions. It is periodic and is of immigrants to every district. ¥ost of them have chiefly directed to Peshawar, Mardan, Kohat, and made NWFP their permanent abode. In Peshawar Dera Ismail Khan. In Peshawar and Mardan District alone th~y are as many J.s 30,053 Punjabis. the bigger stream is of labourers and other employ­ Immigrants from Baluchistan are attracted chiefly ment-seekers from 'the adjoining states of Dir by P~shawar and Mardan. Their number in other and Swat. The immigrants from North, and distri~ is negligible. Sindhis also, though in South Waziristan represent mostly the military small umbers, are found chiefly in Peshawar, Mar­ or semi-military personn<.l stationed in the settled dan an Bannu. The climate of Hazara has attract­ district. Those from Khyber generally find easy ed a small number of persons from the Karachi and remunerative employment or labour in the Federal Area. Some of these have also settled in Peshawar City. Peshawar.\ Few people from East Bengal, the farthest province of Pakistan, have as yet settled in 6.5. Emigration to Frontier Regions.-As previ­ this Province, and those who are here have come ously explained, the use of the All-Pakistan stanqard in connection with service in the Army, Air Force slip in the enunlrration in the Frontier Regions or administration. was confined to military stations and posts, and as statistics for these 'areas were prepared to conform to the data collected on the Tribal slip, which did 6.S. Persons enumerated in the Province but born riot include an enquiry about birthplace, there are in Asiatic countries outside Pakistan.-Of the no statistics from which the extent of emigration Asiatic countries outside Pakistan, India, and from the districts to Frontier Regions elm be Judg­ Afghanistan stand foremost in their contribution ed.' As a 'matter 'of fact, these areas on account to immigration to this Province. The Frontier's of the r~ugh ,and hardpature ,of ~he te!.rain ann!1~ti0!1 with Ip4i~~,.~hJch~wl\s"~isru.P!e~twjth, tqe BIRTHPLACE 45

Statement 6-C (Reference Paragraph 6.6) Migration between N. W. F. P. and other parts of Pakistan

Immigration Emigration Provinces of Pakistan to N.W.F. fromN.W.F. Gain or loss Province. (1) Province. (2)

Baluchistan including States Union 2241 12398 -10157 East Bengal .. 957 1768 - 811 Karachi Federal Capital Area 1.64 47953 -47789 Punjab and Bahawalpur State 67550 70580 - 3030 Sind and Khairpur State " 978 9337 - 8359

1. Persons enumerated in N. W. F, P. (excluding Frontier Regions) who gave other Province of Pakistan as their Birthplace. 2. Persons enumerated in otber Provinces of Pakistan who gave their BirthpJace as N. W. F. P. (includes persons born in Frontier Regions, State/Agencies/and Tribal Areas. emergence of Pakistan, is responsible for a large and Zhob routes along with their families, flocks, number of repatriates who returned their places herds and trade-goods from Bokhara and Kandhar. of birth some where in India, but whose ancestors Leaving their families and flocks at pasturages .in belonged t'o this 'Province. Political changes the border areas they pass on into the interior to brought about in Burma, Ceylon and Tibet also sell their goods or to seek employment as labourers. influence similar repatriations. But the bulk of During the pre-Partition period their field of opera­ the immigrants are Indian Muslims who sought tion extended as far away as Calcutta and even refuge in this Province on the partition of the Singapore but now, due to travel difficulties, most country. A mass exodus of Hindus and Sikhs from of them wander about within the limits of West this Province also occurred for the same reasons. Pakistan. On their way back they carry goods The historic relation of Afghanistan ,with this purchased from the local markets for sale in their Province is well known. While incursions from own country and beyond it. Besides the Powin­ that country for conquest or pillage are old history, dahs, there are 747 persons claiming Afghan na­ the eConomic' pressure 'still drives a large number tionality. These mostly consist of carriers between of its people to the plains of this Province, which Peshawar and Kabul including those who police provides ample opportunities of gainful employ­ the passage of caravans through the Khyber Pass meht. Consequently there has always been a regular and generally spend their time in journeys to and , stream of permanent or semi permam;nt immigrants fro. from Afghanistan: The number of such immigrants who have returned themselves as Pakistanis is 6.10. Other Muslim countries.-There is prac­ 9728, ofwhom 8660 are residing in Peshawar. They tically no migration worth the name from other are inostly labourers or employed in petty trades. Muslim countries. Very small numbers from Saudi Arabia, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Turkey, etc. , 6.9. Afghans and Powindahs.-The big seasonal have returned themselves as Pakistanis and appear flow of Powindatts (graziers and traders from scattered in Peshawar, Mardan and Hazara districts. Afghanistan) who come to this province e~ery 'y~ar with the apPIo~ch of winter and return by the end of. sprin~ is periodic. and does. not in aI)y 6.11. Non-Asiatic countries.-OnIy 305 have way influence the increase or decrease in popula­ stated to have been born in Non-Asiatic countries. 'tidn: They numbered 29780' in. the districts and Most of them are repatriates from Africa and 4780 in the Fr(jntiet Regions at the' time, of 1951 Australia, and, have settled in Peshawar" Hazara <:!ensusas shown in CtnsusTable No. IO-A. They and Ba,nnu. The low number of non7A.siatics as 'rire: Afghan'hatiolials' aha ha"{e· been ,'reCorded as compared, with 1941 reflects the abseQce of Bri­ -such. These people enter the settled districts in tish troops and civilians due to political changes large caravans via the Khyber, Peiwar Kotal, Gomal " in the country. CHAPTJj:R 7

AGE

STATISTICAL DATA Table 4 Age and Marital Status 4-A Orphans.

7.1. Collection of data.-Census Table No. 4 (c) Persons of certain ages tend to mis-report analyses the population of the settled districts accord· the facts, for instance the ages or unmarried ing to Age and Marital Status. The information was girls are often understated, while elderly obtained in response to Census Question No. 2 people overstate their age for reasons which asked "Age in years?" and the Enumerator of prestige. was required to record the respondent's age in completed years on the 28th of February 1951. (d) There are certain favourite ages. 50 The same question asked whether the respondent was obviously a popular figure for men as was Married, Single (i.e. Never Married), Widow· were 35 and 55 for women. ed or Divorced. Symbols were provided on, the Census Table 4 therefore presents the age data slip for these four marital states and one of the in broad groups which analysis has shown are symbols had to be ringed round by the Enumera· about the smallest divisions on which any reliance tor. The enumerators were instructed that for res­ can be placed. In the 1931 G:ensus the sorting pro­ pondents who did not know their age, it should be cess was designed in order to facilitate an arith­ estimated in single years upto 25 and to the nearest metical smoothing of age-groups, only the results five years above that age. Each Enumerator was ,of which are given in the Census tables, and none required to prepare a hst of well-known local hap­ of the original figures appear. The Provincial penings to help respondents in estimating their age C;ensus Superintendent, Sir Ambrose Dundas re­ in this way and this list was discussed in the enume­ marks, however," . . . . certain broader group­ rators' instructional classes. ings...... may be taken as sufficiently accurate 7.2. Accuracy of the returns.-lt is very difficult to ,warrant the drawing of conclusions." He to claim accuracy for reports of ages for the follow­ suggests even broader grouping than have been used ing reasons:- in our present tables. The original tabulation of the 1951 Figures in 5-year groups has however been (0) The great majority of the population is retained, and copies can be made available for illiterate: no records are kept of ages either study by statisticians, etc., on application to the of adults o~ children and the memory of Government of Pakistan, Census Office. the rCflpondents cannot be relied upon. 7.3. Sex and Age composition.-The sketch at (b) In most cases the enumerator's estimates Fig .. 7.1 indicates graphically the relative sizes of of age is a sheer guess which generally the four broad age-groups. In this sketch the shows a tendency to count in round tens. figures in Statement 7-A have been represented by

46 ) AGE 47

Fig: 7.1 • FIG: 7.2 VARIATION IN AGE GROUP PERCENTAGES AGE & SEX PYRAMID IN.SETTLED (TOTAL POPULATION=IOO%) DISTRICTS OF N.W.F.P. 60& OVER I MALE FEMALE 40-59

20- 39 40-59 III "«

10 - ~9 ,{E.ARS

0-9 r o - 9 1 4 5 4 2. 0 2 LAKli S 1921 1931 1941 1951

OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER, KARACHI CENSUS YEARS

OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER, KARACHI Statement 7-A (Refers Paragraph 7.3) suffer an abrupt decline in the younger and the middle age-groups. This may be partly explain­ Number of each sex in broad age-groups ed by their higher mortality during child-bearing but one cannot avoid the suspicion of under­ Age-Group Males Females enumeration oiwomen. Figures in the next chapter, ---- however, show that the sex-ratios are not inconsistent 0- 9 Years 4,88,989 4,62,524 with those of past Censuses. 7.4. Variations in proportions of Age-groups.­ 10-39 9,11,724 7,96,259 The percentages of the population falling into 40-59 2,12,991 1,84,030 the main age-groups in each of the last 4 Censuses are illustrated in Fig. 7.2. The proportion of the 60 and Over 86,627 79,028 population under 10 years of age appears to be fairly constant but the 1951 Census shows a very large increase in the proportion of the population rectangles the area of which corresponds to the between 10 and 19 years old. This may be partly number of persons in the age-group, the vertical scale being regular throughout. Both the state­ explained by the larger size of the 0-9 age-group ment and the sketch show that the enumerated fe­ in the 1941 Census but there are also indicatiom males in each group number considerably less than that son:e of the persons included in the 10-19 the males. This shortage of females is not so group are probably older and it is probably more great among children, but the figures for women reliable to treat the 10-39 group as a whole as hu AG'E b'eefl 1l0fie" irl"the' pitbIish~ table. TIt! "60 'lttfd' stiJI living. The' "resultg- 'are ~.:in 'Census' • ",;' I • o~~E;~,'age:.groUP is, ~rge~" ~~an in the: t-.yo, p~yious table' 4-~; 'The number of fatherless children Censuse~"", This ~IlY' indicate an improvement in reported. as being.: UIld~:,12,:xea~ 'Pi :agy( ~pJ:~nt the leng'tIl of life 01 peOple 'in tIle province but about 6 per !;ent pC the total number of children in it must be viewed with caution in' view of the tenden­ tliat age-group. . This 'fig'Uie is p?obably 'fairly near cy to overstatement of age by elderly 'people. the truth as a percentage despite the doubts as to the accuracy: of the repot1s'on age. As wlls to be 7.5. Orpbans.-In respect of children reported as i expected. th~; majority of the fatherless children being under 12 years of age an inquiry was made w~re reportdd in the older ponion of the "under during enunieration as to whether their fathers were 12" age-gro~p i.e. from 5~n years of age, CHAPTER 8

SEX AND MARITAL STATUS

STATISTICAL DATA Table 4-Age and Marital Status

8.1. A,ccuracy-exces!! of Males.-The e~~es~ of Frontier Province than in other parts of West males over females has always been the feature of Pakistan. The figures for the 1951 census are:- the Census of this Province, although the disparity has ~ siightly narrowed down in 1951, when the Males per ntimber of males per 1,000 females stood at 1117., Province iooo as 'may seen from the figures below:- OJ" be , Females.

Proportion East Bengal 1097 Census Year of Males N.W.F.P. 1117 per 1,000 Females Punjab II 52 ~ 1911 1165 Baluchi~tan 1215 1921 1203 Sind 1220 1931 J186 8.3. Sex Ratio in Principal Religious Groups.-A 1941 1190 comparison of 'the proportion among the priricipal' religious groups is made in Statement 8-A. The 1951 1117 surplus of males, though generally higher among Muslims compared to other religious groups, has 'The' dis-proportion between the two sexes has' been steadily declined from 1911 to 1951. In 1951 the discussed in great detail in reports of previous Muslims show the highest proportion of females. 'Censuses, but no satlsfactory reasons have been The figures of Hindus and Sikhs in 1921 are illus­ advanced which fully explain it,,. The chief probable trative of the disturbed conditions necessitating the causes of the disparity appear to be a dis-inclination departure of a large number of their families and 'to disclose the true number of females members of to the presence of Hindu and Sikh troops. The ;households and the heavy mortality which is believ­ 1931 figures may be taken to indicate that the two ·ed to exist among females during the early child communities had then become more settled. In :bearing ages. A contributary cause, especially in 1941 census the surplus of Hindu males is no doubt past Censuses, is the large military garrisons main­ due mostly to the concentration. of Gurkha troops, 'tained in this province, the troops for the most but the high proportion of Sikh females in 1941 yart bein.g without their families. definitely seems more likely to be due to inflation. t 8.2. General Comparison with other Provinces.-A The proportion given for Hindus in the 1951 :Comparison of this disparity between the sexes with census represent only very small actual numbers, :Other Provinces of Pakistan shows that the propor­ viz: 939 males and 858 females from which it would tion of iriales to females is lower in North-West be unwise to draw conclusions.

( 49 ) 50 SEX AND MARITAL STATUS

Statement 8-A

(Reference Paragraph 8.3)

Proportion of males per 1,000 females in principal Religious Groups

i I Census Years Religious Groups 1- - 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951

ALL RELIGIONS 1,165 1,203 1,186 1,190 1,117 Muslims 1,136 1,155 1,160 1,163 1,117 Hindus 1,470 1,789 1,423 1,535 1,093 Sikhs 1,923 2,066 1,625 1,478

8.4. Sex Ratio in Districts.-In Statement 8-B N. W. F. P. Figure 8.1 makes a graphic compari­ a similar comparison is made by districts. In son of the sex-ratios in each district showing separat­ Bannu and Dera Ismail Khan districts where the tely the ratio for the total population in the district people are more conservative and settled, the pro­ and the ratio for Muhajirs. The large excess of males among the Muhajirs appears to be chiefly portion of females reported shows little tendency due to their being separated from their families. to increase. The figures for 1921 reflect the pre­ It is believed that in many cases the families of sence of large bodies of troops in these two dis­ Muhajirs enumerated in the N. W. F. P. are resid­ tricts, especially in Dera Ismail Khan. Hazara ing in the Punjab where the Muhajirs' sex ratio is also shows a steady fall in the ratio probably due 1172, only slightly above the general sex ratio for to the large scale of male emigration, which also the Punjab Province of 1152. accounts for the fall in the male surplus in Kohat FIG: 8.1 whence large number of men go into the service SEX RATIO BY DISTRICTS or leave home in search of employment. Pe­ shawar attracts many immigrants, and for tJ;tis AVEIWiE sn RATIO reason shows a tendency to maintain its high male

proportion. On the whole the Statement shows SANNU a slow but steady decrease in the proportions of males to females in all districts. This may be attri­ D.I.KHAN buted to the more settled conditions, the tendency towards male emigration, the reduction in male immigrants and garrisons and perhaps to some HAZARA extent to an improvement in the enumeration of females. KOHAT

8.5. Sex ratio among Muhajirs.-The sex-ratio MARDA'N among Muhajirs is 1,425 males per thousand females which is considerably more than occurs in any other PESHAWAR parts of the population except the armed forces. As a matter of fact a significant number (nearly lOO 19 per cent) of the men, as distinct from women and MALl S PER tOOO FEMALES children, who reported themselves to be Muhajirs ______TOTAL POP\)'-A11014 f2'.2lIo\U\\",Jll\t~ ___J are members of the forces and it is probably in connection with their duty that they are present in OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER, KARACHI SEX AND MARITAL STATUS 51

Statement 8·B (Reference Paragraph 8.4) Proportion of Male per 1,000 Female

Districts 1911 1921 9131 1941 1951 ------DISTRICTS 1,165 1,203 1,186 1.190 1,117 Bannu 1,149 1,181 1,160 1,160 1,148 D. 1. Khan 1,176 1,326 1.174 1,207 1,156 Hazara 1,135 1,118 1,147 1,169 1,092 Kohat 1,149 1,175 1,145 1,189 1,040 Mardan* INCLUDED IN PESHAWAR 1,144 1,099 DISTRICT Peshawar 1,193 1,242 1,233 1,263 1,153

*Mardan was separated from Peshawar District in 1937.

8.6. Sex Ratio among Urban and Rural Po· Statement 8-C pulation.-Statement 8·C shows a marked dispropor­ (Reference Paragraph 8.6) tion of females to males as compared with Urban and Rural population. The low figures for Urban Proportion of males to every 1,000 females in Urban population support the statement that both immig­ and Rural Areas, during different Censuses. ration to and emigration from Urban areas are largely of men alone. The general remarks in Census Year Urban Rural paragraphs 8.3 and 8.4 also apply to this Statement. -_._- 1911 1,597 1,111 8.7. Sex ratio in Age groups.-The relative size of the male and female elements of the four broad 1921 1,779 1,125 age-groups have been mentioned in paragraph 7.3 1931 1,556 1,171 and are expressed in sex ratios in Statement 8-D. The shortage of females is least among children 1941 1,516 1,125 under 10 years of age. In the 10-39 year age-group, 1951 1,400 1,072 the figures show an abrupt rise to 1,145 males per thousand females. The reasons for this have already been mentioned and are probably a combina­ Statement 8-D tion of under-enumeration of women and of the (Sex-Ratios by Ages.) effects of their higher mortality. The latter is de­ monstrated by the rise in the sex-ratio figure for the 40-59 age-group in which it is hard to belieVe Age Groups Males per 1000 females that there would be any serious tendency not to report the existence of the women and one is led to the conclusion that the incidence of death has 0- 9 1057.21 been greater among females. The disparity bet­ 10-39 1145.00 ween the sexes drops considerably in the age-group 60 and over, showing the usual tendency for old 40-59 1157.37 women, once they have survived the special risks 60 and Over 1096.15 of their sex, to outlive their men-folk. SEX- AND MARITAL STATUS

S.S. Customs relating to marriage.-Before dis­ Statement 8-E cussing the statistics relating to marriage etc., it is important to explain the local customs prevail­ Marital Status ing among the various communities: Marriage is lpore or less a religious o~ligation among Mu~lims Age Groups and is definitely so among Hindus. Early marnage. Marital Status , ------between the aged of 10 and 14, is fairly common, 0-9 10-39 40-59 60 but Muslims generally do not marry until the brides and Over. are old enough. Even when marriages take place ------at low ages the girls stay until puberty in their MALES parents' homes. Widow remarriage is common All. . 100 100 100 among Muslims, but is considered reprehensible 100 among Hindus. Polygamy although permitted Never Married 100 49.5 3.8 2.2 by Islam, is not general. A Muslim takes a second Married wife during the life time of the first usually only 49.2 83.4 48.0 because the first wife has not given him a male Widowed 1.0 12.5 49.4 issue or because he has, according to the Path an custom, to marry the widow of a brother who has Divorced .3 .3 A died without sons. No polygamy actually exists FEMALES among Hindus in the N. W. F. P. and among Christians it is forbidden. All .. 100 100 100 100 Never Married 100 47.8 1.4 8.9. Meanings and Value of Matrimonial Statis­ .2 tics.-The instructions to the Enumerators to record Married 51.8 89.1 59.2 the answers to Census Question No.2 relating to Widowed .4 9.4 40.5 marriage, etc. were Divorced .0 .1 .1 Married? If yes, ring round "M". Single? 8.10. Marital status in relation to sex and age.-Statement 8-E shows the proportion of (e.i. never married) If yes, ring round "S". married, "Never-married", and widowed or divorc­ Widowed? If yes, ring round "W". ed persons in each sex and age group. No compari­ Divorced? If yes, ring round "0". son has been made in this case between the different religious groups as the small numbers of Hindus These questions were properly answered and re­ and Christians remaining in the Province do not corded, and on the whole the statistics denved from provide a sufficient basis for separate tabulation. them can be regarded as accurate. Some slight No children in the 0-9 age-group have been re­ understatement of the number of young married ported as married. The figures in the 10-39 age­ females may be expected, however, from the fact group show an interesting comparison between that although after "Marriage" the parties normally the proportions of married males and females. begin to live together, it is not unusual in this Pro­ It is obvious that the marriage age for WOmen is vince for females to remain in' their parents' home considerably below that of men. ror periods which may extend to a number of years The detailed age tabulations, although they may after they have been formally married, or betrothed. not be in all respects reliable, are no doubt accurate This is so particularly in cases of early marriage. in indicating only a few marriages below 14 years In other cases it is due to the economic circum­ of age and in showing the figures for married stances of the parties. It is possible therefore that women increasing considerably in the 15-19 years age-group. The figures for "Never-married" fe­ the number of Married females in the lower age males are very small after 24 years of age, but do groups may have thus been affected. The statistics not drop to the same extent in respect of males for "Divorced", are also apt to be unreliable as the until 10 years later. Pathan mentality is averse to owning the fact The high proportion of widowed females in openly. The same characteristic prevents them, to Statement 8-E as compared with widowed males a large extent from sundering the marriage tie at ail is illustrative both of the difference in the age of unless it becomes necessary on account of very marriage and of the fact that widowers remarry grave circumstances. more commonly than do widows. CHAPTER 9

LITERACY AND EDUCATION

STATISTICAL DATA

Table 8 Literacy 8·A Languages of Literacy. 9 Pupils and Students 9·A Years of Education. 9·B Educational Levels. 19-B Educational Levels of Muhajirs.

9.1. Definitions aud interpretations.-In this Ccnu­ The following comparison with other Provinces SliS any person who \\as able to read any language of Pakistan disclose more or less the same has been treated as literate. "Ability to read" conditions :- means that a person can read print intelligently. "Ability to write" means that he can \\ rite a simple letter. All persons who can read have been treated Percent of as literate including those who can read only the Muslims Holy Quran, but from Table 8-A it is reasonable Province of Pakistan able to to conclude that tbe later class is quite small. The read Holy definitions are simple and were correctly inter­ Quran preted in practice at the time of enumeration.

9.2. Ability to read Holy Quran.-Two 1akhs, Baluchistan 7.8 thirtynine thousand and nine hundred persons East Bengal 11.7 out of the total population have claimed to be able Karachi F. C. A. 22.9 to read the Holy Quran. In addition the 1,393 N.W.F.P. 7.8 persons who can read but not write Arabic generally, Punjab and Bahawalpur State 11.8 -and the 8,107 persons who can both read and \\rite Sind 9.4 Arabic, can be treated as also able to read the Holy 'Quran. Thus the total of persons who can read the Holy Quran is 2,49,400. If, however, the children under 12 years of age [n a predominantly Muslim Population of (11,65,030), who are generally beginners and are not 32,16,810 it is unhappy to find that only 8 per cent expected to be able to read the Holy Quran, is .of them are able to read their Holy Scripture. excluded from the population on which the per­ Percentages for the districts are:- centage is calculated, the figure would rise to 12 % for N.W.F.P. Districts, but this is still not high. Per cent of Muslims Districts able to read Holy Quran 9.3. Literacy Percentage.-Son1e discussion about literacy and education has already been made Bannu 5.3 relating to Urban and Rural areas. The literate D. I. Khan 4.9 persons number 2,97,644 with 2,63,661 males and 7.8 Hazara 33,983 females. The percentage of literacy in the Kobat 9.S case of males works out at 15.5 while in the case of Mardan 6.9 females at 2.2. The overall percentage is appro­ .P~hawar 9.4 ximately 9.2.

53 ) 54 LITERACY AND EDUCATION

9.4. Literacy in Districts.-The proportion of period. The very nature of their work requires literate persons in each district as shown in Table literacy and they are thus next in literacy to the 8 is illustrated in the upper portion of Chart No. 9.1. Christians.

Peshawar district ranks first with 11.2 percent of 9.6. Progress of literacy.-The lower portion of its population returned as literates but the per­ Chart No. 9.l indicates the progress of literacy centage of literacy in this district is raised by the according to the various standards of educational Government servants in the provincial capital and attainments, as compared with the total number also by the presence of a large number of troops. of literates in each district. A glance at this chart will show that education in the Province is yet at Kohat district comes next with a literacy per­ its preliminary stages. The number of persons centage of 11.1. It holds this position mainly classed as literate, but for the most part only just because of the fact that a large number of its resi­ able to read and having attained no formal educa­ dents are in the defence services and become lite­ tional standard, is very large. Advanced educa­ rate during the course of their employment. This tion is almost negligible. The progress in educa­ reason applies equally in the case of Hazara Dis­ tion is also indicated by Table 9-A. This shows trict. Dera Ismail Khan, once leading in literacy the amount of full time education received by diffe­ percentage, lost its position because of the exodus rent age groups and discloses that the number of of the non-Muslim population, the majority of persons aged 55 years and over are very low in each whom were literate. Bannu has shown little group of school-years, indicating that the spread change as compared with the previous decades of education in the province during their younger because of the lack of communications and the days was very limited. inadequacy of educational facilities. 9.7. Educational Statistics.-There is very little Mardan's position at the bottom of the list is co-education in the Province especially in rural areas attributable to the lack of opportunity for most where Schools for girls and boys are separate every­ of the population to engage themselves in any thing where. The numbers of institutions and scholars except agricultural work. are given in Statement 9-A and show an increase of 107 and 39,644 respectively over the figures 9.S. Literacy among religious groups.-The pre­ for 1941. The increase in the number of institu­ sent small numbers in non-Muslim communities tions took place mostly in the post-partition period do not provide a true basis for comparison with to m::et the growing demand of the population for the Muslims it is obvious, however, that the increased educational facilities. There has been percentage of literacy among Muslims has always an increase over the figures for 1941 of six high­ been far behind the other two principal commu­ schools, 8 middle schools and 115 Primary Schools nities, namely Hindus and Christians. for boys, in spite of the fact that a large number of non-Muslim institutions ceased to function (a) Muslims.-The majority of the Muslim popu­ after August 1947. The High-Schools for Girls lation live in villages which provide few oppor­ have also registered an increase of five. The tunities (lr inducements for learning. They general­ small fall in the number of Middle and Primary ly OCCUpy themselves in agricultural pursuits or Schools for girls is due to the fact that some of physical labour connected therewith, which do not these were raised to higher standards while in the require any degree of literacy. With the exodus case of others the lower departments were amal­ of non-Muslims, larger numbers of Muslims are gamated with the higher. The total number of girl now availing themselves of educational facilities scholars in 1941 included a large proportion of non­ with a view to equipping themselves with the know­ Muslims who were educationally very advanced. ledge and training required for Government ser­ The reduction of 3,291 (nearly 17 %) is attributable vice and commerce. to the absence of almost all this non-Muslim ele­ ment in 1951. (b) Christians.-The percentage of literacy is the highest among Christians. They owe their 9.8. Expenditure on Education.-The attention marked position to the benevolent activities of which the Government of the North-West Frontier Church missionary societies from across the ocean. Province has given to the spread of education during the post-partition period will be evident by a refe­ (c) Hindus.-The few Hindus who are still found rence to Statement No. 9-B, which shows an in­ in the Province are the remnants of the trading crease in expenditure on education from about community which fluorished during the pre-partition 43 1/2 lakhs in 1947-48 to 60 1/2 lakhs in 1951. LITERACY AND EDUCATION 55

FIG:9·1 LITERACY & EDUCATION PERCENTAGES LITERATE S (HORIZONTAL SCAU>", ONE lNCH :: TE N lAKH S) ~{i~2Y.// ~,8.8%/~ 8-7 //////// '

~ -8

z « :::I: ct. ~ « f- « ::) z <{ 0: ...J Z « 0 ~ :r: < <{ Z a: ::r: 0 N L 4: (f) (J) en -< ~ « I: LJ ::r: « a. 0: LLJ 0 EDUCATIONAL LEVE l S ~M1\TRle & ...... 6% 9% !< HIGHER . '. '1~ %.... ' cc' . .. . " .' . 15" I:!!::; MI'DDlE SCHOO\. ~ J, PR1M~RY LLl SCHOO\. ~ ..J ~ ~ NO FORl'\'~L \S STANORAO :;) S (t-\ORIZONTAL SCALE:- ONE: INCH -= ONE LAK.~)

OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER, KARACHI LITERACY AND EDUCATION

Statement 9-A (Reference Pa~g.raph· 9: 7) Numberof Institutions and Pupils in N.W.F.P.-Distr-icts

1951 I·___ ~~. ------. Boys Girls Boys ------Girls ----- Institutions ...... " ...... , '" ...... 0", ....oJ::: '" 0", ....oJ::: 0", .....'"o a::: 0", ~.§ ...... 0 .... 0 ...... 0 ...... 0«1 t·g 0«1 to§ I); 0'- 001 .0;::1 .0- ,o;:l .0- .0 ...... 0- .o'S .0- e·~ e.2 e·'.:! e.2 S''::: 13.2 E.t:: S] ::st; ::sU ;:It; ;:lU ;:l'" ::l'U ;:l ..... ;:lO Z,Ei ZOO Z':; ZOO Z':; ZOO zlJ ZOO ------'-- ---~- --- Total 194 19,668 1,018 94,054 172 16,377 1,14< 1,36,989 Colleges 4 1,038 2 155 4 1,265 High School 4 1,034 41 19;260 9 2,217 47 20,535 Mi,gqle Schobls 3! 7,402 224 30,537 16, 3,065 2~1 44,325 Primary Schools 158 !l,I77 748 43,090 143 10,851 863 70,711 Special Schools 55 129 2 89 153

. Note.-The figures in this statement were obtained from the office of the Director of Public Instructions, N.W.F:P.

Statement 9-B

(Reference paragraph 9.8)

Expenditure on Education in N.W.F.P. Districts

I Expenditure in Rs. during Sources of Expenditure I~------1947--48 I 1948-49 ~9-50 , 1950 5~ ...... ------~.--- Provincial Reven1;les 33,79,482 42,27,061 45,23,634 52,06,171 bistrict and Other Board Funds 54,852 40,010 39,179 47,790

Municipal Fund 13,88? 17,479 3,459 Fees: Tuition and. Other 3,78,560 6,22,469 7,20,378 6,69,325 bther Sources 3,25,826 4,23,374 3,26,274- 1,27,106

Total 43,52,608 53,39,393 56,09,465 60,53,851

Notc.-The figures in this st_atement·were obtained from the office of the Director of Public Instructions, N.W.F.P. CHAPTER·tO

LANGUAGES

STATISTICAL DATA Table 7 Mother Tongue 1·A Speech 8-A Languages of Literacy.

10.1. Statistics available from the Census.-In the respondent claimed to speak. Against ques­ the enumeration persons were asked three questions tion 8, symbols -indicating "read only" and "read regarding languages:- and write" were placed in the appropriate columns, with a special sign under Arabic if the respondent Question 6-Mother Tongue? This was de­ could read that language in the Holy Quran only. fi~ed as the language spoken from the cradle. The slips were completed well and have been sorted and counted to produce three tables:- Questiort 7-Any other language you commonly Speak? The enumerator was warned Table 7-Mother Tongues.-In this table every that persons should not claim to speak person is accounted for once only: every­ any language in which they could not one has been treated as having one definite easily converse. Mother Tongue. The analysis ·is fairly extensive to allow for the variety of entries Question 8-Can you Read? Write? In what in the Tenth column. languages? Table 7-A Speech.-This table shows the total The enumeration slip had 10 columns against number of persons able to understand each each of these questions. Nine of the columns of the nine main languages printed on the were headed Arabic, Urdu, Bengali, ·English, Per­ slip. Persons are counted once f9r every sian, Pashto, Punjabi, Sindhi, and Baluchi. The language they speak. ,. jenth column was left. blank and the name of the respondent's Mother-Tongue was written in it· if Table 8-A-Languages of Literacy.-This .table it were not one of the nine. Against Question 6 is on the. same plan as 7-A but it shows the the enumerator placed one tick mark under the numbers able to read and write and those language claimed as Mother tongue. Against only abJe to read, the nirie Janguages. Question 7 he placed a tick-mark under every .. Persons able to' read the Holy Qnran in 'other one of the nine printed languages which Arabic are shown sepatately. 57 S8 LANGUAGES

(A) SPOKEN LANGUAGES Statement 10-A

10.2. Districtwise Distribution of mother (Reference Paragraph 10.11) tongues.-A reference to Table will show that Pashto and Punjabi are the chief mother tongues Mother Tongue per 1000 Total Population current in the Districts. Their distribution is illustrated in Map 10.1 and detailed in Statement IO-A. The title sheet at Table No. 7 shows the Districts Punjabi Pashto Others various main languages and districts which were ---~----- reported and indicates how they were tabulated, Bannu 23 960 17 (a) Pashto is the language of the Pathans and D. I. Khan 748 220 32 about twothirds of the total population of the settled districts have returned it as their mother Hazara 817 175 8 tongue. It is the dominant language in the Pathan KOhat 71 924 5 districts of Peshawar, Mardan, Bannu, and Kohat. In Hazara and Dera Ismail Khan Districts, where Mardan 11 984 5 the populations consists mostly of non-Pathan Peshawar tribes, the persons who have claimed Pashto as 68 904 28 their mother tongue form a smaller proportion.

(b) Punjabi.-The population of Hazara and (j) English.-The small number of persons (125) Dera Ismail Khan Districts, being mainly of non­ who claim English as their mother tongue are Pathan origin and having close associations with Pakistani Christians resident mostly in the Pe­ !he neighbouring Province of the Punjab, make shawar District. these two districts the only ones where Punjabi is pre-dominant as the mother tongue. The next (g) Arabic, Baluchi and Sindhi.-The figures for district in order is Peshawar where 61., 159 persons these languages as mother tongues are insignificant have claimed this language as their mother tongue. and call for no comment. They consist mostly of persons of Punjabi descent who are engaged in trade in Peshawar City and 10.3. Unclassified Languages reported as Mother Nowshera Cantt. In Kohat the number of such Tongue.-A very small proportion of the popula­ persons is 21,306 who all belong to the trading tion (i.e. 1,042) claimed languages other than the community and are found in th~ Kohat City and above' as their Mother Tongues. These languages Cantt. In Bannu and Mardan the number of have not been classified while preparing the Table, persons claiming Punjabi have as their mother but in fact consist chiefly of Chitrali and Kohistani. tongue is too small to merit any comment. These tongues were reported in Peshawar, Hazara and Mardan Districts which lie close to the Chitral (c) Urdu.-The next mother tongue in order and Kohistan Tribal Areas. of numbers is urdu. It is the language of a large majority of the Muhajirs who have re-settled in this 10.4. Chief Languages understood.-As will Province, and also of a small number of persons appear from section 2 of Table 7-A -Speech, the chief employed in the military Units stationed in this languages (including mother tongues) understood Province. are Pashto and Punjabi, these being respectively intelligible to 75 and 42 per cent of the people of (d) Persian.-Persons claiming Persian as their the Province, as is illustrated in Chart 10.2 mother tongue number 873 of whom 827 live in Peshawar City; they are ramnants of the old Qizal~ (a) Punjabi.-With the predominance of Punjabi bash families. as the Mother Tongue in Hazara and Dera Ismail Khan these two districts naturally have the highest (e) Bengali.-Comes next with a total of 900 proportion (i.e. 87 and 98 01 Qrespectively) of persons persons. Of these 588 are in Peshawar including claiming to understand Punjabi. In other dis­ 496 persons in Peshawar City and Cantt., and there tricts except for Kohat (39%) the proportions are are 292 in Kohat. Almost all of the persons negligible. In Peshawar City (25 0 fo) the propor­ claiming Bengali as their Mother tongue would be tion of persons able to speak Punjabi is higher than employed in the Defence Services. it is in Peshawar district where it is only 19%. LANGUAGES 59

MAP No. 10.1 NORTHfRN PARI NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE DISTRIBUTION OF MOTHER TONGUE (REFERENCE PARAGRAPH 10.2)

SOUTHERN PART

100 MIUS

REFERENCE

PASHTO

PUNJABI

OTHERS

OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER, KARACHI. LANGUAGES

FIG: 10.2 (b) Pushto.-Dera Ismail" Klian with a" propor­ tion of only 23010 of the population speakin& PashtQ PERSONS ABLE TO SPEAKfREAD is the district in which this language is least preva­ -THE PRINCIPAL LANdUAGES OF lent. Hazara has 45% Pashto-speaking persons. NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE In the .other four districts the percentages run 80 closely between 92 and 99 and they may thus be regarded as being practically completely pashto speaking. In Peshawar City as many as 81 % of z the total population understand Pashto. 070 PUSHTU . j: 0 c:( PUNJABI ...I D . (c) The proportions of persons able to speak the ::J other principal languages are generally very small CI. 60 UROU ~ 0 and call for no special observations. CI. PER-SIAN § ENGLISH 10.5. Bilingualism.-Many people in the Pro­ ...I 50 ~ vince are able to expresss themselves in all the ~ following five languages, namely Pashto, Punjabi, 0 I- Persian, Urdu and English. The first two dominate 40 SPEAK- as mother tongues. Proficiency in Persian is due II. " to close contact with Afghanistan, and in the re­ 0 .· maining two it is more-or-Iess specially acquired. . A perusal of Statement IO-B showing the number 30 I.LI ','·, of perSons who can express themselves in these languages as languages additional to their mother c:( " ·' I-" ..., tongue, will throw some light on the prevalence of ffi 20 .~------bilingualism. The higher figures for uses as an addi­ 0 tional language as compared with those who have II:: I.LI the language as their Mother Tongue, relating to CI. English, Urdu and Pashto provide evidence of the 10 usefulness of these languages. On the other hand their comparison with Pashto, which is the Mother Tongue of the greater part of the uneducated 0 population, shows that bilingualism among spea­ kers of this language is very rare. Generally the vi same remarks, though to a lesser degree, apply to I.LI Punjabi. ~ 10 a:: I.LI !: Statement lO-B ...I 20 (Reference Paragraph 10.5)

II. Bilingualism 0 30 Spea.l!:ers as:

I.LI I Addition- Languages,- Mother TOj1gues al "~ 40 ILanguage Z ~ ------lU 0 Pashto 2l,7Q,458 269,407 ffi 50 CI. Punjabi 10,01,491 342,578 " Vrdu 47,095 133,192 60 Persian 1,028 14,174 English 125 29,698 OFFICE OF THE CENSUS COMMISSIONER. KARACHI 41N{lUAGES 61

(8) Lanmmges~Rea~ ':l"d Written. jt has reqlvied a prominent pJace in the curriculum of the Frontier UQiversity •. · Proportions of persons 10.6. Distribution of Languages Read and who can re'ad or read and write in this ianguage written.-Table SA- Lan"guages' of fiteracy shows are higher' in .Peshawar and Kohat districts.' 1\ the numbers of persons who can write, and those I\lrge proportion of such persons reside in the lJrban who can read although they canilot write, in each Areas. of the m!lin languages. (c) Pashto.-Is the predominant language of the (a) Urdu and English.-Are the two chief lan­ province but people with ability to read or write guages which dominate in the field o~ Jeiteracy in this language are less numerous than those who ,are all the districts as well as in the selected cities and literate in either {.Jrdu, English or Persian, The towns, especially in Peshawar and Hazara dis­ people who are literate in Pashio are chiefly found tricts. This is because almost the whole of the in Peshawar, Mardan and Kahat districts. Pashto civil and military business of Government, and also is chiefly a spoken lal}guage but is now being read that of private concerns, is conducted in these in certain areas as a compulsory subject in primary two languages and therefore the people are induc­ classes while it is optional subject in all the Middle ed to acquire proficiency in them to qualify for and High Schools in the province. An ancient lite­ Government and other employment. The higher rature in Pashto exists although it is not equal proportions of persons literate in these languages in standard to Persian literature and has not ob­ are shown clearly in Statement 10.C. tained the same degree of popularity owing to the general illiteracy of the Pashto speaking people. (b) Persian.-Is the next most widely written Some Urdu daily newspapers in the N-WFP have 'and read language. It has derived its importance started to assign a portion of their space to news from the old Muslim rulers of Persian dynasty and articles written in Pashto. There are also a and also from the fact that the bulk of Muslim Lite­ number of weekly publications which are either rature is in this language. It is for this reason that wholly or predominantly written in this language.

Statement 10-C

(Reference Paragraph 10.23)

Proportion per mille of population able to read Principal Languages.

Districts Arabic English Persian Punjabi Pashto Urdu

North-West Frontier Province 3 16 8 4 6 55

Districts

Bannu 7 10 44

D. J. Khan 9 7 3 51

Hazara 2 9 4 4 51

Kohat 21 13 2 11 67

Mardan 3 9 6 4 6 39

Peshawar 7 30 9 6 14 71 LANGUAGES 62

(d) Punjabi.-The ability to read and write Pun­ Statement 10.D jabi is not gi-eat in any district. Even in D. I. Khan and Hazara districts, where it forms the mother­ (Reference Paragraph 10-8) tongue of the majority of the people, there are very few persons who are literate in it. Urdu has vir­ Languages and Education tually eliminated Punjabi as a written language as it is richer and has been adopted as a medium of instruction in almost all schools in the province. The few persons who write Punjabi use the Persian script; Gurmukhi script is used no longer since the Sikhs have gone.

(e) It will be apparent from the above and from Statement IO-C that the languages commonly read and written in the Province are Urdu, English, Per­ sian and Pashto in that order.

10.7. Ability to read and understand Press and Radio.-The majority of the local papers are pub­ lished in Urdu and only one in English. Of late years Urdu papers have started to devote a column Table9-B 74,644 190.358 or two to news etc., in Pashto. To all intends and purposes, however, the proportion of persons able to read the local and national press can thus be judg­ the medium of instruction in all the advanced stan­ ed from the extent of proficiency in Urdu alone. dards of education. It should be remembered, Also for the reasons stated above Broadcasts in however, that English is not introduced in the Pashto and Urdu alone attract the bulk of the popu­ Vernacular Middle Schools (which are generally lation. considered as being equal in standrad to the Anglo­ Vernacular middle schools). It follows therefore 10.8. Relation of languages written and levels of that peJ,"sons who have attained a regular standard Education.-The general preponderance among of education in school or college will first of all literate persons of ability to read and write Urdu have Jearnt to read and write Urdu or Pashto and and English, these two languages being the media then perhaps English. This is supported in general of instruction in most schools and colleges, has by an examination of figures extracted from Table thus a bearing upon the educational levels contain­ 8~A and Table 9-B (see statement lO-D). In ed in Table 9-B. For instance, instruction begins that statement the higher figures in Table 9-B in most schools in Urdu. It is used in the infant are due to the inclusion of persons who studied in classes and continues up to the Matriculation Vernacular Middle Schools, where English is not Standard. Teaching in English generally begins taught, and the inclusion under "All levels" of per­ after the PrimarY Standard and it continues to be sons who were taught Pashto. CHAPTER 11

ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

STATISTICAL DATA Table 11 Labour Force U-A Occupations of Non-Agricultural Labour Force. 11-B.l Occupations of Agricultural Labour Force. ll-B.2 Subsidiary Occupations of Agricultural Labour Force. 12 Economic Groups and Industrial Status of Non-Agricultural Civilian Labour Force. 13 Economic Groups and Occupations of Civilian Labour Force. 14 Agricultural Labour Force. 15 Landowners. 19-C I,abour Force of Muhajirs. 19-D Economic Groups and Occupations of Muhajirs.

11.1. The conception of Occupation, Economic for example, may be employed in~a!Government Group and lndustrial Status.-In previous Censuses office, a mercantile office, a Bank, a retail shop, or of India, the Economic activities of the working in any of the different branches of the country's population were dealt with in one table which analyz­ economy, but his occupation is still that of a clerk. ed "Earners" according to "Means of livelihood". In view of the rather narrow meaning which the The classification was largely based upon the In­ word "lndustry" has acquired in this country, dustry, Service or other organized activity from however, the classification system uses the word which persons derived their income or means of "Economic Group"; associated groups being built sustenance, although to some extent the classes up into "Economic Divisions" such as Agriculture, were sub-divided according to the kind of work Manufacturing, Domestic service, etc. The which the persons performed. In this first Census "Industrial Status" of a person denotes his relation­ of Pakistan the recommendations of the United ship to other workers in the same organization Nations have been taken into account as far as possi­ according to whether he is an Employer, one of the ble and we have classified the working members Employees or a man working alone on his own of the population according to the three concep­ account. A further status classification known as tions of Occupation, Industry and Status. "Unpaid Family Help" is used to described persons who contribute to their support by assisting in the The "Occupation" of any person is the kind of work of the family without receiving independent work performed. The nature of the business or renumeration in cash or kind. This class in pre­ 'service in which the work is done is treated separate­ vious Censuses was known as "Working Depen­ ly under the classification of "industry". A clerk, dents".

( 63 ) 64 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

Occupations were classified according to the de­ in what occupation?". The respondents own tailed list given in the Pakistan Classification Code words were used to record the kind of work which of Occupations which was circulated among' the." ',. ,4e claimed to have been doing in the month pre­ Supervisory Census staff shortly before Enumera­ vious to the Census. tion and was used for the instructional classes of Enumerators. The idea of the Economic Groups (e) Question 13 asked: "In what kind of industry, was explained in the Enumerators' Leaflet which business or service did you work in January?". listed the main divisions and gave an indicl).~ion ,~e a,ll.Swer was required to indicate the Economic of the kind of description which was requirl:d to Group'in which the respondent had exercised the enable the records to be classified in accordance occupation which he reported in answer to question with the Standard Industrial Classification Code. 12, The Enumerator's Instructions gave examples. Both the occupations and Industries Codes were based on the skeleton lists issued by the United (f) Question 14 was addressed only to people Nations but they were amplified so as to conform who claimed to be cultivators in reply to Ques­ to the conditions in this country. tion ll-A. These were asked,: '~Do you own all or part of the land you till? Do you pay n~nt in 11.2. Collection of the Data.-The data:presented, caSh 6r kind for land you till? Do you work as a in the series of tables on Economic activities was labourer for another pl;rson who tills land ?" . ob41ined in answer to the follo\Ying Ce~u~ Symbols~were"prQYided on th~ Enumeration slip questions: to be ring~ r~u~d in respect of, each element of this question, to. which the respondent answered (a) All persons aged 12 years or over were asked 'Yes'. In many ~ses" the respondents answered in Question 11: "Are :You usually s~lf-supporting 'Yes' to more 'than one part of the question; for or partly self-supporting or are you seeking work'1'~ eltample, SOme, cultivators claimed to own part If the answers to all the three parts of this question and rent part of the Jand they tilled. were "No", the respondent was classed as "Depen­ dent", and the subsequent questions were, omitted. (g) Qi:lestioh IS) was addressed to all persons who reportea an occupation other than c\Jltivation. (b) Persons who answered "Yes" to anyone of the three parts of the above question, were asked These were asked: "In your main occupation do in Question II-A: "What is your usual main you employ others? Or are you an Employee'? occupation (kind of work ?)". A symbol was pro­ Or are you an independent worker? Or an unpaid vided to be ringed round whenever the person claim­ family helper?". Four symbols were prOvided ed tq be a "cultivator" which was defined a,s a person on the form, one of which had to be ringed round. who himself tilled the soil or who employed others Enumerators' tristructions made it' clear that emp­ to ,do so under his direct personal supervision. loyers would not be classed as such merely by'virtue In the case of Muhajirs, this question was used 'to of 'their employing domestic servants but only if ,reCord ,their main occupation ,before coming to they employed others in their professional business. Pakistan. An independent worker was defined as a person who 'is his own master in his trade or business (c) Question ll-B asked: "Have you any subsi­ but employs no paid help. An unpaid family helper ~liary means of livelihood, if so, what?", the ans­ was defined as a member of the family who assisted wer to which was written in words, As a result in the business or trade of the other members but of e~perience in the test enumeration it was arrang­ received no 'separate payment in cash' or kind. ~d that after this question on subSidiary means of Persons were only classed as such if they claimed )iyejihood the enquiry should be. made : "Do you to be self-supporting or 'partly so in answer to ques­ receive rellt in cash or kind for land which you own, 'tion 1 L but :which is tilled by others?f> and a special sym­ 'q\)\ 'was provided, along with those application 11.3, ClassificatJon.-The classification, an~ to 'Question 14 to Ibe ,ringed round if the allSwer sorting work for the settled districts of NWpt> was,"Yes'. was mostly done in the general'census !iOrting centre at Rawalpindi, and the results were sent intQ .. the '~ (d) Question 12 asked: "What was your actual Provincial, Census Office in Peshawar in the ~orm occupation in January 1951 ?". Persons whq'r~plied ,pf SorterS:' Tickets. In order to cnil-ble th~ ~90pe that they were Unemployed throughout that month of the data on economic activities to be appreciat­ were asked: "Were you seeking employment, and ed by the reader the following summary of the sort- ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES , 65

ing procedure has been given by the ~nsus Com­ as well as at the sorting, compilation and ~abula­ missioner:- tion stages for the following reasons:-

(a) The first step was to separate the slips into (a) Most of the enumerators had a rather low three main categories: Dependents, Cultivators level of education and could not fully and Self-supporting persons other than cultivators. understand the instructions contained in Persons who had replied 'No' to all the three parts the leaflet on the subject. of question 11 i.e. those who were neither self­ supporting, partly so, or seeking work, had been (b) Many of the farmers in this province arc marked with a large cross over the whole space employed in agriculture only for a part occupied by questions 11-15 and were placed in of the year. During the remaining period the "Dependents" category. All persons whose most of them do odd jobs as unskilled slips were marked in question ll-A as being "tillers labourers, domestic servants, vendors, of the soil" were placed in the cultivators' category. hawkers. village craftsmen or ply carts, All others formed the third class. donkeys and camels for hire, etc. , etc. They found it hard to say which of these was the main occupation and which was the subsi­ (b) The two latter classes were then sorted separately, cultivators being divided according to diary. land tenure status and Non-cultivators sorted into (c) The classification of occupations under four categories: first, those who had an agricultural different economic groups also presented occupation such as Herdsmen, Dairy farmers, etc., some difficulty and queries whether for and were therefore part of the Agricultural Labour instance a doctor in the service of Railway Force; secondly members of the Defence Forces; came under "Transporation" or "Medical" thirdly persons of no Economic activity, i.e. those were not infrequent. Clarifications of whose slips indicated that they were retired persons, these queries were given but enumera­ students, hospital patients, prisoners, beggars, etc., tion was in progress and it is possible that who had no occupation in January 1951. And, mistakes of this nature were left un­ fourthly, the remaining slips were classed as belong­ corrected by enumerators. ing to the Non-Agricultural Labour Force. It should be remembered that this sorting of non-cul­ (d) Sorting was mostly done at Rawalpindi tivators was confined to slips of persons who had and in the Machine Centre at Karachi. reported that they were wholly or partly self­ The nature and extent of difficulties of supporting or were seeking work. Persons who . have reported that in January 1951 they had follow­ classification experienced at the two sorting centres can be best described by the ed any occupation which enabled them to be class­ officers-in-charge of the two centres, but ed in the Labour Force were not included in the judging from the sortmg tickets received third category as 'Economically Inactive'. {rom these centres-particularly from Ra­ walpindi-it is clear that these difficulties (c) The slips for persons in the Agricultural were tremendous. Labour Force other than cultivators were then sorted by hand according to their actual detailed (e) Every possible effort was made to make the occupations, and Industrial Status. The slips of statistics as accurate as possible at the persons classed "Economically Inactive" were also compilation and tabulation stages, but, sorted by hand into various categories. due to the lengthy process by which the figures had to be collected from the sorters (d) The slips of persons in the Non-Agricultural tickets, which involved the rectifica­ Labour Force were scrutinized in detail, marked tion on commonsense lines of obvious with code numbers for Industry, Occupation, Status, misclassifications, a high degree of accuracy Edu~tion, etc., and the data on them was then can not be claimed. The chances of wrong transferred to punched-cards and sorted by ma­ classification are probably greater in the chines in Karachi. occupation and economic tables than in any others. On the whole however the 11.4. Value of tbe Statistics.-The Census figures can be taken as giving a fairly work concerning the economic activities presented reasonable idea of the general distribution . several difficulties during the enumeration period of workers. 66 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

11.5. Broad Divisions of the Labour Force.-In 4. Constructio'n. table 11 the population has been broadly classified into two groups, namely, Self-supporting and De­ 5. Commerce. pendants, and the self-supporting group has been 6. Transportation and Communications. further subdivided into the two parts of the civilian labour force, and the persons who are not in the 7. Services. civilian labour force. The latter includes per­ 8. Other and Unclassified, sonnel of the Defence services as well as persons of private means not gainfully employed. Self­ the distribution of labour force in these various supporting persons and dependents constitute Economic Divisions is shown in Statement II-A, 32 % and 68 % respectively of the total population. which is compiled on the basis of the natural divi­ A very large proportion of the dependents consists sions of the province described in para. 1.5 of this of children and most of rest are women who have report. no specified occupation except looking after the house-hold affairs. The predominant part of the Labour Force of this Province is engaged in agriculture which 11.6. Distribution of Economic Groupings in the includes the following seven occupations outlined Province.-The civilian III bour force of the Pro­ in Census Table No. ll-C. vince has been classified into the following eight main Economic Divisions:- 1. Cultivators and agricultural Labourers. 1. Agriculture 2. Herdsmen and animal breeders. 2. Mining. 3. Malis. 3. Manufacturing. 4. Dairy fanners and poultry keepers.

Statement ll-A

(Reference Paragraph 11.5)

General Distribution of Economic Groups in the natural Divisions of N.W.F. Province.

Cis-Indus Main Economic Group Total District Peshawar Kohatand D.1.. workers of Valley Bannu Khan Hazara

Total All Divisions 1000 10QO 1000 1000 1000 Agricultural 677 818 590 708 698 Non-Agricultural Mining Manufacturing 62 55 72 43 66 Construction 2 2 3 3 2

Commerce .. 46 22 57 49 3 Transportation lmd Communication 9 5 9 12 5 Services 81 43 86 115 91

Other and• unclassified

5. Other unclassified agricultural workers. Their holdings are small and subsidiary occupa­ tions do not make any material addition to their 6. Forestory and meagre income from the land; farming methods are primitive, tht" use of improved agricultural imple­ 7. Fishery. ments is very limited, and the land workers usually The proportion of persons per mille in each of the live in "kachha" houses which in many cases above categories of occupation is shqwn in State­ are also shared by their livestock. Their food ment 11-8. It will be seen from this Statement mostly consist of wheat, maize, barley or bajra that the cultivating class is predominant in all the bread, raw or cooked vegetables, milk and 'lassi' districts. Herdsmen and animal breeders consti­ (butter-milk). Meat and rice are eaten only in the tute only 0.8 % of the agricultural population and comparatively wealthier homes. Tea sweetened are mostly confined to Peshawar and D. I. Khan. with gur has become very popular in the villages. Other agricultural occupations are not of much The ancient earthen or metal oil lamp is still seen importance. in many localities.

11.7. General Survey of Agricultural Conditions.­ The bigger cultivating proprietors and landlord, The agricultural conditions of a country are essen­ however, live in more comfortable homes, and some tially correlated with the area of land available of them especially in the Peshawar and Mardan dis­ for cultivation, dependents on rain or irrigation, tricts, enjoy a fairly high standard of living. During subsidiary occupation, education, cottage-indus­ the past few years many rural areas have been electri­ tries, general manner of liVing of the agriculturists fied and provided with better transportation facili­ and livestock resources. The first five aspects ties. Mobile dispensaries have been started in have already been discussed in detail in chapters each district to provide medical aid to the farmers I, 4 and 5. Most of the agriculturists of this in their homes, and village sanitation has also been Province have rather a low standard of living. improved to some extent.

Statement 11-B

(Reference Paragraph 11.6)

Persons per mille engaged in Agricultural Occupations in January, 1951

D I S T R I C T S I North-West Occupation Frontier I Province Bannu ! Haza:a~ 1 Kohat Mardan Pesha- I D.Khan T. I war

Total Agricultural Labour Force 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Cultivators and Agricultural Labourers 980 991 941 994 963 988 969 Herdsmen and Animal Breeders 8 5 33 2 9 15 Malis 2 2 2 Dairy Farmers and Poultry Keepers 3 Other and unclassified ..

Forestry 3 2 Fishery 2 Unemployed 8 21 2 22 10 9 68 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

Livestock and poultry play an important role in which forms a very good foundation stock for cross­ the rural economy of the province. Cattle and ing with the Angora Goat for mohair production. Waterbuffaloes supply most of the power required Frontier people like to keep poultry and the for almost all agricultural operations, as weU as conditions are very suitable. The "Desi" (indi­ providing milk, meat, bides, etc., and also manure. genous) breeds weigh from 2-4 lbs and produce on The sheep and goats also provide valuable fibres, an average 40-70 eggs per annum. Recently several and donkeys are not only used as beast of burden, foreign strains of good poultry have been introduc­ but where there is shortage of cattle they are also ed with considerable success. Important among used for agricultural work. Camels are chiefly these are white Leghorn, Rhode Island Red and used for pack and riding purposes in D. 1. Khan, Barted Plymouth Rock. With systematic work Bannu and to some extent in Mardan and Peshawar the considerable present trade could be expand­ districts. Poultry are a useful source of additional ed and this Province could become an important income to the farmers. egg exporting area within a short time.

There is no distinctive breed of cattle in this Pro­ 11.8. Land Tenure Statistics.-The agricultural vince and the animals are poor quality except in status of the population is shown in Census table Haripur, Peshawar, Mardan, Charsadda, Kohat 14, and has already been discussed in paragraph and Bannu tehsils. Two breeds of draught cattle 5.8 in so far as it relates to land-owners and tenants. Dhanni and Lonani from the Punjab and Baluch­ Statement ll-C gives the proportion or'tenants and istan have been introd1.l'Ced to improve the strain. Landless Labourers r.::lative to those of land-owners, Cattle improvement efforts were started in 1928 and shows that landless labourers constitute an and still continue; stud bulls arc made available insignificant proportions of the total agricultural to farmers free of cost. The buffaloes are of bettor population. There is a very strong tendency on quality and more uniform type. Some specimens the part of the people to acquire their own land, are as high milk-producers as those found in the no matter how small an area. Some 24 land-owners Punjab. The male-stock is extensively used for are engaged personally on agriculture for every heavy draught purposes. lando(Jwner who has reported a non-agricultural occupation. Only 225 land owners in the whole The breeds and varieties of sheep in this Province province did not report an active occupation of are numerous but they can be broadly classified some sort. into fat-tailed and thin-tailed types. The former are essentially raised for mutton while of the latter Statement 11-D gives figure comparing the area there are distinct wool and milch types. Good of cultivable land with the number of agricultural fat-tailed sheep are found in Peshawar, Mardan, workers. The acreage per agricultural worker is Kohat and Bannu districts, each animal producing highest in the D. I. Khan District and lowest in about 3 Ibs. of medium coarse wool and on an the Mardan District. The prosperity of cultivators average weighing from 70 to 100 lbs. The meat in this Province, is, however, not positively correlat­ of "Barra" (3 to 6 months old lambs) is of very supe­ ed with the area of land per agricultural worker, rior quality and is a great Frontier delicacy. Spora­ because the yield from the land depends to a very dic efforts were made in the past to improve these large extent on the type of soil and availability sheep into a better type capable of producing a of permanent irrigation. The area of land per heavy crop of good carpet wool, by selection and agricultural worker in D. I. Khan, Bannu, Kohat crossing with foreign breeds. Experimental work and Hazara disticts is more than in Peshawar has already been done, with very encouraging re­ and l'v.ardan but from the income stand-point the sults, for the up-grading of these sheep for karakul position is just the reverse. pelt production by crossing them with karakul rams. This might almost revolutionise the econo­ 11.9. Industries dependent upon AgricuIture.-Until mic condition of the sheep. owners. partition the Province was very backward industrial­ ly. The few industries that existed were mainly The goats of the Province are of many types connected with the local agriculture such as flour and varieties, and are mostly kept for mutton and making, oil expelling, Gur making. and tabacco milk. The Kaghan goats are excellent for mutton processing. Since partition however, considerable production, while those of D. 1. Khan and Kohat development has been made in industries of this are very good milk producers. In hilly areas kind. The highlights of this progress briefly !lre of this Province there is a small type of hill goat asunder:- ECONOMIC ACTIJlITIES 69

Statement ll-C

Proportion of landless labourers compared with land-owners and tenants, etc.

Total 1_ Cultiv~~ors~Owning or Renting Land _ _I dl Herds- IAgriCUl-l I I • I I ILan. ess men and Other Districts I tural Owning J ~wm'l Renting I Renting IArr~~ll- Dairy- Agri- I Labour ) Total all ~e'n~i~g laUland and a~so L~bou- men cultural ,Force I land ! tId till d IworkIng r workers I tilled P: an I e for hire re s ______~ .l _ I tilled --,-1 ___

NORTH-WEST FRON. TIER PROVINCE 100 92 55 10 26 1 5 1 2 Bannu 100 95 57 13 24 3 Dera Ismail Khan 100 96 39 14 36 6 3 Hazara 100 95 56 10 28 4

Kohat 100 92 69 13 11 2 ~ Mardan 100 88 59 5 23 10 2 Peshawar 100 90 54 7 28 5 2 3

Statement ll-D

(Reference Paragraph 11.8)

Acreage of Cultivable area per agricultural worker in the Districts

Cultivable Total Agri- Acreage area (including cultural per Agri- Districts current Labour cultural fallows) Force worker

North West Frontier Province 5448,960 659,024 8.27 Bannu 770,560 67,079 11.49 Dera Ismail Khan 1399,960 60,114 23.29 Hazara 1513,600 211,753 7.15 Kohat 551,680 47,968 11.50 Mardan 508,800 137,248 3.70 Peshawar 703,360 134,862 5.22

(I) Flour mills. worked by oil engines or elec­ (2) A large scale tobacco factory has been tricity; have been establiShed in: almost located at Akora employing 125 persons. all the districts of the Province. The This factory has given great impetus to biggest mill of this type has recently been the growing of Virginia type tobacco in established at Peshawar employing 20 the Peshawar and Mardan Districts and men. has made a substantial increase in the. income of the cultivators. 70 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

(3) Two large scale sugar mills have been es­ 11.12. Industrial Status.-In paragraph 11.6 men­ tablished in the Mardan District by limit­ tion is made of the distribution of workers in the ed companies employing 789 and 518 main Economic Division throughout the pro­ persons. One of these-The Premier vince. Census Table No. 12 shows the numbers Sugar Mills located at Mardan is of the of workers in the Non-Agricultural Labour Force, most modem type and is the biggest of classified in that way according to the Main Eco­ its kind in the whole of Asia. The scope nomic Divisions but also analysed in respect of of the Frontier Sugar Mills at Takht-i­ Industrial Status. As already explained these Bhai (Mardan) has recently been extend­ figures should not be credited with too great a degree ed to include the production of power­ of accuracy in view of the indefinite descriptions alcohol and the manufacture of confec­ given by respondents and the difficulty of coding tionery. There is still scope for the and sorting. The table, however, gives a reason­ location of more sugar mills in Mardan able picture of the pattern of employment. More and Peshawar districts, the chief sugar than two-thirds of the members of the Non-Agri­ cane growing areas, as these two factories cultural Labour Force have reported themselves are incapable of handling the entire quanti­ to be "independent workers". Almost all of these ty of sugar cane produced at present. are accounted for by the three classes: Manufactur­ ing (over 51 thousand), Trade (over 40 thousand) (4) Two fruit canning and processing factories and the Unclassified category (over 1 18 thousand) have been organised in Peshawar district which last consisted almost entirely of unskilled to take care of the large quantities of fruit general labourers. These high figures for In­ produced in Peshawar and Mardan dis­ dependent workers indicate the unorganized and tricts. One of these factories is at Nasi­ casual nature of a great deal of the economic activity pur. It employs 83 persons. The other of the province. is at Peshawar and employs 1I 5 persons.

(5) A cold storage plant has recently been estab­ 11.13. Occupations.-An analysis of the classi­ lished in Peshawar City. It provides fication of occupations is given in Census Table refrigeration facilities to fruit and vege­ No. ll-A and the same data is also cross-tabulated table growers at very reasonable rates. in Census Table'No. 13 which shows the numbers in each main occupational group engaged in each This is considerable scope for developing more Economic division: agricultural industries and also expanding the activities of those already established. The largest class in Table ll-A and, next to Agri­ 11.10. Fishing.-Census Table No. l1-C shows culture the largest in Table 13, represents the only 375 men are engaged in this industry and unSkilled labourers, who all appear in Table 13 there is scope for its development in the District in the unclassified category at the bottom of the of Hazara and Peshawar. At present it is handled list of Economic division. There is of course no entirely by individual 'fishermen or fish-sellers. doubt that had it been possible to obtain the infor­ mation, most of the economic divi,sions should have 11.11. Forestry.-The forest resources of the been considerably augmented by including their province have been little exploited so far. Only share of unskilled labour. In view of the large 716 persons were enumerated as claiming to work numbers involved in this category, special efforts in'lumbering operations, collection of forest pro­ to classify them more correctly are advisable in the ducts, charcoal burning and other forest work. next Census. Possibly this field of research may The technological aspect of this important national be suggested for examination as an inter-Censal res'ource remained almost entirely neglected in this project. province until partition. In recent years, however, efforts have been made to establish a match factory in District Hazara and to carry out systematic pre­ The skilled manufacturing craftsmen represent liminary investigation work on the medicinal herbs the next largest' classification. It has already been .available in the forests with a view to establishing noted that almost all of them claim to be indepen­ Ii factory for the 1I\.anufacture of ~gs, a resin-rae­ dent workers and the analysis by education given 'tory, etc. The Provincial Government have already in Census Table No. ll-A shows that very few.of .started several afforestation projects on village them make any claims in that direction. The waste lands. shop-keeping community is a very large element ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES 71

Statement 11-E

(Reference Paragraph 1t .13)

Estimate of Educated Persons in Governmental and Allied Activities

Total Passed Primary School Number Activity of Workers Approx. Percent Number ---- All Non-Agricultural Labour Force 3,11,815 32,800 100 Governmental Activities 27,944 11,522 35.1 --_- Education 2,270 1,677 5.1 Railway 1,312 217 0.7 Health 1,519 723 2.2 Police, etc. 11,986 1,974 6.0 Other Governmental 10,857 6,931 21.1 and Municipal Services. (0)

(a) Includes Posts and Tele-communications.

and nearly all of its members are independent cottage industries such as weaving. cane and bas­ workers, i.e. the proprietors of small businesses, ket work, etc., and shopkeeping. During the re­ hawkers and pedlars, and here again their educa­ cent past, however, education and medical services tionallevel is low. A large figure (over 42 thousand have attracted young educated women in appreci­ persons) is represented by domestic and personal able numbers. The figures are comparatively small, services, i.e. domestic servants, hotel employees vide Table II-A, but they are not negligible. In and such occupations as barbers, bhisties (water this Census girls under 12 years of age have not carriers) dhobis (washermen), etc. been included in the Labour Force, but actually a fairly large proportion of them are gainfully employ­ The figures of professional, technical and admi­ ed as domestic servants and in other odd jobs. nistrative workers include a large number (nearly 9 thousand) of persons who reported themselves 11.15. Unemployment.-The 'Unclassified' cate­ as religious workers few of whom claimed formal gory in Table 12 and 13 includes persons who re­ educational attainments. Eliminating these, the ported themselves as Unemployed. Actually the occupations in which the educated persons are most­ numbers of such persons were 5,416 in the Agri­ ly found include a very high proportion of persons cultural and 346 in the Non-Agricultural Labour in governmental employment. Statement No. ll-E Force. These figures, however, and especially shows that over 35 percent of the persons in the the latter, are unrealistic and have no relation to the Non-Agricultural Labour Force who have claimed true state of affairs, for which reason they are not to have attained the primary cbss or a higher stan­ shown separately or analyzed. The enumeration dard of education are engaged in various forms of reports on unemployment were ineffective because governmental activity. of a tendency on the part of all respondents to show 11.14. Female Workers.-Women account for themselves as 'Employed' in some pursuit or an­ only 104 persons per mille of the total Labour other whatever may be the true facts, since any Force. They are mostly employed in Agriculture, Non-employed person is looked upon with suspi­ unskilled labour, private domestic service, local cion. The fact that the vast majority of persons 72 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES in the non-Agricultural Labour Force have class­ poses, of a cottage industry was-a manufacturing ed themselves as 'Independent Workers' wouid of enterprise employing less than 20 persons and con­ course prevent many of them from regarding ducted in premises connected with a dwelling house. themselves as 'Unemployed" and moreover by defi­ Many important local industries like lacquer work nition no person was to be reported in the Census in district D. I. Khan 'Chappal' making in Peshawar, as 'Unemployed' if he had done any work at all Mardan and Kohat, mats and basket making in during the month of January 1951. It is a pity Kohat and Bannu and furniture making in Bannu that the Census did not succeed in measuring the are carried out in shops and small factories and problem of unemployment, but it would appear have not therefore been included in these Tables. that to obtain statistical data on this subject, it Moreover the survey was not completed by all will be necessary to define the conception of 'Un­ enumerators and the Tables do not reveal the whole employment' very carefully and in a manner which number of what are generally regarded as cottage fits the local conditions and possibly to make a industries in the Province. It will be seen from special survey. these tables however, that the principal cottage industry reported in all districts (except Bannu 11.16. Cottage Industry.-The location of cottage and Kohat) is weaving cotton and other fabrics. industries is shown in Supplementary Table No.1, The percentage of men, women and child workers while the number of each class of cottage industry shown as working in the cottage industries cover­ and the number of workers employed therein are ed by the returns is 64, 24 and 10 respectively. shown in Supplementary Table No.2. This infor­ The majority of the children are unpaid family mation was gathered as a subsidiary task at the time helpers. of house listing. The definition, for census pur- CHAPTER 12

FRONTIER REGIONS

STATISTICAL DATA PART ill-FRONTIER REGIONS TABLES Table 1 Population 2 Variation 3 Religion 3-A Tribes. 4 Age and Marital Status. 5 Mother Tongue 6 Speech 7 Languages of Literacy. 8 Educational Levels. 9 Economic Status. 9-A Analysis of self -supporting persons by occupations.

12.1. Area Covered.-This chapter deals with the 6. Tribal Areas adjoining Districts. statistics of the population, both enumerated and estimated, in the Frontier Regions on the N.W.F.P. (i) Bannu. namely:- (ii) Dera Ismail Khan. (iii) Hazara. 1. The Dir, Swat and Malakand Agency. (iv) Kohat. (i) Chitral State. (v) Mardan. (ii) Dir State. (vi) Peshawar. (iii) Swat State. A general geographical and historical survey of (iv) Kalam. the trans-border Tribal Regions is contained in (v) Malakand Protected Area. the Introduction and Chapters I and 2 of Part 1 (vi) Other Parts of the Malakand Agency. of this Report. 2. Khyber Agency. For purposes of enumeration the various sec­ 3. Kurram Agency. tions of the Frontier Regions were divided into the following three categories:- (i) Kurram Tehsil (including Sadda and Alizai). (i) Areas Enumerated on All Pakistan Slips (ii) Other parts of Kurram Agency. (ii) Areas Enumerated on modified Tribal Enumeration Slips. 4. North Waziristan Agency. (iii) Areas includM in the Census by Estima­ S. South Waziristan Agency. tion.

( 73 ) 74 FRONTIER REGIONS

The Appendix to this chapter lists the areas in which (a) Chitral State, the most northernly portion the census was taken in accordance with each of of the Malakand Agency, is ruled by His Highness the above methods in J941 and 1951. the Mehtar of Chitral. The present dynasty have held it for some hundreds of years. It is the only 12.2. Estimated Areas.-Data on the size of the Frontier Region where the people have more population and its tribal composition was ga­ affinities to the Central Asian races than to the thered by estimation in only those areas where Pathans of the N.W.F.P. The local language enumeration was impossible either because of their 'Khewar' is a Dardic tongue and is quite different condition or inaccessibility or because of the lack from Pashto which is the general language of the of suitable personnel for the work of enumera­ Frontier. The people are low-abiding and unlike tion. Enumeration on special "Tribal Slips" the Pathans, are unwarlike. A special feature of as is shown in the Appendix to this chapter was Chitral are the 'Kafirs' (unbelievers) inhabIting carried on this occasion into sc,eral areas which some remote villages where they still observe their in previous censuses had had to be estimated. own peculiar customs and beliefs; they are divided Nevertheless the population of the estimated areas into two sub-sections called Red Kafirs and Black is given at over 17 1/2 lakhs while the enumerated Kafirs. element of the Frontier Regions is less than 9 lakhs. The estimates were supplied, as in the past, (b) Dir State is an old autocracy inhabited by by the Political Agents who are in constant touch various Pathan tribes, each having interesting diffe­ with the elders of the villages. While it would rences of character and political organisation, be foolish to claim any high degree of accuracy whom the Nawab is trying to mould into a confed­ for these "estimated" figures, it can safely be said racy within his State. As in 1941, only two of its that greater care was taken with them than ever eight Tehsils were enumerated in the present cen­ before. In some parts of the Fronti~r Regions the sus; the rest being taken on Estimation. The Political Agents orgamsed visits to each village by people are conservative by nature and are generally their subordinate officials who ascertained on the untouched by modern development. spot, through the village headmen, the number of (c) Swat State has its oIigin in the recent past. persons in each house. Where this was not possible It is an outstanding example of a confedracy of the headmen were asked to collect the information different pathan tribes whom Sir Abdul Wadood, themselves and bring it to headquarters. In this the father of the present Wali of Swat, had gradually way the estimates were built up, for the most part, brought under his sway. Sir Abdul Wadood by detailed assessment of small units. The tribes­ is still alive but has abdicated in favour of his son men themselves were more communicative during Jehan Zeb, who has received a modem education this census and several large tribes in Bajaur and in the Islamia College at Peshawar. The State is Utmankhel areas have been included in the esti­ steadily progressing in the conditions of peace and mates for the first time. order maintained by the ruler. 12.3. Areas enumerated on Tribal Slips.-The regu­ (d) Kalam, known as the Swat Kohistan, on the lar enumeration on Tribal Slips was conducted for right bank of the Indus, covering an area of 822 sqr. miles, has always been treated as a tribal area the most parts in portions of two of the Agencies, of the Malakand Agency. It is inhabited by nume­ viz Dir, Swat and Chitral States (which form part rous small tribes always at variance with each of the Malakand Agency) and the Kurram Agency. other. The Swat, Dir, and Chitral States, whose Enumeration was also extended, for the first time, to boundaries extend to this area, taking advantage KALAM in the Malakand Agency, and to the of the differences between the tribes have each Swathi Tribal Area (Deshan, Nandihar and Tikri) for some years tried to bring this area under their adjoining the Hazara District Border. respective control. On the establishment of Pak­ istan the Wali of Swat introduced his forces into this The information obtained by enumeration is territory, but it has been treated as a separate unit presented in the series of special Frontier Region for purposes of the census. Census operations in Tables in Part III of this book. Tables I and 2 the area were, however, conducted by the Swat in that series also include the population of the State officials. ~~timated areas. -Some interesting details in respect of these enumerated areas of the Frontier Regions (e) The Malakand Protected Area consists of two are given in tha following notes:- parts, i.e. Swat Ranizai lying North of the Malakand FRONTIER REGIONS 75

Hill and extending to the boundaries of Swat State, Tribe and Sam Ranizai South of the Malakand Hill Means of Livelihood and comprising plains irrigated b~ the Upper Swat Canal reaching the Northern boundaries of Mother Tongue Mardan District. Both the areas are under the Other languages spoken control of the Political Agent, Malakand. Law and Order is maintained through a special corps Languages read known as the Malakand Levies. Disputes are, Languages written however, decided and justice dispensed by Jirgas of tribal elders according to the local custom Standard of Education which is based on the Shariat (the Muslim Personal The following Frontier Regions Tables have Law). been prepared from the statistics collected as des­ (f) The Kurram Tehsil (including Sadda and Ali­ cribed above and are included in Part III of this zai) of the Kurram Agency is one of the most book:- peaceful areas on the North-West Frontier. It is Table I-Population } including population a big trade centre between Afghanistan and the Table 2-Variation of estimated areas. Kohat District. The climate and soil are specially Table 3-Religion suited for growing artemisia of a high sanetin Table 3A-Tribes content. Of late years there has been consider­ Table 4-Age and Marital Status. able export trade in this drug. Table 5-Mother Tongue Table 6-Speech. (g) The area inhabited by the Swathi Tribes on Table 7-Languages of Literacy. the border of the Hazara District (Deshan, Nandihar Table 8-Educational Levels. and Tikri) contains a number of non-Pathan tribes who have in recent years been hostile to one an­ Table 9-Economic Status other. Since the census this area has since been Table 9A-Analysis of self-supporting persons merged in Pakistan as part of the Hazara settled by occupations. District, vide Government of Pakistan, Ministry These tables are discussed in detail in the follow­ of States and Frontier Regions Notification. ing paragraphs. No. F(3(67)-F-49), dated the 7th February, 1952. 12.S. Frontier Region Table No. I-Population.­ (h) Except for Chitral, Dir and Swat States in the Malakand agency, all the other part of the The total popUlation of the Frontier Regions Frontier Regions consist of small democracies in is shown in this table as amounting to 26,47,158 of which the administration of justice and local whom 13,95,696 are males and 12,61,462 females. problems are the concern of the tribal jirgas (coun­ Only about one-third of this population was enume­ cils of elders) under the guidance and general rated, the rest is included in the Census by means control of the Political Agents appointed by the of estimation. Any scheme of estimating popula­ Governor of the N.-W.F. P. in his capacity as tion is liable to contain errors, sometimes of signi­ Agent to the Governor-General in the Frontier ficant size, and when such estimating takes the Regions. form of gleaning information from the TriPal Headmen, it is-as already explained-a fore­ 12.4. Enumeration Slip and Presentation of the gone conclusion that no special accuracy can be results.-The Tribal Enumeration Slip used in the claimed. Nevertheless it is believed that Table seven areas mentioned in paragraph 12.3 above No. 1 represents a reasonably reliable statement contained spaces for recording the following of the approximate population of the various parts information :- of the Frontier Regions. Remarks given in the Location-Agency, Circle, Village next paragraph regarding comparisons with the figures of the previous Censuses however, indicate Name the necessity of taking a cautious view of all figures Age and Marital Status given for the estimated areas. Sex The figures include persons enumerated in Civilian 76 FRONTIER REGIONS and Military posts where the All-Pakistan slips district are most inconsistent; the 1941 figure were used. Among the persons who reportea was probably a understatement, and the fact that themselves in these posts, 20 persons claimed to these tribal areas have since been split between be Muhajirs (refugees from India); it can be assum­ Mardan and Peshawar District does not give a firm ed that all of them are military personnel. It will basis for comparison. The 1941 figure for the Tribal Areas adjoining Hazara district is reported to have be noticed from the footnotes to the table that the been unrealistic. figures include 4,780 Afghan Powindahs who are included in the enumerated population of the Table No. 2 makes the difficulties of population Kurram Agency and are also shown in Table to-A estimation in this wild land very obvious. It is in Part II. hoped and believed that the figures now given for 1951 will prove to have been fairly near the mark, 12.6. Frontier Region Table No. 2-Variation.­ but it is quite certain that the decennial fluctuations The figures for the population of the Frontier Re­ of the past as shown in this table give no real indica­ gions as shown in the previous five Censuses are tion of the actual changes in the population of shown in this table. Some of the variations are the estimated areas. large especially in past decades and obviously the differences are due more to fluctuations in the 12.7. Density of population per square mlle.-The entire Tribal Belt, except for a few small Military standard and scope of estimation than to changes Stations and posts, is strictly rural in character. in the actual population. The areas that are significant from the point of Population estimates for the several parts of the VIew of density are indicated in the following Malakand Agency were made available for the first order:- time in the 1941 Census. The large increase in Persons the figure for the Malakand Agency as a whole lribalArea perSqr. in this 1951 Census is due to the omission from the Mile 1941 estimate of the large tribe of Utmankhel reported in 1951 to consist of 1,10,000 persons. 1. Tribal Area adjoining Mardan 340 District. The decrease of some 2,000 persons in the enume­ rated population of Chitral State is difficult to 2. Malakand Protected Area 273 explain; here again the possibility of different stan­ 3. Khyber Agency 212 dards cannot be ruled out. The other parts of the Malakand Agency show substantial increases 4. Other parts of Malakand -Agency 205 during the last decade. The same question of rela­ (Bajaur and Utmankhel), tive standards of accuracy may have affected these 5. Tribal Areas adjoining Hazara 193 figures but the POlitical Agent mentions that some District. of the tribes are noted for their large families and writes "For the sake of interest I might quote here 6. Tribal Areas adjoining Kohat 179 the popular proverb relating to the growth of District. population among the tribes to the effect that 7. Swat State 177 "Malezais (tribesman ofDir State) are regarded as "Mirat" (without heirs) unless they have mor~ than 8. Tribal Area adjoining Peshawar 147 12·80ns." District.

With regard to the high increases since 1941 9. Kur\'3m Agency 125 shown by the estimates now made for North and South Waziristan, there is a definite suggestion that the tribesmen deliberately under-stated their popula­ These areas have remained peaceful and offer tion to the British in 1941. better amenities of life. In Chitral State, which has the largest area (5,727 Sqr. Miles) there are only The tribal ar~as adjoining Bannu and D. 1. 18 persons per sqr. Mile which low figure is attribut­ Khan districts show impossibly large increases com­ ed to its large' unproductive mountain tracts where pared with 1941 and it is believed that, as a matter conditions of life are very hard. Kalam has the of fact the 1941 estimates in both these areas over­ lowest density in the Frontier Regions, having only looked certain localities. The estimates in' pre~ 12 persons per Sqr. Mire, due probably to its re­ vious Censuses for Tribal A(eas adjoining Pesha~ar mote and isolated situation. FRONTIER REGIONS

12.8. Tables 3-A and 3-B Tribes.-This table apply equally in the case of the enumerated parts has been prepared in sections according to the of the Frontier Regions. As regards the sex ratios method in which the Census was taken,. Section 1 in the "estimated" areas, it is obvious from the contains a separate schedule for each 'of the areas returns that different standards, and probably enumerated on Tribal slips as shown in Frontier varying possibilities of enquiry, have resulted in Regions Table No. I-Population. The persons widely different estimates for different areas and recorded on All Pakistan standard slips in military tribes. The totals of these estimates are given in and civil posts have been included along with the Frontier Regions Table No. 1 but in view of the minor tribes in the "other" category as the instruc­ inconsistency of the basic assessments it is inadvis­ tions to enumerators, to write the tribe on the slip able to regard the sex-ratio as true. It is how­ was not observed. Actually, such persons mostly ever probable that the proportions of the males have no definite tribal associations. and females in the estimated areas are much the same as in the enumerated parts. Section 2 of this table deals with the areas shown in Frontier Regions Table No. 1 as "Estimated". 12.10. Frontier Regions Table 4-Age and Marital In this section, for each Agency, State or Tribal Status.-This table includes figures for the enumerat­ Area the total strength of each tribal element is ed areas only, similar data for the areas in which shown without separate figures for males and the population has been included in the Census females as the estimates are unreliable in detail ip on an estimation basis does not exist. The table this respect. gives separate figures for all the States, Agencies, etc .• in which the tribal census slips were used. 12.9. Sex; Ratio in Frontier Regions.-Statemenr Statement 12-"8 summarizes the Age data as per­ No. 12-A which deals only with the areas enumerat· ed on tribal slips, indicate that throughout these centage of total males and total females. Through­ out Pakistan "Age" proved to be a difficult ques­ areas there was a general excess of males. lion on which to obtain any accurate information Statement 12-A and the data given in the Frontier Regions is probab­ ly even less accurate than for other parts of the (Reference Paragraph 12.9) country. The original returns have therefore been Sex-Ratios in Enumerated Areas of the Frontier summarized in broad age-groups only. Even then Regions it will be seen from Statement 12-B that there are considerable fluctuations and inconsistencies which are perhaps more likely to be due to the inability of Males per 1,000 the people to make accurate reports than to any Females real difference in the age structure. State Agency etc. The differences between the figures for males and 1941 1951 females are difficult to interpret. In Chitral, Swat and the Malakand Area children form a smaller Kalam * 1,250 proportion of the total females than they do of the males and in these three places the reason Swat State 1,190 1,170 appears to be that women over 40 form a higher proportion than elsewhere. But on the whole of Kurram Agency 1,170 1,110 the 10-39 age-group contains about half the popula­ Dir State (Two tehsils) 1,000 1,092 tion, both for males and females. In Kalam however it represents less than 44 percent in both Chitral State 1,000 1,080 sexes but that area has a very small population and Malakand Protected Area 1,080 1,080 slight changes in the figures would alter the per­ centages considerably. Swathi Tribes on the Hazara * 1,061 District Border. Statement No. 12-C summarizes the Marital Status figures as percentages of each age-group (*) Not enumerated. and sex. In the enumerated parts of the Frontier Regions no children under 10 years of age were The reasons given for the excess of males over reported as married. The earlier age of marriage females in the case of Settled Districts appear to in the case of females is illustrated by the different 78 FRONTIER REGIONS

Statement 12-B (Reference Paragraph 12.10)

Age Percentages in Enumerated Areas

Age Groups (Years)

State Agency, etc.

Frontier Regions M. 100 27.4 51.9 15.7 S.O F. 100 26.4 50.7 17.6 5.3 Kurram Agency M. 30.5 54.8 13.0 1.7 F. 31.9 48.5 18.7 0.9

Chitral State .. M. 27.9 49.6 18.0 4.4 F. 24.2 50.6 19.7 5.5

Dir State M. 29.1 43.0 22.5 5.4 F. 31.4 49.5 15.3 3.8 Swat State M. 26.9 52.5 15.4 5.2 F. 25.1 52.4 16.8 5.7 Kalam M. 31.3 43.3 18.3 7.1 F. 35.6 43.9 13.8 6.6 Swat Ranezai and Sam Ranezai M. 33.7 50.8 11.4 4.2 F. 30.0 45.3 19.2 5.5 Swathi Tribes on Hazara Border M. 19.1 54.9 19.3 6.7 F. 23.4 45.6 22.8 8.1

Statement 12-C (Reference Paragraph 12.10) Marital Status Percentages in Enumerated Areas of Frontier Regions

Age Groups Sex Marital Status 0-9 10-39 I 40-59 T60 and ____1__ __ 1 ______I_over

Males Total Population 100 100 100 100 Never Married 100 48.9 4.2 1.5 Married 49.2 90.4 82.6 Widowed or Divorced .. 1.9 5.4 15.9

------~- --_---- Female$ .. Total Population 100 100 100 ·100

Never Married 100 37.0 2.4 0.9 Married 60.1 87.5 71.4 Widowed or Divorced .. 2.9 10.1 27.7 FRONTIER REGIONS 79

'Percentages in 10-39 age-groups where under 50 per­ 12.12. Frontier Regions Table No. 6--Speech.­ eent of the men are married but over 60 percent of This shows the total number of people able to speak 'the women. The customs prevalent in the settled the main languages used in the Frontier Regions. districts with regard to marriage apply generally The figures apply to the enumerated areas in Frontier Regions and are described in chapter 8. only and include the persons able to speak each of Re-marriage of male widowers is the normal rule the languages as their mother-tongues as well as and is also not uncommen among female widows those to whom it is an additional language. As in the Frontier Regions. Divorce is generally in the case of Mother-tongues, the chief languages considered by tribesmen to be a scandal and tbe spoken are Pashtu, Khowar and Kohistani. figures returned are very small indeed. Polygamy Except in Chitral State, Pashtu is almost univer­ is insignificant, being restricted to richer classes. sally understood. It is the Mother-tongue of 80 12.11. Frontier Regions Table No. 5 Mother percent of the enumerated population of Frontier Tongues.-This table show Pashtu to be the prin­ Regions and is capable of being understood by 85 cipal Mother-tongue throughout all the Frontier percent. l):.ohistani is chiefly used in Swat State, Regions except Chitral State. Nearly 80 percent where 12 percent of the population can understand of the total enumerated population gave Pashtu it, but where 97 percent can understand Pashtu. as their Mother tongue, and the only other Mother­ In Chitral State there is very little bilingualism, 91 tongues claimed to any large ('xtent are Khawar percent of the population of the State claimed to and Kohistani which were chiefly reported III Chitral understand Khowar, while Pashtu is only under­ and Swat State in Kalam. stood by a little over 4 percent of the people and Hindi, Punjabi and Urdu as Mother-tongues can Kohistani by less than 3 percent. In Kalam near­ be regarded as imported languages of persons from ly all the population understands Kohistani and the settled districts and from India, most of whom about 17 percent understands Pashtu. In aU are present in the Frontier Regions in pursuance other parts of the Frontier Regions, Pashtu is al­ "of their service or trade. Out of 471 Hindus in most universally understood. Swat State (vide Table 3-Tribes), 345 appear to Ability to speak Urdu is claimed by over 12,000 have reported their Mother-tongue as Hindi. As people in Swat State due no doubt to the advance a matter of fact, their mother-tongue like that of of literacy. Elsewhere the ability to speak, Urdu, most Hindus in NWFP and also in the Punjab Persian or English is generally confined to the men is probably Punjabi, but Hindi was no doubt claim­ of the services in the Government posts. ed on sentimental grounds. The Kafir tongues are The population of the Swathi Tribal Areas ad­ in use among the small population of these tribes jOhung Hazara district includes 4,700 people able in Chitral State. to speak Punjabi. This is the largest collection The Mother-tongues of 336 persons are included of persons in the Frontier Regions who understand this language and no doubt shows the prevalence in the "unclassified" category of Frontier Regions of Punjabi as a Mother-tongue in Hazara district. Table 5. The actual languages claimed by these persons are as follows:- 12.13. Frontier Regions Table 7-Languages of Literacy.-0nly 1.7 percent of the males and 0.34 Chitral Swat percent of the females in the enumerated parts of Language State State the Frontier Regions have reported themselves _. .___,_ as being able to read and/or write one or more Qazik 10 of the principal languages of Pakistan. Urdu, Persian, Pashtu and English, in that order, are the Turki 13 57 chief languages of literacy in the Frontier Regions. The predominance of Urdu is due to its use as a Hunzik 244 medium of instruction and of transacting business. Wakhik 2 Persian is one of the subjects taught in many of the schools. Literacy in Pashtu ranks third and 10 Siami is found mostly in the Swat State and the Malakand Protected Area. Ability to" read arid write English Total .. 269 67 is confined to well-educatecL persons, chiefly Go­ vernment officials. Most rupees an indication of the advance in education during the life time of the present population. The Rs. data is summarized in Statement 12-D in which the persons who have received formal education are 1947-48 2.20 expressed as a proportion of the total population 1948-49 3.11 of the various enumerated areas. 1949-5Q 5.96 Kurram Agency and Swat State show noticeable larger proportions of persons who have passed 1950-51 8.65

Statement 12-D (Reference Paral:jraph 12.14) Education in Enumerated Areas of Frontier Regions (Exlusive of Personnel in Government Posts)

Population Number of enumerat- passed Agency, State, Etc. ted areas primary per 1,000 (I,Ooo's) school or above

Frontier Regions 858.0 6,917 8.06 Kurram Agency 68.7 725 10.58 Chitral State 104.6 133 1.27 Dir State 4$.9 225 4.90 Swat State 518.6 5,245 10.11 Kalam 9.7 16 1.65 Malakand Protected Area 77.3 503 6.51 Swathi tribes of Hazara District 33.2 70 2.11 FRONTIER REGIONS 81

There has been an increase of six High Schools, 4 Table 9 and 9-A in the form of percentages of the Middle Schools and 71 Primary Schools for boys. population of each of the main enumerated areas, There are no co-educational institutions but fe­ dividing the self-supporting persons into those who male education has been catered for by the intro­ reported their occupations as Agriculture and duction of 4 Primary Schools for girls. The those who reported some other Economic activity. special schools shown in Statement No. 12-E Swat and Chitral States and the small area of have been started to provide facilities for adult education as part of the campaign against literacy. Kalam have a much larger proportion of their population cngaged in Agriculture than most 12.15. Means of Livelihood.-Frontier Regions of the other parts of the Prontier Regions but the table No.9 analyses the population of the enumerat­ highest figure for agriculture is that reported by the ed areas of the Frontier Regions according to Eco­ Swathi tribes in the area adjoining Hazara district. nomic Status. It divides the population of the va­ Agriculture and live-stock keeping are closely asso­ rious areas into those who claimed to have a means ciated in the Frontier Regions and have not been of livelihood and were therefore classed as self­ reported as separate occupations but Chapter 11 supporting and the remainder who are assumed shows that in fact live-stock plays a very large part to be "Dependents". The self-supporting persons in the Agricultural activities of the tribesmen. are further analyzed in the Frontier Regions Table No women were reported as workers in Agricul­ No. 9-A according to the occupations which they reported as their means of livelihood. ture. This of course is an unrealistic statement as many women included in the figures for Dependents Statement No. 12-F summarized the figures in Females undoubtedly do a great deal of work in

Statement 12-E

(Reference Paragraph 12.14)

Schools and Scholars in Enumerated Areas of Frontier Regions

1941 ___ 1 1951 Institutions Schools Scholars r Schools Scholars

BOYS'

High Schools 2 772 8 2440

Middle Schools 8 937 12 2723

Primary Schools 55 2275 126 9617

Special Schools .. 70 1719

TotlU Boys Schools 65 3984 216 18499

GIRLS

Primarr Schools 4 294

Source: Director of Public Instructions, NWFP. 82 FRONTIER REGIONS

Statement 12-F

(Reference Paragraph 11.15)

Economic Status in Enumerated Areas of Frontier Regions

SELl' SUPPORTING DFPEK- Total Agricultute I DENTS States, Agencies, etc. I Population I __ and Pasture JOther Activities __ _

_._Male i Female: Mal:l Female, Male Female

Frontier Regions 100 25.4 6.4 2.7 21.3 44.2

Kumiin Agency 100 20 7.S 1.7 26 44.5

Chltral State 100 26.4 26 .5 22.7 47.8

Dir State 100 20.6 11.7 .2 19.65 48

Swat State 100 27 3 2.8 22.7 44.5

Kalam 100 3D 2.6 3.1 21.7 42.6

Malakand Protected Area 100 20.2 19.1 5.8 12.4 42.5

Swathi Tribes adjoining Hazara 100 35 7.5 7.3 10.2 40

connection with both cultivation and livestock in Pakistan Government and State servants, items addition to their ho~sehold duties. Nos. 20 and 21 in Table 9-A, account for very large figures, especially in Malakand Agency. In Fron­ The figures of persons followlUg activities other tier Regions all persons in receipt of a salary from than Agriculture show an interesting correlation Government for any form of service will have been with those of male dependents which are very low included in this category. in Malakand Protected Area and also in Dir State. in of which' areas large of men have b~ih ~umber As regards skilled craftsman Malakand Protect­ repotted Non-Agricultural activities. ed Area holds the first place with Iargi:"flgures J;1em.ale earners. ,chiefly comprise workers in against workers in wood and metal such '!ls .c~1J'en­ embroidery, spinning, sewing and weaving. Such ters, black-smiths, gold-smith mechamcs a~d fitters. oc8d~~tions are I;!~pecially numerous in the Mala­ Wood workers include however 'n6t' Dnly skilled kami Agency where th~ women occupy themselves carpenters etc., but such persons as fuel wood­ in ho1t!\l industries such as manufacture of bl!lpkets, cutters. Swat has also a fair n].1mber of persolls caps "and the traaitional em~i-oidered garme~ts of in the skilled occupations and -g~nerally lea~s all the Frontier Tri5esmen known as '·Chaughas". -'other areas' In the number of workers in embroide­ An interesting item in Table No. 9-A is the figure ry, spinning, etc. The higher precentage bf llte­ of 9 females who have reported themselves as racy in Swat State is reflected in the returns by the "Harhers" in Si;at State. These are the Nains better definition of 'workers' meah"s' 6f livelihood. who do not perform the work'of an ordinary barber It. is. noticeable that all the.·medical .. prru:titigners re­ but are employed as heralds of n'iarl'iigthurd: other ,. '" POrted iir the' Frontier Regions were enumerated ceremonies and are traditionally the wives of barbers. in Swat State. FRONTIER REGIONS 83 Appendix to Report Pt. l-Chapter 12 Frantier Regions Places Enumerated and Places Estimated

1. Enumerated on Standard Slips: 1941 1951 Military Stations in Tribal Areas: Military Stations in Tribal Areas: Khyber Agency Khyber Agency Kurram Agency Kurram Agency Malakand Protected Area Malakand Protected Area Chitral State ChItral Stale North-Waziristan Agency North-Waziristan Agency South-Waziristan Agency South-Waziristan Agency Tribal Areas Adjoining Dcra Ismail Khan District Tribal Areas Adjoining Bannu Distnct Tribal Areas Adjoining Dera Ismail Khan District (Darazinda, Chalweshki, Domanda, Moghalkot, Raghzasar.) 2. Enumerated on Tribal Slips: 1941 1951 Kurram Agency (except Para and" Zaimusht) Kurram Agency (except Para and* Zaimusht) Malakand Agency Malakand Agency Chitral State' Chitral State* Dir State (Adinzai and Talash Tahsils) Dir State (Adin zai and Talash Tahsils) Swat State Swat State Malakand Protected Area' Kalam Malakand Protected Area* Swathi Tribes on Hazara Border 3. Estimated:

1941 1951 Khyber Agency (Whole)* Khyber Agency (Whole)* Kurram Agency Kurram Agency Para and Zaimusht Para and Zaimusht Malakand Agency Malakand Agency Dir State (except Adinzai and Talash Tahsil) Dir State (except Adinzai and Talash Tahsil) Bajaur (Swat Kohistan Kalam) Bajaur, Utmankhel North-Waziristan (Whole)* North-Waziristan (Whole)* South-Waziristan (Whole)' South-Waziristan (Whole)* Tribal Area Adjoining Settled Districts Tribal Area Adjoining Settled Districts Bannu (Whole)* Bannu (Whole)* Dera Ismail Khan (Whole)* Dera Ismail Khan (Whole) Hazara (Whole) Hazara (Whole except Swathi Tribes) Kohat (Whole) Kohat (Whole) Mardan (Whole) Mardan (Whole) P~shawar (Whole) Peshawar (Whole)

.Except Military Station.

PART II-NORTH WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE No. SUBJECT PAGE

I. Population .. 1-1 I-A. Population of Urban Areas 1-6 2. Towns and Cities 2-1 3. Variations .. 3-1 4. Age and Marital Status 4-1 4-A. Orphans 4-4 5. Birthplace 5-1 6. Religion 6-1 7. Mother Tongue 7-1 7-A. Speech 7-3 8. Literacy 8-1 8-A. Languages of Literacy 8-3 9. Pupils and Students 9-1 9-A. Years of Education 9-3 9-B. Educational Levels 9-6 10. Nationality .. 10-2 IO-A. Afghan Powindahs 10-3 1O-A-2 Afghan Powindahs aged 12 and over by occuptions and sex. 10-5 J 1. Labour Force 11-1 Il·A. Occupations of Non·Agricultural Labour Force 11-6 1l·B.·I Occupations of Agricultural Labour Force 11-9 11·B.·2 Subsidiary occupations of Agricultural Labour Force ll-ll 12. Economic Groups and Industrial Status of Non·Agricultural Civilian Force 12-1 13. Economic Groups and occupations of Civilian Force 13-1 14. Agricultural Labour Force 14-1 15. Landowners .. 15-1 19·A. Muhajirs' Origins 19-1 19·B. Educational Levels of Muhajirs 19-3 19.C. Muhajirs in the Labour Force 19-5 19-D. Economic Groups and occupations of Muhajirs 19-10 S.·1. The Location of Cottage Industries S-1 S.·2. Number of each C'Jass of Gottage Industries and the number of workers S-3 employed therein.

Page Number :-Part 2 is arranged in divisions each of which contains the whole of a table, or series of tables with the same main number. The page numbers consist of two figures; the first of which is the Table number, and the second is the page number within the division.

1-1

TABLE 1.-POPULATION This Table presents an analysis by districts and Tehsils the distribution of population in urban and rural areas and persons per sq. mile. The total, urban and rural populations have also been shown by sex. Non­ Pakistanis are included in this Table. 2. The area figures have been obtained from the Surveyor-General of Pakistan and furnish the latest data. 3. For details regarding urban population, see Table I-A and its Title­ Sheet. 4. Details of Frontier Regions have not been given in this Table. Separate Tables for Frontier Regions may be seen in Part III. 5. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 3 of the Report. 1-2

TABLE 1.-POPULATIONl Number of persons Total Population Persons District and Tehsils Area per Sq. Mile Total Males Females Sq. Mile [--.

N.W.F.P.INCLUDING FRONTIER 39,259 58,99,905 31,12,892 27,87,013 150 REGIONS. 2 NORTH-WEST FRONTIER 13,560 32,52,747 17,17,196 15,35,551 240 2 PROVINCE. 3 Hazara 3,030 8,56,173 4,47,313 4,08,86() 283 3 4 Mansehra Tehsil 1,438 2,57,928 1,35,030 1,22,898 179 4 5 Abbottabad Tehsil 692 3,37,343 1,77,944 1,59,399 488 5 6 Haripur Tehsil .. 662 2,03,537 1,04,039 99,498 307 6 7 AmbState 203 48,656 25,658 22,998 240 7 8 Phulra State 35 8,709 4,642 4,067 249 8 9 Mardan 1,099 5,94,273 3,11,418 2,82,855 541 9 10 Mardan Tehsil 630 3,56,067 1,88,705 1,67,362 565 10 11 Swabi Tehsil 469 2,38,206 1,22,713 1,15,493 508 11 12 Peshawar 1,548 9,03,230 4,84,669 4,18,561 583 12 13 Nowshera Tehsil 708 2,30,082 1,25,153 1,04,929 325 13 14 Peshawar Tehsil 460 3,86,293 2,12,366 1,73,927 839 14 15 Charsadda Tehsil 380 2,86,855 1,47,150 1,39,705 755 15 16 Kobat 2,693 3,00,682 1,53,169 1,47,513 112 16 17 Kohat Tehsil 750 1,27,057 66,141 60,916 169 17 18 Banda Daud Shah Tehsil 1,521 1,15,486 56,881 58.605 76 18 19 Hangu Tehsil .. 422 58,139 30,147 27,992 138 19 20 Bannu 1,696 3,07,393 1,64,446 1,42,947 181 20 21 Bannu Tehsil 473 1,93,359 1,03,562 89,797 409 21 22 Lakki Tehsil 1,223 1,14,034 60,884 53,150 93 22 23 Dera Ismail Khan 3,494 2,90,996 1,56,181 1,34,815 83 23 24 Dera Ismail Khan Tehsil 1,737 1,85,222 98,976 86,246 107 24 25 Kulachi Tehsil 1,089 51,963 27,701 24,262 48 25 26 Tank Tehsil 668 53,811 29,504 24,307 81 26 27 FRONTIER REGIONS 25,699 26,47,158 13,95,696 12,51,462 103 27 28 AGENCIES 20,219 18,37,195 9,54,021 8,03,174 91 28 29 Khyber .. 1,024 2,16,622 1,05,572 1,11,050 212 29 30 Kurram .• 1,303 1,63,200 91,971 71,229 125 30 1-3

TABLE I.-POPULATION Number of persons

Urban Population Rural Population

Total Males Females Total Males Females

1 5,06,450 2,95,304 2,11,146 53,93,455 28,17,588 25,75,867 1 2 5,06,450 2,95,304 2,11,146 27,46,297 14,21,892 13,24,405 2 3 58,320 3:l,783 22,537 7,97,853 4,11,530 3,86,323 3 4 12,215 6,435 5,780 2,45,713 1,28,595 1,17,118 4 5 33,285 22,391 10,894 3,04,058 1,55,553 1,48,505 5 6 12,820 6,957 5,863 1,90,717 97,082 93,635 6 7 .. " .. 48,656 25,658 22,998 7 8 .. " .. 8,709 4,642 4,067 8 9 48,863 26,653 22,210 5,45,410 2,84,765 2,60,645 9

10 48,863 26,6~3 22,210 3,07,204 1,62,052 1,45,152 10 11 .. " .. 2,38,206 1,22,713 1,15,493 11 12 2,53,879 1,49,82 1,04,054 6,49,351 3,34,844 3,14,507 12 13 52,512 34,288 18,224 1,77,570 90,865 86,705 13 14 1,51,776 89,458 62,318 2,34,517 1,22,908 1,11,609 14 15 49,591 26,079 23,512 2,37,264 1,21,071 1,16,193 15 16 53,575 31,361 22,214 2,47,107 1,21,808 1,25,299 16 17 40,841 24,390 16,451 86,216 41,751 44,465 17 18 1,15,486 56,881 58,605 18 19 12,734 6,971 5,763 45,405 23,176 22,229 19 20 36,270 21,643 4,627 2,71,123 1,42,803 1,28,320 20 21 27,516 16,904 10,612 1,65,843 86,658 79,185 21 22 8,754 4,739 4,015 1,05,280 56,145 49,135 22 23 55,543 30,039 25,504 2,35,453 1,26,142 1,09,311 23 24 41,663 22,341 19,322 1,43,559 76,635 66,924 24 25 6,981 3,584 3,397 44,982 24,117 20,865 25 26 6,899 4,114 2,785 46,912 25,390 21,522 26

2'1 " .. .. 26,47,158 13,95,696 12,51,462 27 28 ...... 18,37,195 9,54,021 8,83,174 28 29 ...... 2,16,622 1,05,572 1,11,050 29 30 ...... 1,63,200 91,971 71,229 30 1-4

TABLE I.-POPULATION Number of persons

Total Population Area Persons Agencies, States, etc. Sq. Mile per Total Males Females Sq. Mile

FRONTIER REGIONS (Contd.)

31 Malakand 13,419 11,93,354 6,16,460 5,76,894 89 31 32 Chitral State· 5,727 1,05,724 54,880 50,844 18 32 33 Dir State .. 2,040 1,48,648 75,258 73,390 73 33 34 Swat State· 2,934 5,18,596 2,74,103 2,44,493 177 34 35 Kalam· 822 9,702 5,312 4,390 12 35 36 Malakand Protected Area", Swat 329 89,699 46,415 43,284 273 36 Ranizai and Sam Ranizai. 37 Other parts of Malakand Bajaur 1,567 3,20,985 1,60,492 1,60,493 205 37 and Utamankhel. 38 North Waziristan 1,983 1,28,235 65,850 62,385 65 38 39 South Waziristan 2,490 1,35,784 74,168 61,616 55 39 40 TRIBAL AREA ADJOTh'ING SETTLED 5,480 8,09,963 4,41,675 3,68,288 148 40 DISTRICTS. 41 Bannu 726 26,913 14,650 12,263 37 41 42 Dera Ismail Khan 739 47,889 25,778 22,111 65 42 43 Hazara 2,214 4,27,004 2,28,274 1,98,730 193 43 44 Kobat 748 1,33,607 74,723 58,884 179 44 45 Mardan 103 35,000 18,800 16,200 340 45 46 Peshawar 950 1,39,550 79,450 60,100 147 46

Note: ·Enumerated. The figures for tbe rest of Frontier Regions are partly enumerated or estimated. 1-5

TABLE I.-POPULATION Number of persons Urban Population Rural Population Total Males Females ~ Males Females

31 ...... 11,93,354 6,16,460 5,76,894 31 32 ...... 1,05,724 54,880 50,844 32 33 ...... 1,48,648 75,258 73,390 33 34 ...... 5,18,596 2,74,103 2,44,493 34 35 ...... 9,702 5,312 4,390 35 36 ...... 89,699 46,415 43,284 36

37 " .. .. 3,20,985 1,60,492 1,60,493 37 38 ...... 1,28,235 65,850 62,385 38 39 ...... 1,35,784 74,168 61,616 39 40 .. .. '.. 8,09,963 4,41,675 3,68,288 40 41 ...... 26,913 14,650 12,263 41 42 ...... 47,889 25,778 22,111 42

43 .. .. " 4,27,004 2,28,274 1,98,730 43 44 ...... 1,33,607 74,723 58,884 44

45 .. . , .. 35,000 18,800 16,200 45 46 .. ., .. 1,39,550 79,450 60,100 46 1-6

TABLE I-A.-URBAN POPULATION This table forms an analysis of the Total shown in Table 1 for the urban portions of each district or part thereof and shows area of each urban unit in sq. miles and total population by sex. It contains a list of the names and data of the city of Peshawar and other urban areas and municipalities. A 'City' has been defined as urban area of more than one lakh population. 'Urban Areas' are defined as continuously built up localities consisting of 5,000 or more inhabitants and all municipalities irrespective of their population. 2. Persons claiming nationality other than Pakistani have been included as in Table 1. 3. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 3 of the Report. 1-7

TABLE l-A.-POPULATION OF URBAN AREAS

Number of persons

Urban Population Districts Urban Name of Urban Localities Area Sq. Mile

Total Males Females

NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE .. 77 5,06,450 2,95,304 2,11,146

Banou .. 3 36,270 21.643 14,627 Bannu Municipality and Cantts. 2 27,516 16,904 10,612 Bannu Cantonment 1 7,007 5,101 1,906 Lakki Notified Area Committee 1 8,754 4,739 4,015

Dera Ismail Khan 8 55,543 30~039 25,504 Dera Ismail Khan Municipality and Cantt 5 41,663 22,341 19,322 Dera Ismail Khan Cantt . .. 3 1,817 1,029 788 Kulachi Notified Area Committee 2 6,981 3,584 3,397 Tank Notified Area Committee 1 6,899 4,114 2,785

Hazara 20 58,320 35,783 22,537 Abbottabad Municipality and Cantt. 7 27,617 19,463 8,154 Abbottabad Cantonment j 14,163 11,677 2,486 Baffa- Notified Area Committee 1 5,702 2,923 2,779 Haripur Municipality 1 8,065 4,553 3,512 Kot Najibullah Town 8 4,755 2,404 2,351 Mansehra Municipality 2 6,513 3,512 3,001 Nawan Sher N.A.C. I 5,668 2,928 2,740

Kohat 13 53,575 31,361 11,214 Hangu Notified Area Committee 3 6,977 3,842 3,135 Kohat Municipality and Cantt. 8 40,841 24,390 16,451 Kohat Cantonment .. -I 10,122 8,144 1,978 ThaI Notified'Area Committee 2 5,757 3,129 2,628

Mardau 4 48,863 26,653 22,210 Mardan Municipality and Cantt. 4 48,853 26,653 22,210 Mardan Cantonment 1 2,505 1,648 857

Peshawar 29 2,53,879 1,49,825 1,04,054

Charsadda Municipality 1 27,239 14,342 12,898 Charat Cantonment 3 1,123 942 181 Nowshera Kalan N.A.C. 1 18,284 9,807 8,477

Nowshera Cantonment .. 23,122 IS,973 7,149 Peshawar Municipality and Cantt. 9 1,51,776 89,458 62,318 Pelhawar Cantonment I 42,061 21,393 13,668 Risalpur Cantonment 6 9,983 7,566 "2,417 TangiTown 3 12,065 6,322 5,743 Utmanzai Town 2 10,287 5,416 4,871 2-1

TABLE 2.-TOWNS AND CITIES

1. In this T~ble Cities and Towns are listed in order of size pf popula­ tion and are grouped in four classes viz:- Class 1-100,000 or over inhabitants ll-25,000 and under 100,000. 111--10,000 and under 25,000. IV-5,000 and under 10,000. These classes correspond with the classes recommended by the Popula­ tion Commission of United Nations, but differ from the classes used in pre­ vious censuses of India. In N.~.F.P., Peshawar is the only city in Class I. 2. For Census purposes a town is defined as an urban area consisting of a continuous collection of houses inhabited by not less than 5,000 persons. 3. The pop~lation figures of cantonments have been amalgamatCd in this table with those of the. Cities and towns adjacent to which they are situated. Separate figures for cantonments have been shown in Table I-A. 4. The population figures include persons of Pakistani cit.izenship only and do not therefore agree with the numbers shown in Table I-A. They agree, however, with Table 6. 5: Figures for Muslims s~'own in this Table include the numper of Mu- hajirs which are also shown se~arately in the last column. . 6. The source of the infotrnation regarding the form of local self go­ vernment authorized for each"city and tl(>wn is the ,appropriate department of the Province or State. 2-2

TABLE 2.-TOWNS AND CITIES URBAN AREAS by order of size of Population Number of persons. Religions Form of Local ---- Towns and Cities Self Government Total! Ca~te Sche- Other Muhajirs Popula- Muslims2 Hindus duled Religions lion Caste

CLASS l.- -1,00,000 and over TOTAL CLASS I 1,51,435 1,495,49 43 304 1,539 14,274 Peshawar city and Municipality and 1.51,435 1,495,49 43 304 1,539 14,274 Canlt. Cantt. CLASS I T.-25.000 and under 1,00,000 TOTAL CLASS II 2,54,174 2,51,502 84 1,153 1,435 18,655 Mardan City and Municipality and 48.827 48,500 9 126 192 2,073 Cantt. Cantt. Dera Ismail Khan Municipality and 41,613 41,570 7 5 31 7,207 City and Canlt. Cantl. Nowshera Kalan N.A.C. and Cantt 41,351 40,456 17 517 361 612 and Nowshera Cantt. Kohat City and Municipality and 40,534 39,896 4 308 326 1,747 Cantt. Cantt.

Abbottabad City Municipality and 27,602 27,488 l12 3,319 and Cantt. Cantt. Bannu City and Municipality and 27,199 26,579 46 196 378 3,683 Cantt. Cantt. Charsadda Municipality 27,048 27,013 35 14 CLASS I1l.-IO,OOO and under 25,000 TOTAL CLASS III 22,337 22,337 Tangi Town 12,065 12,065 Utmanzai Town 10,272 10,272 CLASS IV. 5,000 and under 10,000 TOTAL CLASS IV 70,931 70,467 116 348 4,159 Risalpur Canton- ment Cantonment 9,981 9,584 67 330 1,441 Lakki N.A.C. 8,634 8,634 972 Haripur Municipality 7,979 7,961 18 824 Kulachi N.A.C. 6,981 6,981 Hangu N.A.C. 6,977 6,928 49 14

Tank N.A.C. 6,894 6,894 30 Mansehra Municipality 6,513 6,513 578 Thall N.A.C. 5.602 5,602 7 Baffa N.A.C. 5,702 5,702 118 Nawanshehr N.A.C. 5.668 5,668 175 NOTES 1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. Includes figures for Muhajirs wnich are also shown separately in the last column. 3-1

TABLE 3.-VARIATWN 1. This table shows decennial changes in population since 1901. The population analysed in this Table is the total population including persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani. These figures are shown under each census date for each geographical area; two of these, one below the other, represent first, the total population in the census year, and second, the increase or decrease in population since the previous census; the third figure at the side of the column shows this increase or decrease expressed as a percentage of the population at the previous census. Variations for the decade 1901-1911 are not shown. The figures shown for variations are prec­ eded by a MINUS when the difference is a decrease; if no sign is shown the difference is an increase. 2. Figures of population in each District from 1901 to 1941 are taken from Table II-Variation, in the Census of India 1941, Vol. X, N.W.F.P. Se­ parate figures for the District of Mardan, which was formed into a separate district in the year 1937, have been derived from the respective figures of the tehsils of Mardan and Sawabi which were formerly in Peshawar district. and the figures for the latter have been adjusted accordingly. Figures of popula­ tion in respect of Urban Areas in each District for the same period are taken from Table IV in Census of India 1931, Vol XV. N.W.F.P., read with Table V in Census ofIndia 1941, Vol. X, N.W.F.P. The figures for 1951 are based on the results of the 1951, census of Pakistan. 3. This table has been discussed in Chapter 3 of the Report. 3-2

TABLE 3.-VARlATiON 1 Decinial chan".. in Population since 1901 Number of persons

Total Population and Variation in Number and Percent."e

1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 District Number Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- cent cent cent cent cent

NORTH} 20,41,534 21,96,933 22,51.340 24,25,076 30,38,067 32,52,747 WEST FRO- 1,55,399 54,407 1,73,736 6,12,991 2.14,6&0 NTIER 7.6 2.5 7.7 25 H PROVINCE Bannu 2,26,801 2,50,086 2,46,734 2,70,301 2,95,930 3,07,393 Dis!t. 23,285 -3,352 23,567 25,629 11,463 10 -1.3 9.5 9.4 3.9 BannuMu- 10,070 11,751 16,361 24,980 33,210 20,509 nicipality. 1,681 4,610 8,619 8,230 -12.701 17 39 53 33 -38 BannuCan- 4,221 5,114 5,900 5,559 5,294 7,001 tonment. 893 786 -341 -265 1,713 21 15 -5.7 -4.7 32 L.kki N.A.C. 5,218 4,923 7,476 7,103 10,141 8,754 -295 2,553 227 2,438 -1,387 -5.6 52 3.03 32 -14 DeraI.mail 2,47,873 2,56,120 2,60,767 2,74,064 2,98,131 2,90,996 Khan Distt. &,247 4,647 13,297 24,067 -7,135 3.3 1.8 5.1 8.7 2.4 DeTal.maii 28,287 29,401 33,885 38,956 49,238 39,846 Khan Muni- 1,114 4,484 5,071 10,282 -9,392 cipality. 3.9 15 15 26 -19 Deral,mail; 3,450 5,730 5,456 1,375 2,068 1,817 KbanCan- 2,280 -174 -4,081 693 -251 tonment. 66 -4.7 -75 SO -12 Kulachi 9,125 10,179 7,895 8,425 8,840 6,981 N.A.C. 1,054 -2,284 530 415 -1,859 12 -22 6.7 4.9 -21 TankN.A.C. 4,402 5,050 6,363 6,421 9,083 6,899 648 1,313 58 2,668 -2,190 15 26 0.9 42 -24 Hazara 5,60,288 6,03,028 6,22,349 6,70,i17 7.96,230 8,56,173 Dis!t. 42,740 19,321 47,768 1,26,113 59,943 7.6 3.2 7.6 19 7.5 Abbottabad 3,395 4,003 5,360 7,638 13,558 13,454 Munlcipali- 608 1,357 2,278 5,920 -104 ty. 18 34 42 78 -0.8 Abbottabad 4,369 7,503 8,260 8,527 13,864 14,163 Cantonment 3,134 757 267 5,337 299 72 10 3.2 63 2.1 N ..wanshehr 4,114 4,661 5,092 5,130 6,414 5,668 N.A.C. 547 431 38 1,284 -746 13 9.2 0.7 25 -12 HaripurMu- 5,578 6,193 5,889 7,653 9,322 8,065 nicipality. 615 -304 1,764 1,669 -1,257 II -4.9 30 22 -14 KotNajib- 5,315 4,755 uIIahTown. -560 -11 Mansebra 5,780 10,217 6,513 Municipality 4,431 -3,704 71 -36

Note: 1. For similar data "sarding Frontler ReliSioDS, '" Table 2, Part Ill. 3-3

TABLE .}.-VARIATION (contd.) Oecinial chanit' in Population since 1901 Number of persons.

Total Population and Variation in Number and Percentage

Oistrict 1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 Number Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- cent cent cent cent cent

Hazara Oil- triet (conld) Baffa 7.029 7.384 7.603 7.257 7.988 5.702 N.A.C. 355 219 -546 731 -2,286 5.1 2.9 -4.5 10 -29 AmbState 20.212 21.754 31,299 47.916 48.656 1.542 9,545 16.617 740 7.6 44 53 U Phulra State 7.347 5.701 6.645 8.739 8.709 -1,646 944 2,094 -30 -22 16 32 -0.3 Kobat Oistt, 2.17.865 2.22,690 2.14,123 2.36,273 2,89,404 3,00,682 4,825 -8.567 22,150 53,131 11,278 2.2 3.8 10 23 3.8 KohatMu- 18,092 16.697 18.547 25.100 34,316 30,719 niclpality. -1,395 1.850 6,553 9,216 -3,597 -7.7 11 35 37 -10 KohalCan- 12.670 5,957 9,306 9.250 10,661 10,122 tonment. -6,713 3,349 -56 1,411 -539 -53 56 -0.6 15 -5.1 Hangu 6,977 N.A.C.

ThaI 5,757 N.A.C.

Mardan Oi.lt. 3,08,393 3.30,884 3,56,972 5.06,539 5,94,273 22,491 26,088 1,49,567 87,734 7.3 7.9 41.9 17.3 Mardan 6.134 7.433 23,848 39,200 46,358 Municipa- 1,299 16,415 15,352 7,158 lity. 21 221 64 18 Mardan 3.572 2.795 3.497 2.431 3.294 2.505 Canton- -777 702 -1,066 863 -789 ment. -22 25 -30 35 -24 Peshawar Oistt. 7.88.707 5.56.616 5,76,483 6,17,349 8,51,833 9,03,230 19,867 40,886 2,34,484 51,397 3.6 7.1 37 6.0 Peshawar 73,343 74,062 79.427 87,440 1,30,957 1,09,715 Municipa- 719 5,365 8,013 43,527 -21,252 lily. 1.0 7.2 10 50 -16 Peshawar 21,804 23,873 25,025 34,426 42,453 42.061 Canton- 2,069 1,152 9,401 8,027 -392 ment. 10 4.8 38 20 -1.0 3-4

TABLE 3.-VARIATION (contd.) Deeinial changes in Population since 1901 Number of Persons.

Total Population and Variation in Number of Percentage ------District 1901 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951 Number Number Per· Number Per- Number Per- Number Per· Number Per- cent cent cent cent cent

Peshawar District- (contd.) Charsadda 19,354 20,160 20,118 21,764 30,341 27,239 Municipa- 806 -42 1,646 8,577 -3,102 lity 4.2 8.1 39 -10 TangiTown 9,095 9,907 9,843 8,689 12,906 12,065 812 ··64 -1,154 4,217 ~41 8.9 -0.6 -12 49 -7 Utamanzai 10,129 10,287 Town. 158 1.6 Nowshera 9,51B 14,543 16.635 16,137 26,531 23,122 Canton- 5,025 2,092 -498 10,394 -3,409 ment. 53 14 -2.9 64 -13 Nowshera 10,955 11,107 12,829 17,4QI 18,284 Kalan 152 1,722 4,662 793 N.A.C. 1.3 16 36 4.5 Cherat Can- 376 120 261 843 337 1,123 tonment. -256 141 582 -506 786 -68 117 223 -60 233 Ris_Ipur 3,167 8,499 8,016 9,007 9,983 Canton- 5,332 -483 991 976 ment. 168 -5.6 12 11

TABLE 4.-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS This Table analyses the total population (excluding non-Pakistanis) by broad age-groups, main religions, sex and marital status. 2. This Table analyses the answers given to Census Question No.2 which asked a person to state age in completed years and also marital status, i.e., whether he or she was married, single (i.e., never married), widowed or divorced. In cases where the respondent was in' doubt as to his/her correct age in completed years, the enumerator was instructed to estimate it in single years up to 25 or to the nearest five above that age. The slips were sorted into 5-year age groups and counted to produce the statistics in this table. Sorting of data for persons aged 12 years and over in the Non-Agricultural Labour Force was done by punched card machines; slips of all other persons 'Were sorted by hand. 3. Analysis has indicated that the reporting is not sufficiently accurate to justify the presentation of the data in small age-groups and the broad categories shown in this table appear to be the smallest which can be regarded as reasonably reliable. The question of accuracy and the analysis of the data is discussed in chapters 7 and 8. 4-2

TABLE 4.-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS Total Population according to Broad Age Groups and Marital Status Number of persons.

Population Married

Age Groups _------Total Male Female Male Female _------North-West Frontier Province TOTAL 32,22,172 17,00,331 15,21,841 6,68,051 6,22,701 1 0- 9 9,51.513 4,88,989 4,62,524 .. .. 2 10-39 17,07,983 9,11,724 7,96,259 4,48,872 4,12,012 3 40-59 3,97,021 2,12,991 1,84,030 1,77,587 1,63,940 4 60 and Over 1,65,655 86,627 79,028 41,592 46,749 5 Bannn District TOTAL 3,03,046 1,61,999 1.41,047 71,544 40,256 6 0- 9 1,00,358 51,122 49,236 .. ., 7 10-39 1,50,955 80,962 69,993 45,942 24,311 8 40-59 40,360 25,676 14,684 23,328 12,038 9 60 and Over 11,373 4,239 7,134 2,274 3,907 10 Dera Ismail Khan District

TOTAL 2,75,971 1,48,257 1,27,714 54,923 40,039 11 0-9 85,039 44,847 40,192 .. 12 10-39 1,48,100 79,392 68,708 37,973 27,143 13 40-59 30,235 17,750 12,485 14,288 9,687 14 60 and Over 12,597 6,268 6,329 2,662 3,209 15 Hazara District

TOTAL 8,55,939 4,47,174 4,08,765 1,54,254 1,79,000 16 0- 9 2,49,270 1,31,534 1,17,736 ,. .. 17 10-39 4,71,789 2,40,525 2,31,264 1,09,121 1,27,853 18 40-59 89,975 50,444 39,531 38,063 37,011 19 60 and Over 44,905 24,671 20,234 7,070 14,136 20 Kohat District

TOTAL 2,99,030 1,52,234 1,46,796 54,997 65,262 21 0- 9 97,743 49,255 48,488 22 10-39 1,48,806 78,088 70,718 37,035 43,594 23 40-59 43,187 20,605 22,582 16,467 19,747 24 60 and Over 9,294 4,286 5,008 1,495 1,921 25 Mardan District TOTAL 5,92,354 3,10,412 2,81,942 1,36,471 1,13,095 26 0- 9 1,57,436 80,947 76,489 .. 27 10-39 3,11,875 1,60,818 1,51,057 85,139 69,119 28 40-59 77,490 42,126 35,364 36,262 31,641 29 60 and Over 45,553 26,521 19,032 15,070 12,335 30 Peshawar District

TOTAL 8,95,832 4,80,255 4,15,577 1,95,862 1,85,049 31 0- 9 2,61,667 1,31,284 1,30,383 .. 32 10-39 4,76,458 2,71,939 2,04,519 1,33,662 1,19,992 33 40-59 1,15,774 56,390 59,384 49,179 53,816 34 60 and Over 41,933 20,642 21,291 13,021 11,241 35

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. For similar data regarding "Enumerated" portions of Frontier Regions, See Table 4, Part Ill. 4-3 'TABLE 4.-AGE A."

Total Population according to Bilsic Age Groups and Marital Statu~ Number of persons.

Never Married Widowed Divorced Age Group (in Year) Male I Female Male Female , !v1ale Female --- -- North-West Frontier Province

I 9,50,067 8,45,591 78,714 52,842 3,499 707 TOTAL 2 4,88,989 4,62,524 0- 9 3 4,51,108 3,80,247 9,241 3.61:! 2,503 388 10-39 4 8,069 2,635 26,672 17,252 663 203 40-59 5 1,901 185 42,801 31,978 333 116 60 and Over. Rannu District

6 86,175 96,043 4,101 4,668 179 80 TOTAL 7 51,122 49,236 .. .. 0- 9 8 34,278 45,545 651 108 91 29 10-39 9 663 1,247 1,640 1,365 45 34 40-59 10 112 15 1.810 3.195 43 17 60 and Over. Dera {smail Khan District

11 85,866 80,697 7,187 6,880 281 98 TOTAL 12 44,847 40,192 .. 0- 9 13 40,600 40,500 726 1,012 93 53 10-39 14 369 5 3,040 2,764 53 29 40-59 15 50 3,421 3,104 135 15 60 and Over. Hazara District

16 2,64,104 2,20,748 28,397 8,898 419 119 TOTAL 17 1,31,534 1,17,736 .. ., 0- 9 18 1,29,722 1,02,693 1,409 637 273 81 10-39 19 2,662 316 9,605 2,185 114 19 40-59 20 186 3 17,383 6,076 32 19 60 and Over. Kohat District

21 91,583 75,663 5,531 5,781 123 90 TOTAL 22 49,255 48,488 ., 0- 9 23 40,412 26,888 584 200 57 36 10-39 24 1,770 217 2,316 2,584 52 34 40-59 25 146 70 2,631 2,997 14 20 60 and Over. Mardan District

26 1,56,324 1,58,139 17,496 10,505 121 203 TOTAL 27 80,947 76,489 ., .. 0- 9 28 74,369 80,991 1,252 793 58 154 10-39 29 499 588 5,341 3,093 24 42 40-59 30 509 71 10,903 6,619 39 7 60 and Over. Peshawar District

31 2,66,015 2,14,301 16,002 16,110 2,376 117 TOTAL 32 1,31,284 1,30,383 .. ., 0- 9 33 1,31,727 83,630 4,619 862 1,931 35 10-39 34 2,106 262 4,730 5,261 375 45 40-59 35 898 26 6,653 9.987 70 37 60 and Over. 4-4

TABLE 4-A.-ORPHANS This Table shows children under 12 years of age whose fathers were reported to have died before the census enumeration. The data is analysed by sex and main religious groups distributed in each district. 2. The information regarding orphans was collected while recording age data in reply to Census Question No.2. For children reported to be under 12 years, the respondent was asked to state if the child's father was living. If the father was not living, a ring was put round the age figure, other­ wise a tick was given. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the marks so put on them and counted to produce the statistics shown in this Table. 3. This Table excludes persons claiming a nationality other than Pakistani. 4. This Table is discussed in Chapter 7 of the Report. 4-5 TABLE 4·A.-ORPHANS Children under 12 years whose father had died! Number of persons MuslIms Districts, States and Cities 2Total Total Muhajirs Others Schedu· Other3 Orphans led Reli- Castes gions ALL PERSONS NORTH·WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE 69,680 69,566 658 68,908 40 74 Bannu 7,505 7,473 91 7,382 21 1 1 Bannu City and Cantt 336 304 68 236 21 Il Dera Ismail Khan 8,899 8,899 112 8,787 Dera Ismail Khan City and Cantt 960 960 90 870 Hazara 20,459 20,454 205 20,249 5 Abbottabad Cily and Cantt 318 313 35 278 5 Amb State 683 683 683 Phull'a State 341 341 341 Kobat 7,134 7,104 15 7,089 8 22 Kchat City and Cantt 284 256 15 241 6 22 Mardan " 8,440 B,437 43 8,394 3 Mardan City and Cantt 758 758 34 724 Peshawar .. 17,243 17,199 192 17,007 11 33 Peshawar City and Callll 3']03 3,076 100 2,976 2 25 Charsadda City 333 333 333 MALE NORTH·WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE 36,995 36,939 348 36,591 20 36 Bannu 4,699 4,685 53 4,632 10 4 Bannu City and Cantt 224 210 40 170 10 4 Dera Ismail Khan .. . . 4,950 4,950 39 4,91J Dera Ismail Khan City and Cantt 410 410 32 378 Hazara 10,692 10,687 102 10,585 5 Abbottabad City and Cantt 244 239 12 227 5 Amb State 358 358 358 Phulra State 178 178 .. 178 .. Kohat 3,681 3,662 12 3,650 7 12 Kohat City and Cantt 175 157 12 145 6 12 Mardan " 4,657 4,655 26 4,629 2 Mardan City and Cantt 249 249 23 226 .. Peshawar 8,316 8,300 116 8.184 3 13 Peshawar City and Cantt 988 981 55 926 7 Charsadda City 195 195 195 FEMALE NORTH·WEST FRONTIER PR.OVINCE 32,685 32,627 310 32,317 20 38 Bannu 2,806 2,788 38 2,750 11 7 Bannu City and Cantt 112 94 28 66 11 7 Dera Ismail Khan . . . . 3,949 3,949 73 3,876 Dera Ismail Khan City and Cantt 550 550 58 492 Hazara " .. 9,767 9,767 103 9,664 Abbottabad City and Cantt 74 74 23 51 Amb State 325 325 325 Phulra State 163 163 163 .. Kohat 3,453 3,442 3 3,439 1 10 Kohat City and Cantt 109 99 3 96 10 Mardan " 3,783 3,782 17 3,765 1 Mardan City and Cantt 509 509 11 498 Peshawar 8,927 8,899 76 8,823 8 20 Peshawar City and Cantt 2,115 2,095 45 2,050 2 18 Charsadda City 138 138 138

NOTBs.-l. Excluding children claiming Nationalities other than Pakistan. 2. No Caste Hindu orphans were reported. 3. This column includes Christians, Parsis, etc. 5-1

TABLE 5.-BIRTHPLACE This Table shows the population (excluding Non-Pakistanis) analysed according to Birthplace and place of Enumeration. The Table is divided into 4 sections as under;- Section 1:-Total population of N.-W.F.P. according to place of birth. Section 2:-Persons born in the districts of N.-W.F.P. Section 3 :-Selected Cities and Towns. Section 4:-Persons born in Tndo/Pakistan sub-continent beyond the areas in which First Census of Pakistan was conducted. 2. Along the stub, the names and places of" birth are arranged in broad geographical divisions, within each of which the different districts. Provinces and countries are listed in alphabetical order. 3. The data regarding birthplace were obtained in reply to Census Question No. 3 which required a respondent to state his place of birth. If the person was born in the district of enumeration, a tick was put in space No.3 on the enumeration slip; if born elsewhere in Pakistan or India, the name of the district of birth, and if born outside India and Pakistan, the name of the country was to be written in that space. 4. The original slips were sorted by hand in accordance with the replies noted on them and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this Table. 5. The various Provinces and States of the sub-continent beyond the areas in which the First Census of Pakistan was conducted have been grouped for the purpose of section 4 in "Zones" as under: Zones. States{Provinces and Agencies. North Uttar Pradesh (U. P. and States). East Assam and Assam States; Bihar and Bihar States; Orissa and States; West Bengal and State; and Nepal and Sikkim. South Coorg. Madras and States; Mysore and Andeman and Nico-Islands.

West Bombay and States; Baroda State; West Indian States and Agencies; Portuguese India. (This zone includes the States of Junagadh and Manava­ dar·). Central Madhya Pradesh (C.P.); Madhya Bharat (Central India States and Agencies); Bhopal State; and Hyderabad State·. North-West Punjab 0) and Patiala and East Punjab States' Union; Ajmer; Delhi; and Rajputana States and Agencies; Jammu and Kashmir*. Other Parts French India; Bhutan and any other Indian State. ---- *Accession disputed. 6. Muhajrrs arc included in the figures appearing in this Table, but the numbers of Muhajirs emanating from each one are also given separately in Table 19. 7. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 6 of Part I of the Report. 5-2

TABLE 5.-BIRTHPLACE

SECTION I-The total Populationl of N.W.F.P. according to Province or Country of Birth. Number of persons

Place of Enumeration Place of Birth Total Bannu D. I. Khan Hazara Kohat Mardan Peshawar

TOTAL ALL PLACES 32,22,172 3,03,046 2,75,971 8,55,939 2,99,030 5,92,354 8,95,832 PAKISTAN 31,53,715 2,97,227 2,65,035 8,46,426 2,96,185 5,87,293 8,61,549

Baluchistan2 2,241 30 22 55 21 1,080 1033 East Bengal 957 74 1 50 301 321 llG Karachi Federal 164 96 2 66 Capital Area.

~.W.F.P.3 30,81,825 2,92,547 2,52,723 8,37,741 2,88,314 5,80,624 8,29,876 Punjab2 67,550 4,434 12,283 8,447 7,474 4,849 30,053 Sind2 978 142 6 37 75 407 311 OTHER PARTS OF 57,606 5,665 10,757 9,013 2,454 4,288 25,429 PAK/INDIA SUB· CONTINENT. OTHER PARTS OF 10,546 133 179 441 374 759 8,660 ASIA. Muslim Countries 10,125 127 178 145 348 741 8,586 Afghanistan 9,728 115 167 95 330 644 8,377 Arabia4 26 1 1 24 Indonesias 31 29 2 Iran6 79 6 9 13 7 44 Iraq 16 1 3 12 Syria Transjordan, La- 1 banon and Palestine. Turkey 27 24 2 Others 217 6 6 8 73 124 Other Countries in Asia. 421 6 1 296 26 18 74 Burma 133 2 61 18 50 Ceylon 2 1 1 China 118 97 3 6 12 Tibet 2 2 Others 166 4 135 5 11 11 NON·ASIATIC COUN· 305 21 59 17 14 194 TRIES. Muslim Countries Others 305 21 59 17 14 194

Notes: 1 Excludes persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 2 Including States. 3 Including States, Agencies and Tribal Areas. For analysis see Sec. 2. 4 Includes Saudi Arabia, Yemen, Oman, Aden and Bahrein. 5 Includes Sumatra, Java, Borneo and Sarawak. 6 Includes Kowait. 5-3

TABLE 5.-BIRTHPLACE

SECTION 2.-Persons Born in the Districts of N.W.F.P. and Frontier Regionsl • Number of persons

Place of Enumeration Place of Birth Total Bannu D.1. Khan Hazara Kohat Mardan Peshawar

NORTH-WEST 30,81,825 2,92,547 2,52,723 8,37,741 2,88,314 5,80,624 8,29,876 FRONTIER PROVINCE

Districts 30,37,886 2,91,919 2,50,261 8,36,020 2,84,685 5,12,061 8,02,940 Bannu 2,94,575 2,87,371 2,933 466 477 1,154 2,174 Dera Ismail Khan 2,46,771 740 2,43,290 666 242 659 1,174 Hazara 8,38,573 476 717 8,28,673 1,267 373 7,067 Kohat 2,91,532 1,858 1,279 2,007 2,79,956 2,008 4,424 Mardan 5,72,669 315 498 1,328 55.5 5,63,372 6,601 Peshawar 7,93,766 1,159 1,544 2,880 2,188 4,495 7,81,500

Agencies. 25,108 69 2,166 167 706 5,734 16,266 2,725 Khyber 2,855 1 129 Kurram 206 8 142 56

Malakand. 15,124 41 46 108 135 4,700 10,094 Chitral 710 2 32 2 122 552 Dir .. 6,372 26 2 1,569 4,775 Swat 7,525 6 39 35 22 2,859 4,564 Kalam 33 5 28 Malakand Pro- 484 33 7 10 109 150 175 tected Area. North-Waziristan 4,777 17 1 59 290 1,034 3,376 South-Waziristan 2,146 2 2,119 10 16

Tribal Areas Adjoin- 1,082 412 208 462 ing settled Districts Bannu Dera Ismail Khan Hazara 525 412 113

Kohat 215 208 7 Mardan Peshawar 342 342

GiJgit and Baltistan 29 29 • Agency. Unspecified Tribal 17,720 559 296 1,113 2,715 2,829 10,208 Area.

Notes: 1 Excludes persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 2 This figure will be found also in its place in Section 1. ?-4 TABLE 5.-BIRTHPLACE SECTION 3.-Selected Cities and Townsl • Number of Persons Place of Enumeration Place of Birth Abbotta- Bannu Chars ad- D.l. Kohat Mardan Peshawar bad da Khan TOTAL ALL PLACES 27,602 27,199 27,048 41,613 40,534 48,827 1,51,435 NORTH-WEST 18,467 19,142 26,922 32,187 31,939 45,059 1,18,774 FRONTIER PRO- VINCE. Districts 17,988 19,059 26,632 31,910 31,562 43,096 1,10,983 Bannu 302 15,998 14 939 134 123 525 Deralsmail 302 568 33 29,284 155 8 346 Khan. Hazara 15,024 294 28 475 613 217 3,272 Kohat 1,007 1,359 8 227 28,838 391 1,545 Mardan 438 165 88 292 437 41,532 3,115 Peshawar 915 675 26,461 693 1,385 825 1,02,180 Agencies. 49 19 277 215 276 1,563 5,710 Khyber 5 128 2,124 Kurram 2 10 Malakand 49 5 266 7 130 1,563 2,677 Chitral 32 2 10 1 392 Dir 10 198 2 820 992 Swat 7 3 56 20 686 1,283 Kalam 25 Malakand 2 7 107 57 55 Protected Area. North-Waziris- 12 6 16 899 tan. South Waziris- 2 208 tan. Tribal Areas ad- 412 10 452 joining settled Districts. Gilgit and Bal- 2 tistan Agency. Unspecified Tri- 16 64 3 62 101 400 1,629 balArea. Baluchistan 15 27 17 20 37 88 East Bengal 26 27 I 288 1 150 Karachi 68 44 Punjab 4,967 3,736 67 1,897 5,815 1,405 13,674 Sind 17 144 5 54 41 180 OTHER PLACES OF 3,993 4,000 28 7,470 2,153 2,161 15,306 PAK/INDIA SUB- CONTINENT.

OTHER PARTS OF 41 60 31 36 248 120 3,068 ASIA. Muslim Countries 7 58 31 35 236 118 3,034 Other Countries .. 34 2 1 12 2 34 NON-A S I A TIC 8 21 17 3 151 COUNTRIES. Muslim Countr.ies Other Countries .. 8 21 17 3 lSI

Note: 1 Excludes persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 5-5

TABLE 5.-BIRTHPLACE

SECTION 4.~Persons enumerated in Pakistan- born in other parts of Indo/pakistan Sub-continent.

Zones in which born2 ---_ --- _ ----- Place of Enumeration Totall North East South West Central N. West Other India India India India India India Places _ ----- NORTH WEST FRONTIER 57,606 18,662 924 567 595 2,212 34,639 7 PROVINCE. Bannu 5,665 3,672 2 12 10 39 1,930 Dera Ismail Khan 10,757 2,541 14 I 10 170 8,014 7 Hazara 9,013 2,025 332 18 54 247 6,337 Kohat 2,454 654 25 5 24 257 1,489 . Mardan 4,288 1,728 69 302 29 207 1,953 Peshawar 25,429 8,042 482 229 468 1,292 14,916

NOTES: (1) Excludes Non-Pakistanis. (2) See Title sheet for States etc., comprising each lone. 6-1

TABLE 6.-RELlGIO;>JS This Table analyses by districts and Tehsils the distribution of the po­ pulation according to religions. The information regarding religion was obtained in reply to Census Question No. 5 for which 8 symbols were pro­ vided on the slips, one of which had to be ringed roun'd by the enumerator according to the reply by the respondent. The symbols were (1) Muslim, (2) Caste Hindus, (3) Scheduled Castes, (4) Budhists (5) Christians, (6) Parsi, (7) Tribal Religion and (8) Other Religion or no religion, The number of persons reporting themselves as Budhists, Parsis and tribal Religions is so small that they have been included in "Other Religion". The eighth symbol was ringed also for persons who did not report their religion. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the marks placed round the above symbols and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this Table,

2. It will be seen that no attempt has been made to obtain data regard­ ing sects or sub-divisions of religions or communities or to record sepa­ rate castes in the cases of Caste Hindus of Scheduled Castes. 3. This table has been discussed in Chapter 3 of the Report. 6-2

TABLE 6.-RELIGION

~umber of persons.

Districts, Tehsils, States and Total! Muslim Caste Scheduled Christian Others 2 Agencies Hindu Caste Hindu

N.-W.F.P. I~CLUDING FRON- 58,64,550 58,58,080 787 1,645 3,823 215 TIER REGIONS.3

NORTH-WEST FRONTIER 32,22,172 32,16,810 151 1,645 3,551 15 PROVINCE. Bannu District 3,03,046 3,02,426 46 ]96 378 Bannu Tehsil .. 1,89,282 1,88,662 46 196 378 Ban/lll Municipality 20,192 19,809 12 170 201 Banlzu Cantonment 7,007 6,770 34 26 177 Lakki Tehsil .. 1,13,764 1,13,764 N.A.C. Lakki 8,634 8,634

Dera Ismail Khan District 2,75,971 2,75,920 15 5 31 Dera Ismail Khan Tehsil .. 1,74,532 1,74,489 7 5 31 Dera Ismail Khan Muni- 39,796 39,758 7 31 cipality. Dera [vmail Khan Can- 1,817 1,812 5 tonment. Kulac]1i Tehsil 48,363 48,363 N.A.C. Kulachi 6,981 6,981 Tank Tehsil 53,076 53,068 8 N.A.C.Tank 6,894 6,894

Hazara District .. 8,55,939 8,55,807 1 1 129 Abbottabad Tehsil 3,37,328 3,37,214 1 1 III Abbottabad Municipa- 13,446 13,354 I 1 90 lity. Abbottabad Cantonment 14,156 14,134 21 1 NA.C. Nawan Shehr 5,668 5,668 Haripur Tehsil 2,03,342 2,03.324 18 Haripur Municipality 7,979 7,961 18 Kot Najibullah Town 4,755 4,755

Notes: 1 Excludes persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 2 Including Budhist, Parsis and Tribal Religions. 3 For details of Frontier Regions, see Tal:>le 3 in Part III. 6-3

TABLE 6.-RELlGIO:"l N umber of persons.

Districts, Tehsils and States Total Muslim Caste Scheduled Christian Others Hindu Caste Hindu ------Hazara District-(contd.) Mansehra Tehsil 2,57,904 2,57,904 Mansehra Municipality 6,513 6,513 N,A.C. Baffa 5,-702 5,702 AmbState 48,656 48,656 Phulra State 8,709 8,709

Kohat District 2,99,030 2,98,283 16 371 358 2 Kohat Tehsil .. 1.26,547 1,25,895 4 310 336 2 Kohat Municipality 30.467 30.125 .. 157 185 Kohat Cantonment 10,067 9,771 4 151 139 2

Banda Daud Shah Teh~Ii 1.14,915 1,14,908 7 Hangu Tehsil 57,568 57,480 5 61 22 N.A.C. Hangu 6,977 6,928 49 N.A.C. Thall 5,602 5,602 Mardan District 5,92,354 5,91,785 9 184 376

Mardan Tehsil 3,55,586 3,55,082 9 184 311 Mardan Municipality 46,322 46,116 9 81 116 A1ardan Cantonment 2,505 2,384 45 76 Swabi Tehsil 2,36,768 2,36,703 65

Peshawar District 8,95,832 8,92,589 64 888 2,279 12

Peshawar Teh~il 3,84,173 3,82,281 43 304 1,542 3 Peshawar Municipa/tty .. 1,09,510 1,09,510 .. Peshawar Cantonment .. 41,925 40,039 43 304 1,536 3 Cl1arsadda Tehsil 2,82,618 2,82,562 4 52 Charsadda Municipality 27,048 27,013 35 Tangi Town 12,065 12,065 Utamanzai Town 10,272 10.272

Nowshera Tehsil 2,29,041 2,27,746 17 584 685 9 Nowshera Cantonment 23,114 22,119 17 571 352 9 N.A.C. Nowshera Kalan 18,237 1,8237 Cherat Cantonment 1,123 I,123 Risalpur Cantonment .. 9,981 9,584 67 330 7-1

TABLE 7.-MOTHER TONGlIE The information regarding mother tongue was obtained in reply to Cen­ sus Question No. 6-"What is your Mother Tongue"? 'Mother Tongue' was defined as "the language spoken from the cradle" Enumerators were instructed that in the case of very young children who had not learned to speak. and of deaf-and-dumb persons, it should be the language spoken by their parents. Where the mother's language was different from the father's. the mother tongue was taken to be the language mostly used in the home. 1. The nine main languages of Pakistan printed on the Census slip were Arabic, Urdu. Persian, Pashtu, Punjabi, Baluchi. Sindhi, English and Bengali. The enumerator had to indicate mother tongue by putting a tick mark against one of them according to the reply given by the respondent. There was a tenth blank column for recording mother tongues other than the nine printed on the slip. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the mark put on them and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this table. 3. The list of languages has been arranged according to philological families. The Indo-European family, to which many of the languages of Pakistan belong. is sub-divided to show separately the particular branches which contain the chief mother tongues of Pakistani citizens. Within each family or branch of the Indo-European family the different languages were listed in alphabetical order. 4. The list of languages includes, in addition to the nine languages, most of the other languages which were entered in the 10th column. 5. The Table excludes persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani. 6. "Unclassified other languages" include Qasik, Turkey, Hunzik, Wakhik, Siami, Madrasi, Kashmiri, Gujrati and Marathi. 7. This Table is discussed in Chapter 10 of the Census Report. 7-2

TABLE 7.-MOTHER TONGUES Number of persons

Languages N.W.F.P.1 Bannu Dera Hazara Kohat Mardan Peshawar2 Pesha- Ismail war Khan City

TOTAL .. 32,22,172 3,03,046 2,75,971 8,55,939 2,99,030 5,92,354 8,95,832 1,51,435 Indo-European Family European Branch

English 125 4 6 4 1I0 45 Indo-Aryan Branch

Bengali 900 1 1 16 292 2 588 496 Punjabi 10,01,491 6,913 2,06,436 6,99,321 21,306 6,356 61,159 29,567 Sindhi 23 1 I 2 9 10 9 Urdu 47,095 5,038 8,769 6,784 1,159 2,610 22,735 5,933 Iranian Branch

Baluchi 4 3 1 Persian 1,028 14 11 58 13 59 873 827 Pushtu 21,70,458 2,91,067 60,750 1,49,488 2,76,231 5,83,232 8,09,690 1,13,988 Semitic Family

Arabic 6 4 3 Unclassified

Other Languages 1,042 8 267 13 91 663 567

Notes: IFor similar data regarding "Enumerated" portions of Frontier Regions, see Table 5, Part In. 2Figures in column (Peshawar) include number for[Peshawar City which are also shown separately in column (peshawar City). 7-5

TABLE 7-A.-SPEECH-SECTlON 2.-PERCENTAGES. Number of persons commonly speaking the nine main languages of Pakistan expressed as a percentage of the total Population in each geographical area.

District Arabic Baluchi Bengali English Persian Punjabi Pushto Sindhi Urdu

NORTH-WESTl 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.09 0.05 42 75 0.01 5.6 Frontier Province Bannu 0.04 0.9 0.6 9.2 97 10 Dera Ismail Khan 0.3 0.3 98 23 6.8 Hazara 0.D2 0.3 0.2 8.7 45 3.9 Kohat 0.02 0.11 0.8 0.4 39 93 0.01 4.9 Mardan 0.02 0.02 0.3 0.2 2.6 99 2.3 Peshawar om 0.02 0.07 2.1 0.9 19 92 0.02 7.7 Peshawar City 0.05 0.02 0.4 3.5 2.4 25 81 0.03 16 and Cantt.

NOTE: lExcludes persons claiming nationa lities other than Pakistani. 8-1

TABLE S.-LITERACY 1. This table shows the size of the literate population (excluding persons claiming nationalities other than Pakistani) and their percentage to the total population. 2. Literacy was defined in this Census as ability to read in clear print any language including the Arabic of the Holy Quran. This definition differs from that used in the past censuses and care should be taken in making comparisons. 3. This does not give separately, the number of literates between the ages of 6 which is the normal school-going age in this country and 11. An idea of literates between the ages of 6 and 11 years is given by the following figures from the Education Department for students in primary schools in the North-West Frontier Province in January, 1952. Boys 96,373 Girls 13,034 Total 1,09.407 4. Details of the literate population by the languages in which they are able to read (or read and write) are given in Table 8-A. Levels of education attained are shown in Table 9-B. The same information separately for Muhajirs appears in Table 19-B. 5. This Table is discussed in Chapter 9 of Part I. 8-2 TABLE 8.-LITERACY Number of persons. Literate Literate Populationl persons 2 Literate I persons ~-;; of ,--- - as % of I population in District and State Total I Sex Group Male Female Male Female Popula- - ~--. I tion Male Female I

NORTH-WEST FRO~TIER 17,00,331 15,21,841 2,63,661 33,983 9.2 15.5 2.2 PROVINCE.

Bannu 1,61,999 1,41,047 22,000 1,248 7.7 13.6 0.9 Bannu City IlJId Calltt. 16,605 10,594 5,524 627 22.6 33.3 5.9 Dera Ismail Khan 1,48,257 1,27,714 20,775 3,191 8.7 14.0 2.5 Dera Ismail Khan Cityalld 2::,302 19,31J 6,545 1,569 19.5 29.3 8.1 Cantt.

Hazara .. 4,47,174 4,08,765 66,655 9.047 8.8 14.9 2.2 Abbotlabad City alld Cantt. 19,452 8,150 10,694 1,621 44.6 55.0 19.9 Amb State 25,658 22,998 1,359 36 2.9 5.3 0.2 Phu/ra State .. 4.642 4,067 131 1.5 2.8

Kohat 1,52,234 1,46,796 29,896 3,393 I I.1 19.6 2.3 Kohat City and Cantt. 24,198 16,336 10,141 1,465 28.6 41.9 9.0 Mardan 3,10,412 2,81,942 35,865 5,072 6.9 11.6 [,8

MardUIl Cityalld Cantt. .. 26,623 22,204 6,419 1,386 16.0 24.1 6.2

Peshawar 4,80,255 4,15,577 88,470 12,032 1l.2 18.4 2.9 Peshawar City and Cantt ... 89,213 62,222 32,131 7,666 26.3 36.0 12.3 Charsadda City 14,229 12,819 2,835 194 11.2 19.9 1.5

NOTES: 1. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. A literate person was defined in the Census as a "Person who can read". 8-3

TABLE 8-A.- LANGUAGES OF LITERACY This Table shows the number of persons (excluding those claimmg na­ tionalities other than Pakistani, in each district who are literate in any of the nine principal languages of Pakistan. As the figures for Baluchi and Sindhi are nil. their columns do not appear in the Table. 2. The number of persons who are able to read and write each lan­ guage, and those able to read only, are shown separately. In the column for Arabic is shown the number of persons who claimed ability to read in that language the Holy Quran only. 3. Persons literate in more than one language have been counted under each such language and for this reason figures in this Table do not agree with those in Table 8. 4. The data for this table were collected in response to Census Ques­ tion No.8, which asked: "Can you read? Write? If yes. in what languages?" Under the particular language 'P' was to be written for ability only to read, 'L' for read and write and 'Q' under Arabic for ability to read the Holy Quran only. 5. Ability to read meant that a person claimed to read clear print, and ability to write meant that a person claimed to be able to write a simple letter. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the records made on them and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this table.

6. The analysis is made f01 the Province and for each district as a whole. Separate figures for dtie, and cantonments have also been shown in brackets. 7. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 9 of the Report. 8--4

TABLE 8-AI.-LANGUAGES OF LITERACY Literate persons able to read and write and those able to read only, each of the nine languages of Pak- istan. As the figures for Baluchi and Sindhi are Nil, separate column given for 6 languages only. (Number able to read and write is shown in ordinary type; number able to read only is in italics) Number of person.

District, State and City Arabic Bengali English Persian Punjabi Pushto Urdu ------NORTH·WEST FRONTIER 8,107 15 46,427 21,463 7,076 14,745 1,68,326 PROVINCE 1,393 1 4,618 2,616 5,600 4,965 9,203 2,39,901)· Bannu 38 12 2,210 2,798 20 49 12,732 45 160 12 11 602 16,083* Bannu City and Cantonment (24) (8) (782) (2,168) (3,038) (14) (132) (502) (4,210*) Dera Ismail Khan 220 2,188 1,748 649 86 13,781 8 1 205 85 282 12 269 13,255* Dera Ismail Khan City and (116) (1,267) (956) (470) (7) (5,326) Cantonment. (8) (/) (3) (30) (130) (6,138·) Hazara 1,320 2 7,585 3,177 2,026 368 43,196 6 401 409 1,076 352 336 65,393* Abbottabad City and Canton- (803) (2,462) (1,173) (1,139) (6,783) ment. (153) (227) (573) (345) (/59) (8,422*) Amb State (2) (1) (21) (76) (13) (14) (543) (1) (122) (23) (2) (3) (92) (1,462*) Phulra State (9) (6) (I) (89) (5) (561 *) Kohat 30 5,793 3,915 276 3,124 18,978 445 32 231 155 899 28,249* Kohat City and Cantonment (3,608) (2,959) (126) (67) (8,582) (402) (18) (91) (14) (226) (7,875*) Mardan 1,639 4,436 3,464 1,414 3,238 22,771 1,182 56 1,205 133 39,383* Mardan City and Cantonmmt (51) (1,439) (762) (747) (1,349) (5,970) (25) (6) (89) (9'(i95*) Peshawar 4,860 24,215 6,361 2.691 7,880 56,868 1,379 2,340 1,819 9,794 4,435 6,964 77,537* Peshawar City and Cantonment (3,704) (11,670) (3,351) (1,180) (2,892) (27,878) (518) (1,271) (1,398) (2,137) (2,942) (3,096) (29,371 *) Charsadda City .. (11) (726) (121) (21) (98) (1 ,9! 7) (4,419*)

1 For similar data regarding "Enumerated" portions of Frontier Regions, see Table 7, Part III. ·Persons claiming to be able to read only the Holy Quran. 9-1

TABLE 9.-PUPILS AND STUDE~TS This Table shows, for each district the numbers of persons who, reported themselves in the census, as regularly attending school or college. The analysis is by religious groups, sex and by two age-groups under 10 years and 10 years and over. The percentage which each figure in the table bears to the corresponding total population of its age, sex and religious group has been shown in italics below the respective figures. 2. Similar tables regarding school and college population were not produced in previous censuses of India. 3. The date for the number of people still undergoing education was obtained in reply to the first part of census Question No. 10 which enquired whether the person was regularly attending school or college. The enumerators' leaflet explained that a person should be treated as regularly attending school or college regardless of any temporary break in attendance such as sickness or holidays. 4. Since this census information is based on verbal statements by indi­ viduals or heads of families it is unlikely that it will agree either in general or in particular with tlie official records based on registers kept by heads of schools and colleges; possible reasons for the difference are discussed in Pt. I of the Census Report. Besides the number of females in the higher age group, and the number of males to a very small extent, however, turned out to be inconsistent with the literacy figures, probably due to mistakes in sort­ ing, and it has therefore been adjusted and may be regarded only as an estimate. 9-2 TABLE 9.-Pt;PILS AND STUDENTS Persons in educational age groups who. at the time of Census were attending Schools or Colleges. (Figures in Italics denote percentages of the population in the age. Sex and Religious Groups.) Number of persons.

All religions I Muslims ,------Age Group J __ Total Male Female I Total Male Female NORTH·WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE Total 1,38,371 1,20,580 17,791 1,37,987 1,20,327 17,660 4.3 7./ 1.2 43 7.1 1.2 .0- 9 60,035 52,032 8,003 59.851 51,903 7.943 63 II 1.7 6.3 11 1.7 10 ani Over 78,336 68,54R 9,7R8 78,136 68,424 Q,712 3.5 57 0.9 3.5 5.7 09 Bannu District Total 12.064 10,511 1,553 11,996 10,484 1,512 4.0 6.5 1.1 4.0 6.5 /.1 0- 9 4,371 4,046 325 4,362 4,039 323 4.4 7.9 0.7 4.4 7.9 0.7 10 and Over 7.693 6,465 1,228 7,634 6,445 1,189 3.8 .5.8 1.3 3.8 5.8 1.3 Dera Ismail Khan District Total 20,697 19,020 1,677 20,697 19,020 1,677 7.5 12.8 1.3 7.5 12.8 1.3 0- 9 5,883 5,180 703 5,883 5,180 703 6.9 12 1.8 6.9 12 1.8 10 and Over 14,814 13,840 974 14,814 13,840 974 7.8 13.4 1.1 7.8 134 /.1 Hazara District Total 34,337 3f,062 3,275 34,325 31,05] 3,274 4.0 70 0.8 4.0 7.0 0.8 0- 9 14,278 12,670 1,60R 14,270 12,662 1,608 5.7 9.6 1.4 5.7 9.6 1.4 10 and Over 20,059 18,392 1,667 20,055 18,389 1,666 3.3 5.8 0.6 3.3 5.8 (1.6 Kobat District Total 16,031 13,663 2,368 15,992 13,636 2,356 5.4 9.0 1.6 5.4 9.0 1.6 0- 9 7,715 6,608 1,107 7,692 6,593 1,099 7.9 J.3 2.3 7.9 13 2.3 10 and Over 8,316 7,055 1,261 8,300 7,043 1,257 4.1 6.9 1.3 4.1 6.9 1.3 Mardall District Total 19,068 16,272 2,796 19,009 16,24] 2,768 3.2 5.2 1.0 3.2 5.:; 1.0 0- 9 7,636 6.31) 1,321 7,600 16,296 1,304 4.9 7.8 1.7 4.8 7.8 1.7 10 and Over 11,432 9,957 1,475 11,409 9,945 1,464 2.6 4.3 0.7 2.6 4.3 0.7 Peshawar District Total 36,174 30,052 6,122 35,968 29,895 6.073 4.0 6.3 1.5 4.0 6.3 1.5 0- 9 .. 20,152 17,213 2,939 20,044 17,133 2,911 7.7 13 2.3 7.7 13 2.2 10 and Over 16,022 12,839 3,183 15.924 12,762 3,102 2.5 3.7 1.l 2.5 3.7 1.1

Note.-1Excluding persons claiming natIOnalities other than Pakistani. 9-3

TABLE 9-A.- -YEARS OF EDUCATION This T .lble shows how many persons out of the total population (excluding Non-Pakistanis) have received or are receiving formal schooling, and analyses them according to sex and also according to number of years spent in full­ time education. 2. This Table is divided into two sections as under:- Section I-All Religicns Section 2-Muslims. In each Section the analysis is made for the Province as a whole, and for each district. 3. The information for this Table was obtained from Census Question No_ 10 (b) which asked: "For how many years have you attended school or college?" The numbers include persons who are still undergoing education, for instance. children at school or college, who may have already received full time education for some years. The enumerator was instructed that this question was applied to those who had left school or college as well as to those still attending. He was also instructed that the reply should be re­ corded to the nearest whole number of years. The data so recorded were sorted mostly by hand using the original enumeration slips, but the slips for certain categories of persons were coded and sorted by punched card machines. 4. The number of children in the lower age group who are shown as having received full time education is smaller than the number in that age group shown in Table 9 as currently attending schooL This difference is due to children who have been at school for a considerably less than one year having the answer "yes" recorded to question 10(a) "Are you regularly attending school or college", but having the answer "None" given against question IOCb) in respect of the nearest whole number of years at schooL The drive for literacy and primary education will have increased the number of such pupils and hence the difference in the figures. 5. The number of females included in each figure is shown in italics below it. The number of females in the higher age group, however, turned out to be inconsistent with the literacy figures, probably due to mistakes in sorting, and it has therefore been adjusted and may be regarded only as an estimate. The totals for districts include all towns, some of which are also shown separately _ 6. The data in this Table are discussed in Chapter 9 of the Report. 9-4

TABLE 9·A.-YEARS OF EDUCATION-Section 1-AIl Regions Persons who have received or are receiving full time education (Figures in Italics denote the numbers of females included in the total above) Number of persons

Total Received Years in full time education Age Group Population Schooling Under 5 5-6 7-10 Over 10

North-West Frontier Province

Total 32,22,172 2,15,304 ~7,841 51,561 50,850 25,052 15,21,841 28,206 14,439 8,213 4,127 1,427 0- 9 9,51,513 26,448 21,839 4,565 44 4,62,524 4,807 3,889 915 3 .. 10 and Over .. 22,70,659 1,88,856 66,002 46,996 50,806 25,052 10,59,317 23,399 10,550 7,298 4,124 1,427 Bannu District Total 3,03,046 24,820 8,292 5,812 7,039 3,677 1,41,047 1,006 698 158 130 20 0- 9 1,00,358 2,972 2,068 891 13 49,236 216 171 45 .. .. 10 and Over 2,02,688 21,848 6,224 4,921 7,026 3,677 91,811 790 527 113 130 20 Dera Ismail Khan District Total 2,75,971 25,421 10,099 6,125 5,979 3,218 1,27,714 2,773 1,381 732 477 183 0- 9 85,039 1,687 1,344 341 2 40,192 451 313 138 .. 10 and Over 1,90,932 23,734 8,755 5,784 5,977 3,218 87,529 2,322 1,068 594 477 183 Hazara District Total 8,55,939 54,313 22,981 13,731 11,266 6,335 4,08,765 7,817 4,266 2,272 898 381 0- 9 2,49,270 5,301 4,268 1,030 3 1,/7,736 949 701 248 .. .. 10 and Over 6.06,669 49,012 18,713 12,701 11,263 6,335 2,91,029 6,868 3,565 2,024 898 381 Kohat District Total 2,99,030 20,806 9,670 4,523 4,405 2,208 1,46,796 3,178 1,671 611 666 230 0- 9 97,743 4,P4 3,833 280 11 48,488 948 914 31 3 10 and Over 2,01,287 16,682 5,837 4,243 4,394 2,208 98,308 2,230 757 580 663 230 Mardan District Total 5,92,354 23,759 11,535 4,886 4,742 2,596 2,81,942 3,236 1,703 976 409 148 0- 9 1,57,436 3,533 2,845 687 f 76,489 538 340 198 10 and Over 4,34,818 20,226 8,690 1,199 4,741 2,596 2,05,453 2,698 ],363 778 409 148 PeShawar District Total 8,95,832 66,185 25,264 16,484 17,419 7,018 4,15,577 10,196 4,720 3.464 1,547 465 0- 9 2,61,667 8,831 7,481 1,336 14 1,30,383 1,705 1,450 255 .. .. 10 and Over 6,34,165 57,354 17,783 15,148 17,405 7,018 2,85,194 8,491 3,270 3,209 1,547 465 9-S

TABLE 9-A-YEARS OF EDUCATION-Section 2-Muslims Persons who have received or are receiving fuJI time education

(Figures in Italics denote the number of females included in the total above) Number of persons Total Received Years in full time Education Age Group Population Schooling Under 5 5-6 7-10 Over 10 ---- ~orth-West Frontier Province Total ., 32,16,810 2,14,695 87,573 51,362 50,751 25,009 15,19,389 28,016 14,342 8,151 4,104 1,419 0- 9 .. 9,49,947 26,331 21,731 4,556 44 4,61.742 4.780 3,864 913 3 10 and Over ., 22,66,863 1,88,364 65,842 46,806 50,707 25,009 10,57,647 23,236 10,478 7,238 4,101 1,419 Bannu District Total 3,02,426 24,698 8,246 5,768 7,020 3,664 1,40.762 947 671 138 121 17 0- 9 .. 1,06,138 2,961 2,060 888 13 49,127 214 171 43 10 and O,er 2,02,288 21,737 6,186 4,880 7,007 3,664 91,635 733 500 95 12/ 17 Dera Ismail Khan District Total 2,75,920 25,410 10,099 6,118 5,975 3,218 1.27,678 2,765 1,38/ 726 475 183 0- 9 .. 85,038 1,687 1,344 341 2 40,191 451 313 138 10 and Over 1,90,882 23,723 8,755 5,777 5,973 3.2111 87,487 2,314 1,068 588 475 183 Hazara District Total 8,55,807 54,301 22,980 13,726 11,263 6,332 4,08,714 7,814 4,266 2.272 897 379 0- 9 .. 2,49,229 5,299 4,267 1,029 3 1,17,720 949 701 248 10 and Over 6,06,578 49,002 18,713 12,697 11,260 6,332 2,90,994 6.865 3,565 2,024 897 379 Kohat District Total 2,98,283 20,677 9,625 4,488 4,370 2,194 1,46,461 3,157 1,659 605 663 230 0- 9 .. 97,516 4,103 3,813 279 11 48,383 941 907 31 3 10 and Over 2,00,767 16,574 5,812 4,209 4,359 2,194 98,078 2,216 752 574 660 230 Mardan District Total 5,91,785 23,669 11,496 4,853 4,724 2,596 2,81,697 3,198 1,684 962 404 148 0- 9 .. 1,57,274 3,512 2,825 686 1 76,420 529 331 198 10 and Over 4,34,511 20,157 8,671 4,167 4,723 2,596 2,05,277 2,669 1,353 764 404 148 Peshawar District Total 8,92,589 65,940 25,127 16,409 17,399 7,005 4,14,077 10,135 4,681 3,448 1,544 462 0- 9 .. 2,60,752 8,769 7,422 1,333 14 1,29,901 1,696 1,441 255 10 and Over 6,31,837 57,171 17,705 15,076 17,385 7,005 2,84,176 8,439 3,240 3,193 1,544 462 9-6

TABLE 9-B.- EDUCATIONAL LEVELS This Table analyses literate persons according to the educational grades claimed by them, as shown in Table 8. The population analysed in this table is that of all literate persons excluding those who claimed nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. The analysis is made for the Province and for each district as a whole, showing separately the figures for cities and cantonments. 3. The figures shown in ordinary type are the totals of both sexes­ separate figures for females are shown in italics immediately below. 4. 'Muhajirs' are included in the figures of this table and are also shown separately in Table 19-B. 5. The information on grades of education was obtained in reply to the third part of Census Question No. 10, for which five symbols were pro­ vided on the Census Slip. The symbols were 'P' those completed primary schooling; 'M' those passed Middle School Examination; 'E' those passed En­ trance (Matriculation) Examination; 'D'-those who obtained University first Degree; and 'H'-those who obtained Higher (postgraduate) Degree. Which ever of these symbols was applicable, was ringed round by the enu­ merator according to the reply by the respondent. The original slips were sorted in accordance with the mark placed round the highest grade symbol and were counted to produce the statistics shown in this table. 6. The total number of literate persons was derived from the replies to question 8 which asked "Can you read? write 7" The slips of persons who claimed to be able to read (whether or not they were also to write) were count­ ed to obtain the literacy data. They include persons whose only claim to literacy is their statement that they can read the Holy Quran in Arabic. 7. Persons who claim to be able to read but who made no claim to have passed a Primary or any higher educational grade, are classed as having "No formal attainment". 8. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 9 of the Report. 9-7

TABLE 9.B.-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS-SECTION I-ALL RELIGIONS! Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in Educationallnstitutlons (Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them) Number of persons.

Without2 Districts and States Total formal Primary Middle Matri- Degree Higher Literates attain- School School culation Degree ments ------NORTH-WEST FRONTIER 2,97,644 1,07,286 1,15,714 47,042 22,191 4,153 1,258 PROVI="CE 33,983 13,968 13,043 4.863 1,702 309 98 Bannu 23,248 9,276 8.250 4,175 1,299 185 63 1,248 573 419 208 35 4 9

Bannu C7ity and Cantonment (6,151 ) (2,499) (2.186) (938) (422) (55) (51 ) (627) (256) (252) (82) (25) (3) (9)

Dera Ismail Khan 23.966 10,052 8,772 3,526 1,326 201 89 3,191 1.173 1,421 494 87 13 3

Dera Ismail Khan City and (8,114) (2,728) (2,949) (1,464) (783) (131) (59) Cantonment. (1,569) (371) (879) (258) (52) (9) , Hazara 75,702 26,768 34,637 9,920 3,646 559 172 9,047 3,544 3,949 1,109 383 51 11

Abbo/tabad City and Cantoll- (12,315) (2,389) (5,596) (2,412) (1,613) (227) (78) ment. (1,621) (545) (663) (274) (114) (19) (6)

Amb State (1,395) (622) (595) (In) (3Il (5) (5) (36) (12) (24)

Phulra State (131 ) (34) (81) (8) (5) (3 )

Kohat 33,289 13,046 12,791 4,652 2.438 288 74 3,393 1,612 1,216 415 119 28 3

Kohat City and Cantonment ( 11,606) (2,864) (4,663) (2,157) (1,705) (162) (55) (1,465) (54()) (676) (173) (63) (l0) (3)

Mardan 40,937 17,292 13,850 6,071 2,948 591 185 5,072 2,421 1,768 602 241 29 II

Mardan City and Call/on- (7,805) (2,783) (2,483) 0.562) (813) (133) (31) mell/. (J ,386) (629 ) (559) (139) (45) (14) Peshawar 1,00.502 30,852 37,414 18,698 10,534 2,329 675 12,032 4,645 4,270 2,035 837 184 61

Peshawar City alld Call ton- (39,797) (10,951 ) (13,467) (7,648) (5,739) (1,563) (429) menl. (7,666) (2,815) (2,758) (l,248) (647) (156) (42)

Charsadda City (3,029) (1,392) (887) (492) (205) (39) (14) (194) (114) (51) (17) (8) (4)

NO'fES-1 For similar data regarding "Enumerated" portions of Frontier Regions, see Table 8. Part II. 2 Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this table are classed as having no formal attainments. 9-8

TABLE 9"B.-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS-Section 2-Muslims

Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in Educational Institutions. (Figures in Italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Without! Ori-' Formal Matri- ental District, State or City Total Attain- Primary Middle cula- Degree Higher Dip- Literate ments School School tion Degree lorna ------NORTH-WEST FRON- 2,96,329 1,06,897 1,15,296 46,824 21,997 4,100 1,215 TIER PROVINCE. 33,529 13,838 12,931 4,794 1,591 287 88

Bannu District 23,077 9,204 8,205 4,132 1,288 185 63 1,177 546 395 190 33 4 9

Bannu City and Cantt (5,980) (2,427) (2,141) (895) (411) (55) (51) (556) (229) (228) (64) (23) (3) (9)

Dera Ismail Khan Dis- 23,954 10,051 8,768 3,520 1,325 201 89 trict. 3,186 1,175 1.421 490 86 13 3

Dera Ismail Khan Oty (8,106) (2,728) (2,946) (1,460) (782) (131) (59) and Cantt. (1,564) (371) (879) (254) (51) (9)

Hazara District 75,653 26,755 34,620 9,912 3,637 557 172 9,030 3,538 3,944 1,105 381 51 11

Abbottabad City and (12,275) (2,382) (5,580) (2.405) (1,605) (225) (78) Cantt. (1,610) (545) (658) (270) (112) (19) (6) Amb State (1,395) (622) (595) (137) (31) (5) (5) (36) (12) (24)

Phulra Slate (131) (34) (81 ) (8) (5) (3)

Kohat District 33,101 12,986 12,724 4,620 2,417 284 70 3,332 1,590 1,197 411 106 25 3

Kohat City and Cantt. (1l,472) (2,813~ (4,621) (2,132) (1,694) (161) (51) (1,433) (522 (669) (169) (60) (10) (3)

Mardan District 40,753 17,230 13,792 6,027 2,928 591 185 5,002 2,394 1,746 591 231 29 11

Mardan City and Cantl. (7,735) (2,760) (2,457) (1,543) (811) (133) (31) (1,374) (625) (552) (138) (45) (14)

Peshawar District 99,791 30,671 37,187 18,613 10,402 2,282 636 11,802 4,597 4,228 2,007 754 165 51

Peshawar City and (39,296) (10,857) (13,284) (7,612) (5,633) (1.520) (390) Cantt. (7,495) (2,786) (2,726) (I ,238) (571) (142) (32)

Charsadda City (3,029) (1,392) (887) (492) (205) (39) (14) (194) (114) (51) (17) (8) (4)

NOTES: 1. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in the table are classed as having no formal attainments. 2. Oriental or Islamic Degree or Diploma claimed by the respondent as the only grade or in addition to one of the other grades in the Table. 10-2

TABLE 10.-NATIONALITY. This Table gives details of the 795 persons, apart from Afghan Powindahs, enumerated in the N.W.F.P. who reported themselves as Non-Pakistanis. This information was given in reply to Census Question No.4 which asked " Are you a Pakistani; if not, what is your Nationality?" The table gives an analysis according to Nationality and by certain broad fields of activity, data for which was obtained in answer to Question No. 13 which asked .. In what kind of industry, business or service did you work in January 1951 ?" 2. Information regarding Afghan Powindahs enumerated in the Province is tabulated in Table 10-A. 3. The persons included in this Table are excluded from all other Census tables with the exception of:- Tables I and lA : Population and Area. Table 3 : Variations in last 50 years. 4. The figures in this Table for nationals of Afghanistan include all persons who claimed that nationality but who did not report themselves as "Powindahs" (members of seasonal nomadic parties). The enumeration records of other non-Pakistanis were poor and are perhaps incomplete. The reports received are probably correctly classified as "Western Nations". 5. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 3 of the Report. 10-2

TABLE lO.-NATIONALITY Non-Pakistanis in N.-W.F.P. (Figures in italics are FEMALES included in figures immediately above) Number of persons.

Nationals of Total! Field of Activity Non-Pakistanis \~fgh~i,"n I~~'m N",n,_

ALL ACTIVITIES 795 747 48 315 315 7 478 439 39 Self supporting persons 138 138

Trade and Commerce 15 11 4

Manufacture and Utilities2 6 3 3

Transportation and Communication 12 4 8

Religion 20 9 11

Other Activities 425 442 13 138 138

Dependents 317 308 , 184 177 7

NOTES--I. Excludes number of the Diplomatic Corps accredited to Pakistan by other Govern­ ments and also Afghan Powindahs who have been shown separately in Table to-A. 2. Includes all production and maintenance Industries and processes and the produc­ tion and supply of water, electricity, gas, etc. 10-3

TABLE lO-A.-AFGHAN POWI;'IIDAHS Powindahs are Afghan nationals who come over to Pakistan every year to pass the winter. This Table presents an analysis by districts of the total populatIon of Afghan Powindahs in this Province by Sex, Tribe, age and occupations. It is in 2 sections-(l) showing sex breakdown in age-groups of • under 12 years' and' 12 years and over', (2) showing further analysis of • 12 years and over' into sex and occupations. 2. The information tabulated in this Table was obtained from replies to the third and fourth parts of Census Question No.4 about Nationality which asked: .. If an afghan. are you a Powindah? If so, where is your party settled this winter ?" Enumerators were instructed. in case a respon­ dent did not know whether he was a Powindah or not, to treat as Powindahs all such Afghans as had been staying temporarily in Pakistan for the proceeding winter. The symbol • P A • was ringed on the slip in such cases, which were sorted to produce the required statistics. 3. In the Interim Summary of Table lO-Nationality published in Cen­ sus Bulletin No.2. the number of Afghan Powindahs in N.-W.F.P. and Fron­ tier Regions was shown as 35,355. The excess of 795 was due to the inclusion of Non-Pakistanis other than Afghan Powindahs. 4. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 6 of the Report. 10-4

TABLE 10-A.-AFGHAN POWINDAHS

SECTION I.-Afghan Powindahs under 12 years, and 12 years and over Number of persons.

Persons Male Female Districts or Agency 1--- Under 12 years i Under 12 years Under 12 years I Total 12 and Total 12 and Total 12 and Years Over Years Over Years Over I

TOTAL N.W.F.P. 34,560 11,643 22,917 18,293 6,006 12,287 16,267 5,637 10,630 And FRONTIER REGIONS. DISTRICTS: Bannu 4,346 1,618 2,728 2,446 917 1,529 1,900 701 1,199

Dera Ismail Khan 14,841 5,169 9,672 7,844 2,678 5,166 6,997 2,891 4,506

Hazara 234 87 147 139 48 91 95 39 56

Koha! 1,652 576 1,076 935 299 636 717 277 440

Mardan 1,919 719 1,200 1,006 357 649 913 362 551

Peshawar 6,788 2,187 4,601 3,432 1,104 2,328 3,356 1,083 2,723 FRONTIER REGIONS: Kurram 4,780 1,287 3,493 2,491 603 1,88R 2,289 684 1,605 Agency.

NOTE : In the enumerated area of Frontier Regions Afghan Powindahs were reported in Kurram Agency only. In the estimated areas no record of Afghan Powindahs was made. 10--5

TABLE 10-A.-AFGHAN POWl:"lDAHS

SECTIO~ 2.-Afghan Powindahsaged 12 years and over, by Occupation and Sex.

(P = Persons M ~ Male F " Female)

Number of persons.

N.W.F.P. Dera Kurram Occupation including Bannu Ismail Hazara Kohat Mardan Pesha- Tribal Frontier Khan Wdr Agency Regiom

TOTAL p 22,917 2,728 9,672 147 1,076 1,200 4,601 3,493 M 12,287 1,529 5,166 91 636 649 2,328 1,888 F 10,636 1,199 4,506 56 440 Sst 2,273 t,605 Herdsmen and P 2,645 693 6 104 46 1.796 Dairymen Nt 2,368 678 6 104 45 1,535 F 277 15 1 261 Wood Cutters P 6S 44 6 9 6 M 63 42 6 9 6 F 2 2 Agricultural LabOllr P 209 8 136 35 21 9 M 190 8 136 35 2 9 F 19 19 Money Lending .. P 3 3 M 3 3 F Hide Seller P M F Miscellaneous p 3,794 265 2,757 18 73 42 354 285 unspecified retail Nt 3,567 249 2,634 18 73 35 344 214 Trade F 227 16 123 7 10 71 Mullahs P 100 19 16 13 19 23 10 M 100 19 16 13 19 23 10 F Religious Students P 56 10 46 M 56 10 46 F Physicians and Herb P 4 4 Sellers. M 4 4 F Singers P 7 6 M 7 6 F Motor Drivers P 5 3 M 5 3 F Camelmen .. p 96 5 83 8 M 95 4 83 8 F 1 I Donkeymen .. p 32 22 10 M 32 22, 10 F .. ,\t) ,,~, } Goldsmiths .. P 5 o_ . 5 M 5 5 F •

11-1

TABLE H.-LABOUR FORCE

1. This table classifies the total population, also the several classes of self-supporting persons excluding Non-Pakistani into broad categories of who are regarded as economically inactive. The Economic Status. latter consist of two main categories, first. those persons of private means who have not indicated 2. Ail persons aged 12 years and over were ask­ that they follow. any of the professions or occupa­ ed "Are you usually self-supporting or partly tions which would class them in the labour force. self-supporting or are you seeking work"? Per­ This group includes retired persons and pensioners, sons who answered "Yes" to any part of thi. qu~s­ students (if they have ~tated that they are self­ tion. were then asked to state their Occupation supporting or partly so) and those landowners who and the Economic Group in which they were engag­ have not claimed to be cultivators or to be engaged ed in the previous month. From their answers in service or industry. Secondly, the economically they have been classed as belongmg to the Agri­ inachve category includes the inmates of hospitals, cultural or Non-Agricultural Labour Force or as asylums and jails, if they have not stated an occu­ not being in the Civilian Labour Force. Persom pation which enables them to be classed in the who sanwered "NO" to all three parts of the main Labour Force, and what may be called "Social question were classed as dependents as were all Parasities" namely persons who have described children under 12 years of age. themselves as beggars, vagrants, prostitutes, etc. 3. The Agricultural Labour Force includes all persons who reported their usual main occupations 6. Dependents include all children under 12 as "cultivators" or who stated that in January years of age and all other persons who did not claim 1951 they were engaged or seeking work in culti­ to be self-supporting, partly so, or seeking work. vation. stock-raising, hunting and game propaga­ The female element of this group therefore contains tion or some other occupation associated with the large number of women engaged m house-hold the agricultural industry as well as those engaged duties, but it does not contain those who described in forestry or fishing. Forestry and fishing were themselves as helpers in the trades, profession, classed as Non-Agricultural occupations in other or other gainful work of the family or house-hold. provinces but they are grouped with Agricultural Similarly, this group includes all students, old people in this province due to a mistake at sorting stage invalids, etc., living with or supported by their fami­ which had to be maintained for all subsequent lies or friends if such persons have not claimed Occupationl and Economic group tables. It should to be wholly or partly supporting themselves by be noted that the Census definition of a cultivator some definite occupation, nor to be seeking to do so. was a "Tiller of the Soil" which term meant a person who himself works on the land or who 7. It is belived that the number of Male children employs others to do so under his direct personal reported as under 12 years of age is somewhat supervision. inflated and this may have Increased the figures for male dependents at the expense of the 4. The Non-Agricultural Civilian Labour Force Labour Force. The data should therefore be used includes all self-supporting persons who during with reasonable caution. The probable effect, January 1951 were engaged in Public Service (except if expressed as a percentage of the male Labour the Armed Forces), personal service trade, com­ Force is not likely to exceed 3 per cent. merce, transportation or any industry other than agriculture, but including forestry and fishery. 8. Muhajirs are included in the figures appear­ It also includes persons seeking work in any Non­ ing in this table, but are also given separately in Agricultural occupation. Table 19-C.

5. Persons not in the Civilian Labour Force 9. This Table has been discussed in Chapter II include the members of the Defence Servlces and of Part I. 11-2

TABLE 11. -LABOL'R FORCE The total Population according to Economic Status! Number of persons. Self-supporting , ------_ District and Tehsil Total Civilian Labour Force' Not in2 Dependents 1- - Civilian I Agricul- Non Agri-, Labour I tural cultural , Force ALL-PERSONS NORTH-WEST FRONTIER 32,22,172 6,59,024 3,11,815 51,412 21,99,921 PROVINCE3. MALE NORTH-WEST FRO~­ 17,00,331 5,90,274 2,80,023 50,677 7,79,357 TIER PROVINCE.

Bannu 1,61,999 65,841 21,498 3,137 71,523 2

Bannu Tehsil 1,01,262 35,788 17.661 3,000 44,813 3 Bannu Municipality 16,605 699 6,962 2,986 5,958 4 and Cantonment. Lakki T ehsil 60,737 30.053 3,837 137 26,710 5 Lakki N.A.C. 4,668 856 1,577 38 2,197 6

Dera Ismail Khan 1,48,257 59,170 24,819 1,546 62,722 7 Dera Ismail Khan Teh­ 93,405 37,136 15,888 994 39,387 8 ~il. D('ra [smail Khan 22,302 5.260 8,088 196 8,758 q Municipality and CantOnTllf'nt. Kulachi Tehsil 25,731 10,986 3,176 284 1l,285 10 Kulachi N.A.C. 3,584 748 1,073 '6 1,757 11 Tank Tehsil 29,121 lI,048 5,755 268 12,050 12 Tank N.A.C. 4,109 275 2,214 130 1,490 13 Hazara 4,47,174 1,83,050 43,430 12,474 2,08,220 14 Abbottabad Tehsil 1,77,933 69,272 16,131 10,402 82,128 IS Abbottabad Munici­ 19,452 942 4,165 9,850 4,495 16 pality and Canton­ ment. Nawanshehr N.A.C. 2,928 344 1,058 14 1,512 17 Haripur Tehsil .. 1,03,922 43,442 12,686 542 47,252 18 Haripur Municipality 4,513 353 1,790 77 2,293 19 Kot Najibullah Town 2,404 456 706 97 1,145 20 Mansehra Tehsil 1,35,019 56,185 13,093 1,003 64,738 21 Mansehra Municipa­ 3,512 329 1,388 148 1,647 22 litv. Baffa N.A.C. 2,923 672 750 55 1.446 23 Amb State 25,658 11,889 1,324 517 11,928 24 Phulra State 4,642 2,262 196 10 2,174 25 Kohat 1,52,2.34 47,150 23,463 7,094 74,527 26 Kohat Tehsil 65,813 17.437 13,167 4,923 30,286 27 Kohat Municipality 24,198 2,354 7,982 4,693 9.169 28 and Cantonment. Banda Daud Shah 56,542 21.726 5,207 349 29 Tehsil 29,260 Hangu Tehsil 29.879 7,987 5.089 1,822 14,981 30 Hangu N.A.C. 3.842 3[8 1,328 347 1,849 31 Thall N.A.C. 3,050 440 1,149 3 1,458 32

NOTES-I. EXcludes persons who reported Nationalities other than Pakistani. 2. Includes defence Services and also self supporting persons not economically active such as retired persons, students, institutional inmates etc. 3. For similar data regarding Frontier Regions, see Table 9 in Part III. 11-3

TABLE H.-LABOUR FORCE The Total Population according to Economic Status Number of persons Self-supporting

Total Civiiian Labour Force ::-Jot in Civilian Dependent~ District and Tehsil Agri­ Non Agri­ Labour cultural cultural Force

FEMALE 15,21,841 68,750 31.792 735 14,20,564 NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE.

2 1,41,047 ],238 342 7 1,19,460 Bannu.

3 88,020 353 295 6 87,366 Bannu Tehsil. 4 10,594 173 6 W,415 Bannu Municipality and Cantt. 5 53,027 885 47 52,094 Lakki Tehsil. 6 3,966 10 34 3,92' Lakki N.A.C. 7 1,27,714 944 712 1,26,058 Dera Ismail Khan. S 81,127 719 527 79,881 Dera Ismail Khan Teh- sil. 9 19,311 37 66 19,;;08 Dera Ismail Khan Mu- nicIpality and Can- tonment. 10 22,632 37 81 22,514 Kulachi Tehsil. 11 3,397 2 20 3,375 Kulachi N.A.C. 12 23,955 188 104 23,663 Tank Tehsil. 13 2,785 3 57 2,725 TankN.A.C. 14 4,08,765 28,703 3,605 204 3,76,253 Hazara. 15 1,59,395 12,143 2,282 41 1,44,929 Abbottabad Tehsil, 16 8,150 8 218 17 7,907 Abbottahad Munici- pality and Canton- ment. 17 2,740 6 12 2,722 Nawan Shehr N.A.C. 18 99,420 1,317 225 12 97,866 Haripur Tehsil. 19 3,466 11 42 9 3,404 Haripur :Vfunicipality. 20 2,351 1 2 2,348 Kot Najihullah Town. 21 1,22,885 14,466 1,002 140 1,07,277 V1ansehra Tehsil. 22 3,001 2,911 Mansehra Municipality. 23 2,779 42 53 19 2,665 Baffa N.A.C. 24 22,998 559 71 11 22.357 Amb State. 25 4,067 218 25 3,824 Phulra State. 26 1,46,796 818 843 44 1,45,091 Kohat. 27 60,734 357 698 44 53,635 Kohat Tehsil. 28 16,336 12 539 33 15,752 Kohat Municipality and Cantonment. 29 58,373 152 42 58,179 Banda Daud Shah Teh- sil. 30 27,689 309 103 27,277 Hangu Tehsil. 31 3,135 6 62 3,067 HanguN.A.C. 32 2,552 13 13 2,526 Thall N.A.C. 11-4

TABLE H.-LABOUR FORCE- (contd.) Total Population according to Economic Status Number of persons. Self-supporting I

District and Tehsll Total I-c"mm 1.,00m_ ____ fo~' I~oCii' IVlhan , Dependents Agri- Non Agri- labour I --cultural--_-- cultural--- force------MALE-(contd.)

Mardan 3,10,412 1,02,833 47,648 3,649 1,56,282 33 Mardan Tehsil 1,88,441 55,232 29,894 3,089 1,00,226 34 Mardan Municipality 26,623 4,295 8,163 133 14,03:! 35 and Cantonment. Swabi Tehsil 1,21,971 47,601 17,754 560 56,056 36

Peshawar 4,80,255 1,32,230 1,19,165 22,777 2,06,083 37 Peshawar Tehsil 2,11,022 44,782 63,227 11,253 91,760 38 Peshawar Municipality 89,213 7,206 41,532 8,441 32,034 39 and Cantonment. Charsadda Tehsil 1,44,740 51,668 29,186 668 63,218 40 Charsadda Municipali- 14,229 3,088 4,574 124 6,443 41 Iy. TangiTown 6,322 1,51:! 1,618 355 2,837 42 Utmanzai Town 5,409 1,265 1,496 5 2,643 43

Nowshera Tehsil 1,24,493 35,780 26,752 10,856 51,105 44 Nowshera Cantonment 15,965 570 6,106 5,610 3,679 45 Nowshera Kalan N.A.C. 9,781 1,216 3,854 38 4,673 46 Cherat Cantonment .. 942 28 279 475 160 47 Risalpur Cantonment .. 7,566 266 1,941 4,015 1,344 48 11-5

TABLE H.-LABOUR FORCE-(contd.) The Total Population according to Economic Status. Number of persons. Self-supporting -I Civilian Labour Force Not in Total ------Civilian Dependents District and Tehsil Agri- Non Agri- Labour cultural cultural Force , - FEMALE-(contd.)

2,81,942 34,415 24,123 313 2,23,091 Mardan 33 20,964 16,158 6 1,30,017 Mardan Tehsil. 34 1,67,145 22,204 313 410 6 21,475 Mardan Mllnicipality 35 and Cantonment. 13,451 7,965 307 93,074 Swabi Tehsil. 36 1,14,797 2,632 2,167 167 4,10,611 Peshawar. 37 4,15,577 1,095 1,030 161 1,70,865 Peshawar Tehsil. 38 1,73,151 62,222 18 510 61,694 Peshawar Municipality 39 and Cantonment. 1,37,878 331 659 6 1,36,882 Charsadda Tehsil. 40 Charsadda Municipality 41 12,819 1 25 12,793 5,743 7 137 6 5,593 TangiTown. 42 4,846 Utmanzai Town. 43 4,863 17 44 1,04,548 1,206 478 1,02,864 Nowshera Tehsil. 7,149 99 72 6,978 Nowshera Cantonment. 4S Nowshera Kalan N.A.C. 46 8,456 3 15 8,438 181 3 4 174 Cherat Cantonment. 47 Risalpur Cantonment. 48 2,415 1 36 2,378

11-6

TABLE l1-A.-OCCUPATIONS OF NON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE.

This Table shows the composition by d~tailed 5. Information regarding Industrial Status was occupations and certain occupational sub-groups obtained in answer to Census Question No. 14 of the sections of the Civilian Labour Force classed which asked: .. In your main occupation, do you as Non-Agricultural Labour in Table 11. All employ others 7 Or are you an employee? Or are non-Pakistani citizens and children under 12 years you an independent worker? Or an Unpaid family of age are excluded. help 7" Symbols for each of these categories were provided on the slips and the enumerators placed a 2. Persons following each occupation are fur­ ring round the appropriate symbol. The enumera­ ther analysed by sex, industrial status, age-groups tors were instructed not to class a person as Em­ and educational levels. The age-groups chosen are ployer merely by virtue of his employing domestic related to the different phases of a pocsons working servants but only if he employed others in his pro­ life. fession or business. An independent worker was 3. The information regarding occupations is defined as a person who is his own master in his trade based upon the replies obtained to Census Question or business but employs no paid help. An unpaid No. 12 which asked: "What was your actual main family help was defined as a person who claimed to be occupation in January, 1951? If you were un­ self-supporting or partly so by virtue of assistance employed throughout January 1951, were you seek­ rendered directly in the operation of a trade or ing employment, and if so, in what occupation". business of another member of the family, but who The enumerator was instructed to write a brief received no separate payment in cash or kind. Un­ description of the occupation indicating what kind employed persons are included in this table under of worker the respondent was or what kind of the" Occupatations" in which they were seeking work he did or sought. The respondents were work. instructed to distinguish clearly between the idea of 6. The data regarding age and Educational 'occupation' which meant the kind of work done Status were obtained from replies to Census Ques­ and the idea of 'Economic Group', which meant tions Nos. 2 and 10, a description of each of which the kind of service in which the occupation is appears in the title-sheets of the tables in the Age followed. and Literacy series respectively. 4. The descriptions so recorded were coded in 7. For every person in the Non·Agricultural accordance with the" Classification Code of occup­ Labour Force, the data on the enumeration slip ations of the Civilian Labour Force" issued as an were transferred to punched cards and sorted by Annexure to Part IT of the Code of Census Pro­ machines. cedure. Slips which were endorsed as "Mazdoor 8. An analysis of the information on occupa­ (Labourer)" or "Mulazimat/Naukri (Service)" were tion contained in this table is given in fuller details counted under 'Unskilled labourers' unless the enumeration slip contained some more information in Census volume No.7. on other questions which enabled the respondent to 9. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 11 be more accurately classified. of the Report. 11-7

TABLE lI-A.-OCCUPATIONS OF THE l'oON-AGRICULTt:RAL LABOUR FORCE SeJf-supporting persons engaged In actlvities other than Ctt.ltivation and Animal Husbandry. according to their OccupatIOn i n January 1951 Number of persons. Industrial Status All Persons' Male remale

Occupational F Groups Total Male Female

NON-AGRICULTURAL 3,11,815 2,80,023 31,792 534 78,171 LABOUR FORCE

2 Professional and Technical 12,833 12,162 671 32 3,218 8,888 24 436 234 3 Engineers. Architects, etc. 47 47 31 14 4 Transport Managers, Pl~ 4 2 2 2 2 lots, etc. 5 Professors and Teachers 2,101 1,933 168 II 1,730 191 1 146 22 6 Religious Workers .. 8,867 8,754 113 4 970 7,759 21 29 84 7 Physicians &c., Surgeons 724 672 52 9 201 461 I 27 52 &c. 8 Nurses and other Health 649 324 325 4 242 78 233 91 Workers. 9 Artists, Writers and 263 255 18 236 Entertainers. 10 Judges, Lawyers, etc. . . 105 105 15 89 11 Chemists and Metallur­ 8 8 2 5 gists. 12 Other Professions 65 62 9 53 2 13 Administrative 16,191 16,074 117 64 14,655 1,351 4 116 14 Business Executives 1,525 1,522 64 318 1,136 4 2 15 Governmental, etc. 321 321 321 16 Office Workers 14,345 14,231 ii4 14,016 215 114 17 Sale. Workers and Shop­ 42,366 40,548 1,818 248 2,028 38,137 135 3 275 1,528 12 17 keepers.

18 Mine and Quarry Workers 1,067 567 500 5 371 191 436 64 18 19 Transport Operatives 8,335 8,307 28 5 4,031 4,271 28 19 20 Road 6,857 6,857 5 2,693 4,159 20 21 Railway 1,312 1,284 28 1,259 25 28 21 22 Sea and River 147 147 60 87 22 23 Air 19 19 19 23 24 Manufacturing Workers 57,754 51,707 6,047 153 3,953 47,544 57 795 5,251 24 (skilled). 2S Metal Workers 12,171 11,781 390 51 1,045 10,672 13 32 358 25 26 Textile Workers 13,863 10,718 3,145 42 968 9,701 7 338 2,807 26 27 Wood Workers . 11,836 10,716 1,120 12 468 10,224 12 128 992 1 27 28 Coke, Cement, Brick etc. 29 29 1 4 24 k 28 Workers. 29 Glass and Ceramic Wor· 4,010 3,718 292 2 148 3,567 46 246 29 kers. 30 Chemical, Paint and Oil 698 590 108 2 85 501 2 58 50 30 Mill Workers. 31 Leather Workers 12,672 11,793 879 23 669 11,084 17 167 711 31 32 Paper Mill Workers 41 39 2 3 36 2 32 33 Printing Trade Opera- 43 43 23 19 33 tives. 34 Buildmg Trade Operatives 1,778 1,681 97 11 228 1,437 25 72 34 35 Electrical Workers .. 275 275 4 215 56 35 36 Other Skilled Production 338 324 14 4 97 223 13 36 Workers. 37 Food, Drink. and Tobacco 5,270 5,118 152 26 412 4,670 10 13 139 37 Processing Workers. 1 38 Unskilled Labourers 1,06,008 91,975 14,033 5,219 85,873 883 429 13,594 10 138 39 Dome.tic Servants 15,462 12,411 3,051 12,070 337 4 2,961 90 39

~:~::,s;::~::o;::::ce. 5,3:: :::;:: 8,8;: 7 3 5,0:8 25: :: I :::::: :::::: 7 I:: 42 Unclassified 15 13 2. 10 3 2. 42 ------Non :-1. Person. under 12 years of age are excluded.__ ------11-8

TABLE ll-A.-OCCUPATIONS OF THE NON-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE Self-supporting persons engaged in activities other than Cultivation and Animal Husbandry, accordlllg to their O

51,972 33,570 1,54,844 39,636 5,361 3,038 20,057 3,336 2,79,008 14,046 8,491 8,595 1,675

2 1,144 1,216 7,594 2,208 99 88 426 58 8,789 1,383 1,201 967 493 2 3 7 9 29 2 10 21 14 3 4 I 1 2 1 2 4 5 237 313 1,242 141 34 28 93 13 424 170 748 518 241 S 6 761 692 5,438 1,863 14 13 76 10 7,439 1,067 242 99 20 6 7 38 81 420 133 11 14 24 3 253 58 72 217 124 7 8 51 72 185 16 39 30 227 29 397 58 111 79 4 8 9 34 30 162 29 2 4 211 22 12 13 9 10 4 76 20 14 2 13 75 10 11 I 5 1 3 4 11 12 11 12 36 2 49 5 4 4 12

13 1,873 3,015 10,282 904 21 21 66 9 5,325 1,419 3,077 5,450 920 13 14 251 275 781 215 2 1,202 124 56 97 46 14 15 1 32 283 5 25 34 76 79 107 15 16 1,621 2,708 9,218 684 21 21 64 4,098 1,261 2,945 5,274 767 16 17 5,528 4,511 15,724 4,785 144 113 1,423 138 36,225 3,323 1,473 1,2U 126 17

18 197 50 273 47 63 25 339 73 1,029 20 9 18 19 819 963 6,000 525 5 2 19 2 7,463 540 243 74 15 19 20 678 784 4,987 408 6,211 425 186 33 2 20 21 102 162 921 99 1,095 110 55 39 13 21 22 33 15 81 18 140 5 2 22 23 6 2 11 17 2 23 24 9,615 5,403 29,634 7,055 1,357 343 3,523 824 54,404 2,551 572 213 14 24

25 2,275 1,125 6,733 1,648 40 36 220 94 11,248 643 209 65 6 25 26 2,003 1,236 6,103 1,376 981 128 1,891 145 12,791 876 151 44 1 26 27 1,987 1,112 6,041 1,576 103 73 655 289 11,327 437 54 17 I 27 28 1 2 23 3 25 4 28

29 716 362 2,089 551 44 19 154 75 3,924 75 9 2 29 30 116 45 331 98 18 78 9 644 44 6 30 31 2,168 1,275 6,847 1,503 168 82 429 200 12,241 290 88 50 31 32 6 2 22 9 1 I 38 1 2 32 33 5 12 22 4 26 6 5 6 33 34 237 151 1,058 235 2 86 1,609 132 28 7 2 34 35 34 40 174 27 209 33 16 17 35 36 67 41 191 25 4 322 10 4 2 36

37 719 575 3,220 604 21 32 44 55 5,046 128 71 12 13 37

38 22,815 9,656 40,431 19,073 2,847 1,272 8,257 1,657 1,04,151 1,473 363 18 3 38 39 2,716 1,672 6,983 1,040 609 404 1,690 348 14,243 923 210 72 14 39 40 5,746 4,498 16,802 2,543 194 735 4,256 168 32,724 1,403 595 202 18 40 41 799 2,009 7,891 852 12 4 9,598 881 677 353 58 41 42 2 2 11 2 2 42 11-9

TABLE ll-B.- SECTION I.-OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRICULTl:RAL LABOUR FORCE. This Table divides the Agricultural Labour Force as shown in Table II, into cultivators, Animal Husbandmen, Fishermen, Forestry workers and other Agriculturists. 2. The data for cultivators has been further analysed by land tenure in table No. 14. 3. The number of cultivators was obtained by Census Question ll-A which asked "what is usually your main occupation (kind of work)?" If the respondents claimed to be a "Tiller of the Soil" the enumerator put a ring round the symbol printed on the slip. The total of all such slips has been included in the figure for Cultivators. 4. The numbers of Animal Husbandmen and other agriculturists were obtained by Census Question No. 13 which asked" in what kind of Industry. business or service did you work in January (1951) ?" Enumerators were instructed to write out the respondents' answer. A summarised Jist of the groups into which economic activities were to be split was printed on the instruction sheet provided (in his own language) to every enumerator. The first items in this list were" AGRICULTURE split into cultivation, stock­ raising, Forestry, etc." The slips of persons who had not declared them­ selves to be .. Tiller of the Soil" in Question II-A were placed in the Agricul­ tural or Non-Agricultural Sections of the Labour Force according to the answers given to Question 13. Forestry and Fishery, for the purposes of this Table were classed as Agricultural industries. 5. The occupations of persons in the Agricultural Labour Force other than" Tillers of the Soil ", were elicited by Census Question No. 12 which asked" what was your actual main occupation in January (1951) ?" The answers were coded in accordance with the" Classification Code of Occupations for the Civilian Labour Force" (Census 51 publication No. ll-A). Any slip coded for sub-group 4.1 (Cultivators and Agricultural land workers) were added to the total of Cultivators given by the answers to Question II-A. Slips coded in sub-group 4.4 (Dairy farmers and workers in Animal Husbandry) were counted to give the total of that column in this Table. All other slips of the Agricultural Labour Force coded in Sub-group 4 are included in the heading .. Others and Unclassified"_ 6. Slips of Cultivators who reported in answer to Question 12 that they were unemployed throughout January 1951 account for the last column in this table. Very few cultivators would have done no work at all during a period as long as a whole month and therefore the figures are unrealistically low as a report on unemployment. However cultivators generally regard themselves as employed throughout the year. 7. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 11 of the Report. 11-10

TABLE ll-B.-OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

SECTION I-Personsl engaged in Agricultural activities according to their Main Occupations in January 1951

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the total above them)

Number of perSODS.

Districts NorthZ Occupations West- Dera Frontier Bannu Ismail Hazara Kohat Mardan Peshawar Province Khan

--~------TOTAL AGRICULTURAL 6,59,024 67,079 60,114 2,11,753 47,968 1,37,248 1,34,862 LABOUR FORCEJ. 68,750 1,238 944 28,703 818 34,415 2,632

Cultivators and Agrkultural 6,45,911 66,471 56,556 2.10,450 46,210 1,35,628 1,30,596 Labourers 68,353 1,238 924 28,627 814 34,133 2,617 Herdsmen and Animal 5,443 335 1,975 492 413 171 2.057 Breeders. 43 1 13 4 II 14 Malis 628 102 50 103 95 35 243 20 19 1 Dairy Farmers and Poultry 473 70 6 3 394 Keepers.

Others and Unclassified 62 37 25

Forestry4 716 3 205 208 76 38 186

Fishery" 375 98 51 2 97 127

Un-Employed5 5,416 1,240 492 1,074 1,376 1,234 334 63 271

NOTES 1. Excludes persons claiming a Nationality other than Pakistani. 2. Excludes Frontier Regions. 3. See Table 11. 4. In this Province Forestry and Fishery workers were classed in the Agricultural Labour Force. 5. All exc('pt 3 reponed themselves as seeking work as cultivators. 11-11

TABLE ll-B.-SECTION 2.-SUBSIDIARY OCCUPATIONS O.F THE AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE. Of the 6,59,24 persons forming the Agricultural Labour Force of N.W.­ F.P. 27,530 were recorded as following subsidiary occupations of a non-agri­ cultural nature. This Table shows numbers engaged in such occupations in each district which were collected from answers in response to the second part of Census question No. 11, which asked: "Have you any subsidiary means of livelihood, if so, what" ? 2. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 11 of the Report. 11-12

TABLE ll-B.-OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE

S[CTION 2.-Subsidiary Occupations Number of persons.

DISTRICTS ;-;orth- I ___ West Group Clas'l of Occupation I Dera Frontier Bannu lsmail 'Hazara IKohat : Mardan IPesha- Province I Khan war I I I -I ------' - "ClENCE and School Teachers and 17 8 8 Art Private Tutors. Imams, MoaLZin~ 1,568 50 105 601 195 272 345 and Religious Wor- kers Hakims. Apothecar- X7 3 2 15 2 48 17 ies. Midwives and other health Wor- kers.

Lawyers and legal 17 2 6 9 As~istants. CLERICAL and Clerks and Mohar- 550 6 36 15 6 486 OH'1CE. rirs. Peons, Duftaries and 3 2 Chowkidars.

TRADE and Shop-keepers and 5,529 209 652 2,369 396 1,047 856 COMMERCE Hawkers.

PRIMARY Fishermen 51 50 PRODUCTION

TRANSPORT Drivers of power 210 3 95 5 107 driven vehicles. Drivers of animals 730 43 40 49 66 226 306 and animal drawn 'Vehicles. Boatmen and 4 4 Launchmen. MANUFAC- B:ack-smiths and 758 28 25 111 77 408 109 TUREand mechanics. CRAFTS. Jewellers, gold and 15 9 5 silver-smiths. Weavers and spinners 209 45 37 5 21 101 Jute and cotton gm- 2 2 ing Workers. Textile dyers and 10 9 printers. Tailors and other 179 20 16 111 2 3 27 workers on textile material. Carpenters and saw- 2.832 6 722 1.025 127 136 816 yers.

Pottery and Chin- 151 61 49 38 aware workers. Boot and Shoe 310 5 23 68 87 127 Makers and leather workers. Masons, building 504 9 2 492 and construction workers. 11-13

TABLE ll-B.-OCCUPATIONS OF THE AGRIClJLTURAL LABOUR FORCE-(Contd.) SECTION 2.-Subsidiary Occupations Number of persons. I DISTRICTS I North- West Dem Group Class of Occupation Frontier Bannu Ismail Hazara Kohat Mardan Pesha- Province IKhan'\ I ' --Iwar I I I _ -- ~- -~ ~ - - FOOD PRO- Grain and flour-mil- 3 .. .. 3 ., .. . . CESSING. lers, Rice huskers. etc. Sweet and confec- 1 .. .. 1 ., .. . . tionery makers. Butchers .. 99 .. . . 45 ., 2 52 Food etc.. Process- 71 .. 5 32 6 4 24 ing workers n.e.c GENERAL 4,323 193 296 972 901 618 1,343 LABOURERS SERVICE Cooks and dumestic 3,297 13 31 2.846 399 7 1 Servants. Watermefl (Bhistis) 67 5 42 20 ...... Barbers .. 484 51 32 259 55 13 74 Washermen (Dobbis) 24 .. .. 6 .. .. 18 Service Workers n.e.c. 4,674 258 227 563 867 1,377 1.382 OTHERS and UNCLASSI- 751 45 8 91 470 90 47 FlED. 12.-1

TABLE 12.-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND INDUSTRIAL STATUS OF NON-AGRICULTURAL CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE. This table analyses the Non-Agricultural Section of Civilian Labour Force as shown in Table 11. It gives figures by sex of persons engaged in each Econo­ mic Division and cross-classifies them according to Industrial Status. As in the case of other Labour Force Tables the figures In this Table exclude "Non-Pakistanis and childem under 12 years. 2. The totals in this Table, including the figures for unemployed, agree with those shown in the analysis in Table II-A of the same population according to Occupations. 3. The information regarding Economic Group was obtained in res­ ponse to Census Question No. 13 which asked: "In what kind of Industry, business or service did you work in January 1951 T' The information reported was coded according to the Standard Industrial Classification Code (Pakistan) issued as Appendix' F • to tbe Code of Census Procedure Part II. This Code had been used as a basis for instruction of enumerators who were to ex­ plain to respondents that they should report the industry etc. in which they had been engaged at any time or mainly during the whole month of January, 1951. 4. If a person did not work during that month, he was asked whether he had been seeking employment and if so, he was classed as 'Unemployed'. 5. Data regarding Industrial Status were obtained in reply to Census Question No. 15 (see Title-Sheet of Table ll-A). 6. The data on the enumeration slips of the Non-Agricultural Labour Force were coded numerically and sorted by punched card machines in Karachi. 7. The Census question regarding the economic group in which per­ sons were engaged appears to have been poorly understood in many cases by respondents and also by enumerators. The classification in accordance with the official code was therefore difficult. In these circumstances, many minor inconsistencies were detected during the compilation of the table. These have been rectified as far as possible with reference to the occupational types shown in Table ll-A. The resulting data cannot therefore be regarded as being accurate in detail but it is believed to give a reasonably reliable view of the over-all distribution of the Labour Force. 8. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 11 of the Report. 12-2

TABLE 12,-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND INDUSTRIAL STATUS OF THE NON·AGRlCL"LTURAL CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE! Self-supporting persons aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division in which they were working and their Industrial status (class of worker) in January 1951 (Figures in Italics denote the number of Females included in the total above them) Numher of persons.

Industrial Status _-_. - , Total ' Ilndep~n-: Unpaid Main Economic Division IWorkers I Employers Employees, dent I Family ___ Iworkers I Helpers

TOTAL ALL DIVISION ,. 3,H,81S 541 88,777 2,21,349 1,148 31,792 7 10,606 21,155 24 Mining, Quarrying etc. 1,082 5 813 264 500 436 64 Manufacturing 58,757 176 7,006 51,508 67 5,640 641 4,998 1 Building, Construction and Utilities 2,976 38 851 2,082 5 187 7 180 Trade and Commerce 44,166 271 3,136 40,616 143 1,842 4 286 1,540 12 Transport, Shipping and Port Services 8,735 17 4,384 4,334 38 30 8 Post and Telecommunications 308 305 2 1 1 Education 2,270 11 2,032 226 185 163 22 Medical Services 1,519 14 871 633 400 1 277 122 Governmental, Municipal etc., Services and 22,535 22,507 88 legal Professions 256 256 Domestic and Personal Services ., 42,779 37,543 5,225 10 7,632 7,233 399 Religion, Art, Public information and etc. 9,279 3 1,078 8,169 27 169 75 94 Other and Unclassified (including unem- 1,17,409 2 8,311 1,08,202 894 ployed) 14,942 2 1,201 13,728 11

NOTE-I, Excludes "Co) Defence Services. (b) Economically inactive persons. 13-1

TABLE 13.-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE. This table cross-classifies the persons engaged in different Economic Activities with the broad classification of their occupations. The Population analysed is the whole of the Civilian Labour Force as shown in table 11. 2. The classification into Economic Divisions is based on the Standard Industrial Classification, i.e. the classification according to the main industries and services, issued as an appendix to the Census Code of Procedure, as already stated in the title sheet of table 12. 3. The occupational classification is a simplified re-arrangement of the main Groups of Occupational classification as shown in Table II-A, Agricul­ tural and Fishery workers have been placed in the same column but are natural­ ly in separate Economic Divisions. The group 'Administrative' has been split into two broad classes instead of three by combining the Business and Govern­ mental Executives while showing the clerical workers separately. The skilled operatives in this table include 'Mine and Quarry workers Transport Opera­ tives, Manufacturing workers, and Food Drink and Tobacco Processing Workers'. 4. The sources of information for this table are the same as described for in tables 11, ll-A and 12, so far as they concern the rndustry and Occupa­ tions. 5. Females are included in each class, but are shown separately in the figures in italics immediately below.

6. The Census question regarding the economic group in which persons were engaged appears to have been poorly understood in many cases by respondents and also by enumerators. The classification in accordance with the official code was therefore difficult. In these circumstances, many minor inconsistencies were detected during the compilation of the table. These have been rectified as far as possible with reference to the occupational types shown in Table II-A. The resulting data cannot therefore be regarded as being accurate in detail but it is believed to give a reasonably reliable view of the over-all distribution of the Labour Force. 7. A fuller discussion of the whole Table is given in Chapter 11 of the Report Part 1. 13-2

TABLE 13.-ECONOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE

Self-supporting persons 1 aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division and the main types of occupation in which engaged in January 1951 (Figures in Italics denote the number of females included in the total above them) Number of persons.

Types of Occupation•

.,'iii el .:, >.~ ~ Total .:d'iii .~~ " Main Economic Division ... os ~ .. " .:d~ 0 Workers , ].§ ;;;" ... " 0" .. ~ ~ .:§~~ H '8&1 :5~ "",,,, ]\l 8~ el .~ 8 .~.~~ '".. .. 0 '>~ "'~00 E", rJ "'Il. 0 -" ',D .... 0 " "'~ .!lIE ~~ -5 ~~ < .. uo ..til ~dlJi:!:: "'.::: :§~ Jl~ 0

TOTAL ALL DMSION 9,70,839 12,833 1,846 14.345 42,365 6,59,024 72,426 1,06,009 61.976 15 1,00,542 671 3 114 1,818 68,750 6.757 14,033 8,424 2 Cultivation 6,39,741 6.39,741 67,910 67.910 Animal Husbandry 5,916 5.916 43 43 Other Agriculture 12,276 12,276 797 797 Forestry 716 716

Fishery •. 375 375

Mining. Quarrying, etc. 1,082 6 9 1,067 500 500 Manufacturing 58,757 37 51 111 22 58,222 167 147 5,640 1 5,634 5 Building Construction and Uti· 2,976 10 676 119 4 1,786 46 335 lities. 187 1 1 97 88 Trade and Commerce 44,166 22 384 32 42.222 1,451 2 53 1,842 J 7 1.813 21 Transport, Shipping and Port 8,735 9 51 107 11 8,350 56 151 Services. 38 28 8 2 Post and Telecommunications 308 29 89 173 17 1 1 Education 2,270 2,101 16 85 3 17 2 46 185 168 6 6 5 Medical Services 1,519 1,373 18 40 2 17 64 400 377 2 6 15 Governmental, Municipal, etc. 22,535 104 282 9,415 430 318 11,986 Services. 256 2 86 3 16S Domestic and Personal Services 42,779 8 288 3,050 34 873 1,648 36,877 7.632 1 1 10 11 431 25 7.160 Religion, Art and Public infor· 9,279 9,130 13 12 12 81 30 mation, etc. 169 121 1 45 2 Other and Unclassified (mclud· 1.17.409 33 38 1.285 57 28 1.03,684 12,270 14 ing Unemployed). 14.942 1 2 13.955 982 2

NOTE-I. Excludes Defence Services. 14-1

TABLE 14.-AGRICULTVRAL LABOUR FORCE The Agricultural Labour Force, shown in Table II is further analysed in this Table by different categories of Agriculturists and by land Tenure classes of cultivators. 2. The data regarding land tenure status were obtained in response to question 14 of the Questionnaire. This question was put to all persons who classed themselves as • Tillers of the soil ' (marked • T ') in response to question II which dealt with the persons' usual main occupations. Question 14 was; .. Do you own all or any of the land you till ?" (If' yes ' ring' C ') " Do you pay rent in cash or kind for any of the land you till ? " (If' yes' ring' A') .. Do you work as a labourer for another persons who tills land? " (If • yes' ring • B ') More than one letter could be ringed if necessary. The slips of cultivators were thus sorted according to the letters ringed into the following groups :-

(I) Owning all land tilled ; (2) Owning part and renting part ; (3) Renting all land tilled; (4) Renting some land and also working for hire; and (5) Landless Agricultural Labourers.

3. A cultivator (Tiller of soil) was defin~d in the enumerators' instruc­ tions as a person who himself works on the land or he employs others to do so under his direct personal supervision. 4. Persons engaged in Forestry and Fishery are classed in .. Agricultural Labour Force" and are shown in Table II-B. 5. This Table excludes persons having a nationality other than Pakistani and also all children under 12 years of age. 6. Figures in column' Herdsmen and Dairymen' represent persons who are herdsmen by main usual occupation. 7. This table has been discussed in Chapter 11 of the Report. 14-2

TABLE 14.-AGRICULTURAL LABOUR FORCE AND Ct:LTIVATOR'S LAND TENURE The Agricultural Labour Force according to Agricultural Status and Cultivators by land Tenure (Figures in italics denote females included in figures immediately above) Number of persons. , -0 Cultivators Owning or Renting Land I:: :;"" I 0:: 0 .... h.. I ~ "t: ~ - --I .... '" I:: I:: Districts 'a2 1 e.oOODo ~.a~ "a "E ~5 I .:~~ .: ~-O~"O.: .:.9 tl I~-o.9 C '-~'-';::I::

NORTH-WEST FRON- 6,59,024 6,05,213 3,64,843 62,368 1,72,501 5,501 34,531 5,919 13,361 TIER PROVINCE 68,750 64,687 46,070 2,628 15,080 909 3,223 43 797 Bannu .. ., 67,079 63,843 38,279 8,957 16,368 239 2,203 405 628 1,238 1,191 802 212 169 8 46 ., J

Dera Tsmail Khan ., 60,114 53,616 23,418 8,344 21,494 360 3,627 1,975 896 944 851 474 186 190 I 6U 1 32 Hazara .. .. 2,11,753 2,00,741 1,17,506 20,976 59,658 2,601 7,502 501 3,009 28,703 26,862 15,582 1,371 9,084 825 1,105 13 723 Kohat .. .. 47,968 44,016 32,494 6,260 5,093 169 1,233 416 2,303 818 773 6'4 116 40 3 36 4 5 Mardan .. .. 1,37,2481,21,253 80,719 7,639 32,094 801 13,852 171 1,972 34415 32,570 26,930 570 5,060 10 1,828 11 6 Peshawar .. ., 1,34,8621,21,744 72,427 10,192 37,794 1,331 6,114 2,451 4,553 2,632 2,440 1,668 173 537 62 148 I4 30 15-1

TABLE 15.-LANDOWNERS

This table deals with persons who reported that they owned land, and analyses them in broad categories according to their economic activities. 2. The information was obtained from answers to the following Census Questions :- Question 14 : " Do you own all or any of the land you till ? .. This question was asked of all persons who reported themselves as .. Cultivators." Question II-B: .. Do you receive rent in cash or kind for land you own but which is titled by others ?" This question was asked of all self-supporting persons other than " Cultivators ". Question 13 : ;, In what kind of industry, business or service did you work in January 1951 ?" 3. Persons who answered" Yes" to question 11-B, thus indicating that they were non-cultivating land owners, but who in reply to Question 13 gave an answer which indicated that they were not engaged in any regular indus­ try, business or service, were classed as Economically In-active unless their answer to census Question No. 12 indicated that they were seeking work. 4. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 11 of the Report. 1S-2

TABLE IS.-LANDOWNERS Economic Activities of persons owning Land

Districts

Dera Main Economic Group in which Total' Bannu Ismail Hazara Kohat Mardan Pesha- working N.W.F.P. Khan war

TOTAL LAND OWNERS .. 4,47,313 50,694 32,908 1,39,953 40,043 91,651 92,063 Agricultural Activities .. 4,28,358 47,390 31,932 1,38,521 38,936 88,563 83,016 Defence Services .. .. 10,668 2,195 13 797 176 510 6,977

Forestry ...... "

Fishery " ...... Mining, Manufacturing Building 3,746 400 313 250 365 1,318 1,100 etc. Trade and Commerce .. 3,576 614 457 281 466 998 760 Transport, Shipping etc. .. 92 11 7 25 8 19 22 Government Services .. 381 51 58 48 55 76 93 Other Services and Professions 267 22 10 26 21 108 80 Economically inactive .. 225 11 118 5 16 60 15

NOTJl-1. Excludes persons claiming Nationality other than Pakistani. 19-1

'fABLE 19·A.-MUHAJIRS' ORIGIN This Table is similar to Table 5, Section 4, but is confined to an analysis of the population of Muhajir's only and shows from which zones of the sub­ continent, outside the areas in which the First Censlls of Pakistan was con­ ducted, the Muhajirs came. In comparing this Table with Table 5, it should be remembered that these zones of origin of'Muhajirs' frequently differ from the places of their birth. 2. For Census purposes, a 'MUHAJIR' was defined as a person who had entered Pakistan as a result of Partition or for fear of disturbances connect­ ed therewith. 3. The information contained in this table was obtained from the replies to Census Question No.9 of the Enumeration Slip requiring the respondents to state whether they claimed to be 'MUHAnRS', and, if so, to state the Pro­ vince or the State from which they came. 4. The various Provinces and States of the sub-continent beyond the areas in which the First Census of Pakistan was conducted have been grouped for the purposes of this Table in "Zones" as follows:-

Zones States/provinces and Agencies

!'lorth Uttar Pradesh (U.P. and States).

East Assam and States; Bihar and States; Orissa and Stale.~; West Bengal and States; and Nepal and Sikkim. South Coorg; Mardas and States; Mysore; and Andeman and Nicobar Islands. West " Bombay and States; Baroda State; West Indian States and Agencies; and Portugese India. (This Zone includes the States of Junagadh and Manavadar*). Central " Madhya Pradesh (C.P.); Madhya Bhara! (Central India States and Agencies); Bhopal State; and Hyderabad State*. Nllrth West " Punjab (n; Patiala and East Punjab States' Union; Ajmer; Delhi; and Rajputana States and Agencies; Jammu and Kashmir State"'. Other Parts French India; Bhutan; and other places not mentioned above. *Accession disputed. 5. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 4 of Part I of the Census Report. 19-2-

TABLE 19-A-MUHAJIRS ORIGIN

Persons enumerated in N.W.F.P. who reported themselves as Muhajir i , according to their preyiou~ place of resideoce. Numrer of per~ons.

Zones of Originl I----,----'------1------Place of Enumeration Total North I Ea., So,," W"" Cen''''} North 0,"" 1ntiia 'India India I India Ilndia I India West Places I ,I India ------I ----- I - NORTH WEST FRONTIER 51,126 17,114 546 57 355 1,673' 31;375 6 PROVINCE.! Bannu 5,319 3,593 2 21 1,703 Dera Ismail Khan 10,455 2,400 20 5 48 7,982 Hazara 7,536 1,896 43 3 45 216 5,237 6 Kohat 1,861 549 36 5 26- 169 1,082 Mardan 3,049 1,549 69 3 25 38 1,375 Peshawar 22,890. 7,127 376 46 254 1.181 13,906

NOTES -I. A Muhajir was defined in the Census Questionnaire as "person who had moved into Pakistan as a result of Partition or for fear of disturbances connected therewith". 2. See Title sheet for States etc., comprising each zone. l'19-3

TABLE 19-B.-MUHAJIRS EDL'CATlONAL LEVE..LS This Table is a separate analysis of the literate Muhajirs included in Table 9-B and follows:the same pattern. The data for this table also were obtained in like manner. 2. A' Muhajir ' was defined as a person who moved into Pakistan as a result of Partition or for fear'of disturbances connected therewith. 3. This Table is discussed in Chapter 9 of the Report. 19-4

TABLE 19-B.-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS OF MUHAJIRS Literate Muhajirs analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in educational Institution Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the totals above them)

Number of person~.

I r I I ' 'Without! 'I I ... 8 Districts and States To1<1 Ifomml Prin

Banflu City and Canto1Ul1ell( (902) (275) (323) (195) (72) (25) (12) (99) (57) (34) (8) Dera Ismail Khan 1,434 658 438 248 73 13 4 224 75 108 33 7 I

De/'a Ismail Khan City alld Cantt. (1,094) t420) (36~ (228) (66) ( 13) (4) (201) (55) (10 ) (32) 7 1 Hai:ara 2,637 606 878 572 431 105 45 602 242 208 97 45 9 1 Abbo/tabad City and Cantonment (t,613) (329) (560) (315) (291) (89) (29) (385) (!60) (l08) (75) (35) (6) (I) Amb State (1) (1)

Phulra Stafe

Kohat 1,146 292 432 284 117 17 4 137 43 46 40 7 1 Kohat City and Cantonment ., (1,098) (279) (417) (275) (110) (15) (2) (123) (36) (45) (35) (6) (1) Mardan 1,115 273 345 267 163 47 20 313 92 141 55 20 5 Mardan City and Cantonment (863) (259) (272) (177) (122) (27) (6) (268) (86) (130) (39) (11) (2) Peshawar .. 10,614 2,220 2,793 2,410 2,048 931 212 2,530 980 852 432 205 39 22 Peshawar City alld Cantonment .. (6,232) (1,534) (1,029) (1,352) (1,355) (793) (169) (1,915) (783) (592) (324) (16/) (36) (19) Charsadda City (7) (1) (6)

NOTE-I. Literate persons who did not claim one of the grades mentioned in this Table are classed as having no formal attainments. 19-5

TABLE 19-C.-MUHAJIRS LABOUR FORCE This Table show the total Muhajir population according to economic status. Muhajirs have been treated as part of the normal population and included in the figures for Table 11. This is a separate Table showing the numbers of Muhajirs in each category of Table 11. 2. Labour Force, Agricultural and Non-Agricultural. dependents and other terms have the same sense as explained in the title sheet of Table 11 and the same methods were used in collecting the information. 3. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 11 of the Repon. TABLE 19-C.-MUHAJIRS IN THE LABOUR FORn.

Population of M uhajirs according to Economic Statl S Number of persons.

Self-supporting

I CiviI~-n-Labour I Force Not inl Districts and Tehsils Total 1 ------I Civilian Dependents I Agri- Non Agri- Labour cultural cultural Force I I

ALL-PERSONS NORTH-WEST FRONTIER 51,126 7.838 7,693 4,360 31,235 PROVINCE. MALE

NORTH-WEST FRON· 30,046 7,697 7,596 4,359 10,394 TiER PROVl::-;CE. Banal! 3,036 580 1,071 56 1,329 2 Bannu Tehsil 2,435 337 967 34 1,086 3 Bannu ,'Junicipali- 2,129 275 911 33 910 4 tyand Cantonment. Lakki Tehsil 603 243 95 22 243 5 Lakki N.A.C'. 552 241 71 21 219 6 Dera Ismail Khan 5,515 2,485 756 65 2,209 7

Dera Ismail Khan 5,457 2,463 746 62 2,186 8 Tehsil. Dera Ismail Khan 3,759 1,850 444 62 1,403 9 Municipality (/na Cantonment. Kulachi Tehsil 38 22 15 10 Kulachi lV.A.C. " ...... 11 Tank Tehsil 20 10 2 S 12 Tank N.A.C. 20 10 2 8 13

Hazara 4,503 572 1,338 978 1,615 14 Abbottabad Tehsil 2,895 210 901 873 811 15 Abbottabad Munici­ 2,202 9 726 932 535 16 pality and Canton­ ment. Nawan Sheh,. N.A.C. 93 13 25 7 48 17 H.lripur Tehsil 888 175 236 2 475 18 Haripllr Municipality 436 45 124 267 19 Kot Najibullah Town 93 25 15 ., 53 20 Mansehra Teh~il 716 185 201 3 327 21 Mansehra Municipa­ 296 24 132 2 381 22 lity. Baffa N.A.C. 60 33 J 26 23 Amb Stl1e 4 2 2 24 Pnulra S.ate 25

NOTE-I. Includes Deferce Service and also self-supporting p'!rsons not economically active such as retired p~rsons. Students, institutional inmates, etc. t9-"f.

TASLE 19.C.:...... MUHAJIRS IN THE LABOUR FORCE Population of Muhajirs.according to Economic Status

Number of person~.

Self-suppoI ting

Total Civllia,1 Labour Force' Not in Dependents Districts anJ T t:h.ils I Civilian Agri- ~on Agri- I Labour cultural cultural: Force I

FEMALE

21,080 141 97 20,841 '10RTH.WEST FRO.lSTiER PROVI~CE.

2 2,283 It 2 2,269 BallOU 3 1.882 :', 1,820 Bannu TehsH. 4 1,554 1,552 Banll/I.~1uniripality and - Cantonment. 5 461 11 441) Lakki 6 420 8 4Il Lakki N.A.C. 7 4,940 2 4,937 Dera [small Khan.

8 4,915 2 4,912 Dera Ismail Khan Teh- Sll. 9 3,448 3,448 fJera Ismail khan Municipality and Cantonment. 10 15 15 Kulachi TehsiL It Kulachi N.A.C. 12' 10 10 1 ank Tehsil, 13 If) 10 Tank 'V.A.C. 14 3,033 16 52 2,965 Hazara

15 1,622 2 47 1,573 Abbottabad Tehsil. 16 l.T 17 2 47 1,068. Abbottabad Munici- pality and Canton- ment. 17 82 82 Nawan She/zr NA.C. IS 772 4 5 7113 Haripur Tehsil. 19 388 I 5 38,]" Haripur Municipality 20 84 84- Kat Naiibullah Town 21 6311 10 626 Manselull Tehsil. 22 282 282 Mansehra Municipality

23 58 58 Baffa N.A.C. 24 3 3 Amb State. 25 Phulra State.

19-9

TABLE 19-C'.-MUHAJIRS IN THE LABOUR FORCE

Population of Muhajir~ according to Economic StalL.s Number of persors.

Self-supporlmg

Civilian Labour Force Notin rota I Civilian Dependent~ DistrIcts and Tehsils. Agri- Non Agri- Labour cultural cultural Force I

26 431 1 16 414 Kobat. 27 3')1 16 375 Kohat Tehsil. 28 391 16 375 Kohat Municipality and Cantonment. 29 4 3 Banda Daud Shah Teh- SI1. 30 36 36 Hangu Tehsil. 31 9 9 Hangn N.A.C. 32 2 2 Thall N.A.C.

33 1,437 10 2 1.4ZS l\'lardan. 34 1,199 6 1,193 Mardan TehsiI. 35 999 3 996 Mardan M utlicipali t)' and Cantonment. 36 238 4 2 232 Swap! Tehsil. 37 8,956 101 24 8,831 Peshawar. 38 6,230 3 6,227 Peshawar Tehsll. 39 6.172 6,172 Peshawar Municipality and Cantonment. 40 80 80 Charsadda Tehsil. 41 5 5 Charsadda Mumcipa- lity. 42 Tangi Town. 43 UtmanZQI Tawil. 44 2,646 101 21 2,524 Nowshera Tehsil. 45 2,098 98 17 1,983 Nowshera Cantonment. 46 127 1 126 Nowlhera Kalan N.A .C. 47 51 51 Chernt Cantollment. 48 288 1 1 '286 Risalpur Cantonment. 19-10

TABLE 19-D.-- ECONOMIC GROUPS Al"'D OCCL'PATIONS OF MUHAJIRS IN CIVILIAN LABOUR FORCE. This Table is exactly the same as Table 13 but is confined to the analysis of Muhajir population only. 2. The persons dealt with in this Table are also included in Table 13. 3. The remarks in the Title-sheets of Tables 12 and I3 regarding the accuracy of classification for the economic groups apply equally to this table which therefore cannot be regarded as being accurate in detail but probably gives a reasonably reliable over-all view of the distribution of Muhajirs in the Labour Force. 4. This Table has been discussed in Chapter II of the Report. 19-11

TABLE 19-D.-ECO!llOMIC GROUPS AND OCCUPATIONS OF CIVlLIAN LABOUR FORCE MUHAJIRS Self-supporting Muhajirsl aged 12 years and over according to the main Economic Division and the main types of Occupations in which engaged in January 1951 NOTE.-Figures in Italics denote the number of Felllaies included in the figures immediately above them. Number ofpersoJIJI. Types of Occupations

Total _ ~ Main Economic Division I Muhaiir 1I.S Workers 'EJiI:l I -a ~ ~ It ----!------a b c

TOTAL 15,531 249 104 1,177 1,418 7,848 1,284 1,533 1,918 238 12 4 6 141 6 J5 54 Cultivation 5,902 5,902 141 141 Animal Husbandry 364 364

Other Agncultural1 1,582 1,582

Mining, Quarrying etc. 33 32

Manufacturing 912 3 6 6 2 886 9 5 5 Building, Construction and uti­ 76 45 18 12 lities. Trade and Commerce 1,415 4 24 1,362 22 8 2 6 Transport, Snipping and Port 308 20 2 274 11 Services. 1 1 POlt and Telecommunications 27 6 16 5

Education 79 74 1 2 8 7 1 Medical Services 72 69 2 2 Governmental, Municipal, etc. 1,073 18 II 746 15 15 268 Services and legal profession. 2 2 Domestic and personal Services 1,787 II 273 16 104 1,380 61 1 7 53 Religion, Art and Public informa­ 75 70 tion etc. Other and Unclassified (including 1,826 8 113 49 14 1,420 222 Unemployed). 9 8 1

NOTES:-I. Excludes Defence Services. 2. Includes Fishery and Forestry also. S-1

SUPPLEMENTARY TABLES 1 AND 2-COTTAGE INDUSTRIES Supplementary Table I-The location of cottage Industries. Supplementary Table 2-Number of each class of cottage industry and the Dumber of workers employed therein

An inquiry into the nature and location of Cottage tailed survey of Cottage Industries than has generillly Industries was made while the Population Census been possible by other means. But it is far from staff were surveying their Enumeration Areas and adequate and cannot be regarded as complete. preparing the Household Lists. This work was After all, the Census Enumerators had had very spread over the period from mid-September 1950 little instructions at the time of the House-listing. to mid-January 1951. The Census Enumerators were The whole work of the Census had to be done in a at that time making a list of all the Households short time and this special enquiry could not be in their areas and were painting numbers on the given the same degree of priority and of check of buildings to agree with the serial numbers on the accuracy as the main work of the Census. Many List. of the enumerators lost sight of the definition of "Home Manufacture" and included in their returns 2. While the men were on the ground for this repair shops and service enterprises such as barbers purpose, they were required to ask whether any and washermen. The Cottage rndustry Inquiry was "Home Manufacture" was carried on by the house­ not held at all in the Federal Capital Area. All that hold. If so, particulars were to be recorded on can be deduced from the tables therefore is that at a special form. No entry was, however, required the time of the investigation the enterprises shown where a business employed 20 persons or more III the tables actually existed but that many more (10 if power-driven machinery were used). ThIS would have been disclosed by a more careful and was intended to rule out the enterprises coming thorough enquiry. under the Factories Act. 5. The data given on the enquiry forms has been 3. The particulars recorded were; the nature carefully coded in accordance with a list of "Pro­ of the work; whether the enterprise used power­ ducts and kinds of Work" agreed with the Ministry driven machinery, i.e. machinery driven by an of Industries. Irrelevant entries were eliminated engine or electricity; the number of men, women and the data has been sorted and counted by and children engaged during the working season, punched-card machinery in the Dacca Census and for enterprise in which wea,;ng is the main or Machine Centre. From the Machine Centre's subsidiary operation, the number of looms and the Reports, the Provincial Superintendents of Census material woven. have prepared summaries for each district on Which Provincial Tables have been based. 4. The inquiry was carried out more or less satisfactorily through out most of the country and 6. This Table has been discussed in Chapter 11 provides what is perhaps a more widespread de- of the Report. 8-2

SUPPLEMENTARY TABLE 1-COTTAGE INDUSTRY-LOCATION TABLE.

Number of Enterprises. ------PRODUCT OR KIND OF WORK. : DistL I Distt. ! Distt. Distt. Distt. I Distt. 1- Total. I IBannu. D. 1. I Hazara I Kohat. I Mardan j Pesha- Khan. I war. I , ----- Total 2,890 25 622 1,176 87 320 660 Cotton Ginning 7 7 Silkworm Keeping and Production 28 I 27 of Silkthreads. Weaving, Cotton, Muslin 22 21 Weaving Other Cotton Fabrics 1,469 25 115 639 251 438 Weaving Woollen Fabrics 125 2 122 1 Weaving of Shawls, Kantha, etc. 8 8 Thread Ball Making .. 11 11 Cloth Dyeing and Printing 10 8 2 Namdah Making 15 1 14 Pottery un-glazed 91 41 34 16 Card-board Boxes 3 3 Wood Furniture 23 6 6 11 Matting of Split-Bamboo, Reed, 90 3 86 Murta, Pati, Hogla, Nal, etc. Wood Carved articles .. 2 2 Agricultural implements Woodwork 122 1 91 30 and Assembly. Other Woodcane and Basket work 406 399 6 n.e.c. Curing of Hides 4 4 Tanning of Leather Processing 20 2 17 Leather Boots and Shoes 79 53 26 Leather soled Chappals and Sandals 44 J3 31 Saddlery 8 8 Leather Bags and Cases 3 3 Leather work n.e.c. 4 1 3 Agricultural Blacksmithy and imple- 113 4 95 14 ment making.

Guns and Rifles 2 2 Cutlery 1 1 Other Metal work n.e.c. 2 2 Soaps and Cosmetics ., 2 2 Hair Oil and Perfumes 1 1 Other Manufacture n.e.c. 15 12 3 Production of Honey (Apiary) 1 Gur Making .. 2 2 Sugar Making 1 1 Vegetable Oil Extraction and Pro- 156 19 64 69 4 cessing. S-3

SUPPLEME~TARY TABLE 2-COTTAGE INDUSTRY Number of each class of cottage industry and the number of workefs employed therein.

Enterprises Workers PRODUCTS OR KIND OF 1------WORK I I Using I Total Total Men 'Women 'Children Looms Power I I I ------Total 2,890 6,594 4,231 1,727 636 2,565 Cotton Ginning .. 7 10 9 I Silkworm Keeping and Production of 28 l3l 121 4 6 125 Silkthread. Weaving, Cotton, Muslin 22 49 38 6 5 45 Weaving Other Cotton Fabrics 1,469 3,295 2,467 559 269 2,247 Weaving Woollen Fabrics 125 484 232 156 96 145 Weaving of Shawls, Kantha, etc. 8 10 9 I 3 Thread Ball Making 11 14 6 8 Cloth Dyeing and Printing 10 11 II Namdah Making 15 43 33 7 3 Pottery un-glazed 91 174 149 15 10 Card-board Boxes 3 6 4 2 Wood Furniture 23 50 48 2 Matting of Split-Bamboo, Reed, 90 197 6 191 Murta, Pati, Hogla, Nal, etc. Wood Carved articles .. 2 20 20 Agricultural implements, Woodwork 122 251 210 41 and Assembly.

Other Woodcane and Basket work, 406 895 54 707 134 n.e.c. Curing of Hides 4 23 23 Tanning of Leather Processing 20 139 135 4 Leather Boots and Shoes 79 200 146 26 28 Leather soled Chappals and Sandals 44 76 76 Saddlery 8 9 9 Leather Bags and Cases 3 8 5 3 Leather work n.e.c. 4 13 13 Agricultural Blacksmithy and imple- Il3 193 169 24 ment making. Guns and Rifles 2 2 2 Cutlery 1 3 3 Other Metal work n.e.c. 2 2 2 Soaps and Cosmetics .. 2 3 3 Hair Oil and Pelfumes .. 1 2 2 Other Manufacture n.e.c 15 42 23 17 2 Production of Honey (Apiary) 1 I I Gur Making 2 4 4 Sugar Making 1 2 2

Vegetable Oil Extraction and Proces- 156 232 196 30 6 sing. PART III-FRONTIER REGIONS (NWF)

LIST OF TABLES Frontier Regions TABLE No. SUBJECT Page Introduction F.R.i I. Population F.R.I-J 2. Variation F.R.2-1 3. Religion F.R.3-J 3-A. Tribes in Enumerated Areas F.R.3-2 3-B. Estimated Strength of Tribes in the Non-enumera ted Areas F.R.3-4 4. Sex and Marital Status Enumerated Area F.R.4-1 5. Mother Tongue F.R.5-1 6. Speech F.R.6-J 7. Languages of Literacy F.R.7-1 8. Educational Levels F.R.8-1 9. Enumerated Population according to Economic Status F.R.9-1 9-A. Analysis of Self Supporting Persons by Occupations F.R.9-2

Page :"lumber: Part 3 is arranged in divisions each of which contains whole of a table or series of tables with the same main numbers. The page numbers consist of two figures; the first of which is the Table number, and the second is the page number within the division.

F.R-i

PART IH.-FRONTIER REGIONS (N.W.F.)

INTRODUCTION

The Census taken in the Frontier Regions is TABLE Z.--VARIATIONS: This Table shows comprised partly of "Enumerate~" and partly of decennial changes since 1911 in the population of .. Estimated" figures. Out of the total population the geographical divisions. These changes have of26,47,158, only 8,87,226 were enumerated while been calculated on the total population figures 17,59,932 were estimated. The process of .. Esti­ given in Table 1 and not on .. Enumerated" and mation" has been the only possible means of .. Estimated" population separately. Three figures assuring the greater part of the Frontier Regions shown under each census date for each geographi­ population in all the past censuses but the area in cal area; two of these, one below the other, which it has been possible to carry out enumer­ represent first, the total population in the census ation has been steadily widened and there has been year, and second, the increase or decrease in the considerable improvement this time. Details of total population since the previous census; the this process have been discussed in Chapter 12 third figure at the side of the column shows this of Part I of the Report. increase or decrease expressed as a percentage of the total population at the prvious census. 2. A special simplified census slip was prepared for use in the parts of the Frontier Regions which TABLE 3.-RELIGION: This Table shows the were capable of being enumerated. This" Tribal" distribution of the population in each State, Agency slip did not contain all the questions in the census or Tribal Area according to Religions divided into slip used for elsewhere but consisted of the follow­ Muslims, Caste Hindus, Scheduled Castes, Chris­ ing items:-- tians and Others. The last category includes in addition to Parsis, Budhists, etc., any persons who (I) AGE in completed years on the 28th did not report their religions or who reported hav­ February 1951 ; ing no religion. (2) SEX; TABLE 3-A and 3-B-TRIBES: Tables 3-A (3) TRIBE A"SD RELIGION: only impor­ shows the strength, by sex of the enumerated main tant and main tribal divisions were re­ tribes which have been arranged alphabetically. corded leaving out the main sub-tribes; For fuller deails of the tribes included in "Others", (4) MARITAL STATUS, i.e. Married, Un- see relevant Village List. Table 3-B deals with the married, Widowed or Divorced; non-enumerated areas and gives an estimate of the (5) OCCUPATION: The kind of work in strength of the main tribal elements. which a person was usually engaged ; TABLE 4.-AGE AND MARITAL STATUS: (6) MOTHER TONGUE; This table gives an analysis of the" Enumerated .. (7) EDUCATION. population by quinquennial age-groups, and by sex and marital status. The table is set out in small 3. Beief explanatory notes regarding various sections, each dealing with a geographical divisions. statistical tables that follow are given below:-- The accuracy of the age analysis is not high on account of the ignorance of the people regarding TABLE 1.-POPIJLATION: This Table shows their true age and the tendency to report in round the total and literate population of each sex in figures some of which are more favoured than others. each geographical division, (Agencies, States and Tribal Area) with its area and density per sq. TABLE S.-MOTHER TONGUE: The defini­ mile and .. Enumerated" and .. Estimated .. tion of 'Mother Tongue' used in the Frontier Reg­ figures have been given separately. Sex breakdown ions was the same as in the rest of the Province. of Figures for the literate population are in This Table gives the details only of .. Enumera{ed " respect of .. Enumerated" areas only. The popu­ Areas and excludes persons claiming nationalities lation inclades 4,780 Afghan Powindahs and 20 other than Pakistani. The list oflanguages has been Muhajirs. The area figures are the latest available arranged according to philological families with with the Surveyor-General of Pakistan. the Indo-European family, sub-divided into' bran- F.R-ii ches '. Under each' family' and 'branch', the have been counted under each language; the total various languages have been listed alphabetically. will, therefore, not agree with the total figure of Table 5. 'Ability to read, for the purposes of TABLE 6.-SPEECH: Of the main nine langu­ census, was defined as a claim to read clear print ages of Pakistan (Arabic, Baluchi, Bengali, &lglish, and 'ability to write' meant that the person claimed Persian, Punjabi, Pushto, Sindhi and Urdu). to be able to write a simple letter. Baluchi, Bengali and Sindhi were not reported as spokeR any where in Frontier Regions, and Kafar, TABLE 8.- EDUCATIONAL LEVELS: This Khower and Kohistani, which were reported from table gives an analYSIS of the .. Enumerated" popu­ certain parts have been tabulated instead. In addi­ lation only, according to the educational grades tion, the following were reported in Swat State :- claimed by the respondents, and by sex. It is Kashmiri 16 presented in small sections, each of tbem dealing Marathi IS with a geographical divisions. Those who claimed Hindi 377 to be literate but did not claim any of the listed standards have been included under" Without for­ Since many respondents claimed to speak more mal attainments." than one language, in addition to their Mother Tongue, the total in this table will not agree with TABLE 9.-ENUMERATED POPULATIO;'I; the total figure in table 5. The standard of multi­ ACCORDING TO STATUS: This table gives Iigualism can be assessed by comparing the figures an analysis of the" Enumerated" population by in this table with those in the previous table. This sex, in each geographical division. according to the table also applies to the .. Enumerated" popula­ basic economic conception of self-sufficiency or tion only. dependency. This analysis was based on the replies given to the question a .. Occupation". TABLE 7.-LANGUAGES OF LITERACY: TABLE 9-A.-ANALYSIS OF SELF-SUPPOR­ This table shows tbe .. Enumerated" popula­ TING PERSONS BY OCCUPATIONS. This tion analysed according to the ability to read only table gives the distribution in the various geogra­ and to read and write in the silt out of the nine main phical divisions, of the self-supporting persons in languages of Pakistan, as given in the previous the previous table according to their usual occupa­ table. Persons versed in more than one language tions. P.R.l-t

FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 1.-POPULATIO:\ Number of person.,

Population' Literates· j P ersons ___. __ _ rrontier Regions. 1 Area Sql. Per Mites I Total' Male re~a~~q, ~~Ie __I Mal'_ Femal~ AGENCIES, SnTES ... ND TRIBAL 25,699 'rotal 26,47,158 13,95,696 12,51,462 103 15,256 2,619 AREAS Enumerated 8,87,226 4,71,045 4,16,181 Estimated 17,59,932 9,24,651 8,35,281 >\GENClES 2(1,219 Total 18,37,195 9,54,021 8,83,174 91 14,395 2,349 Enumerated 8,52,206 4,51,676 4,00,530 Estimated t; 84,989 5,02,345 4,82,644 1,024 Total 2,16,622 t ,05,572 1,11,050 112 11 Enumerated 2,173 1,071 1,102 Estimated 2,14,449 1,04,501 1,09,948

KUn'rlnl 1,303 Total 1,63,2)0 91,971 71,229 125 1,634 124 !:lnumerat"u 72,0:9 38,703 33,326 Estimated 91,171 53,26R 37,903 "lalakand 11,41\1 Total 11,93,354 6,16,460 5,76,894 10,905 2,078 !:lnumerateu 7,69,659 4,04,611 3,65,046 Estimated 4,n,695 2,11,847 2,11,848 Chltral Stat< 5,727 Enumerated 1,05,724 54,880 50,844 IS 518 136 DiT StJle 2,040 Total 1,48,648 75,258 73,'190 73 906 472 Enumerated 45,938 23,403 22,035 Estimated 1,02,710 51,355 51,355 8

~wal Stat< 2,934 Enumerated 5,18,596 2,74,103 2,44,493 177 168 881 Kalam 822 Enumerated 9,702 5,312 4,390 12 131 Malakand Prote"ted Area (Swat 329 Enumerated 89,699 46,415 43,284 273 1,182 589 Ronaoi and Sam Ranizai) . .Other parts of Mnlakal1d najaur 1,567 Estimated 3,20,985 1,60,492 1,60,493 205 and Utnankhel. 1,983 Total 1,28,235 65,850 62,385 65 1,409 141 Enumerateu 5,235 4,350 885 Lstimated 1,23,000 61,500 61,500 2,490 Total 1,35,784 74,168 61,616 430 6 Enumerated 3,110 2,939 171 Estimated 1,32,674 71,229 61,445

TRIBAL AREA~ ADJOINING 5,480 Total 8,09,963 4,41,675 3,68,288 148 861 270 SETTLED DISTRICTS. Enumerated 35.020 19,369 15,651 Estimated 7,74,943 4,22,306 3,52637 Bannn 126 Total 26,913 14,650 12,263 37 36 Enumerated 510 510 Estimated 26,403 14,140 12:263 Dera Ismail Khan 739 1'olal 47,889 25,778 22,111 65 330 Enumerated 1.322 1,254 68 Estimated 46,567 24,524 22,043 Hazara 2,214 Total 4,21,004 2,28,274 1,98,730 193 495 265 Enumerated 33,188 17,605 15,583 Estimated 3,93,816 2,10,669 1,83,147 Kohat 748 Estimated 1,33,607 74,723 58,R84 179 Mardan 103 Estimated 35,000 18,800 16,200 340 Peshawar 950 Estimated 1,39,550 79,450 60,100 147

1'

FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 2.- VARIATION ,,"umber of persons.

, Total Population and Variation in Number and percentage I ------1921 1931 1941 1951 Ageney/State/Tribal Area '''' - ,-Number Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- Number Per- cent cent cent cent ---- AGENCIES. STATES AND 16,22,094 28,25,136 22,59,288 23,77,599 26,47,158 TRIBAL AREAS2 ]2,03,042 -5,65,848 1.18.311 2,69,559 .74 -20 5.1 11 AGENCIES .. 11.02,054 14.85.582 J4,30,776 14,86,285 18,37,195 3,83,528 -j4,806 55,509 3,50,910 35 -3.7 3.9 24 Khyber 1,81,134 2,27,109 2,63,566 2,03,121 2,16,62;: 45,975 36,457 -60,445 13,501 25 16 -23 7.0 Kurram 98,692 1,03,142 63,352 1,43,373 1,63,200 4,450 -39,790 80.021 19.827 5.0 --39 126 14 Malakund 5,76,433 8,65,860 9,02,07S 9,36,720 11,93,354 2.89,427 36.215 34.645 2.56,634 SO 4.2 3.9 27 Chitral State 1,07,906 1,05,724 -l.IS2 -2.0 Dir Stat. 1,19,203 1,48,648 29,445 25 SwatSt.. t. 4,46,014 5,18,596 72S82 16 Kalam 7.500 9,702 2.Z02 22-

Malakand Protected Area .. 69,160 89.69~ 20,S39 30 Other parts of Malakand 1,86,937 3,20,985 Bajaur and Utmanlchel, 1,34,04J1 72 North Waliristan 1,44,379 1,38,859 93.570 1,02,733 1,28.235 -5,520 -45.289 9.183 25,482 -3.8 -33 10 15 South W82iristan 1,01,416 1,50,612 1,08,213 J,oo,318 1.35,784 49,196 -42,399 -7,895 35.466 49 -28 -7.3 35

NOTE-I. Variations .are shown in italics. (-) minus sign denotes decrease; no sign denotes increase. 2. For similar data regarding North-West Frontier Province, see Table 3 in Part II. F.R.2--2

FRONTffiR REGIONS TABLE 2.-VARIATION-(contd.) Number of persons.

Total Population and Variation in Number and percentage ------Agenc)/StatesITribal Area 1911 1921 1931 1941 1951

Number Number Per- Number Per· Number Per- Number Per- I cent cent cent ceDI ------. ------TRIBAL ARF.A ADJOINING 5,20,040 13,39,554 8,18,512 8,91,314 8,09,963 SETTLED DISTRICTS 6,19.514 -5.11.042 62.802 -81.351 119 -38 7.6 -9.1 Bannn 17.884 11,034 22.160 5,305 26.913 -6.850 11.126 -16.855 21.608 -38 101 -76 407 Dera Ismail Kban 19.604 31,249 19.642 30,085 47.889 11.645 -11.607 10.443 17.804 59 -37 53 S9 Hazara 98.302 1.46.656 3.52.400 6.30.273 4,27,004 48,354 2,05,744 2,77,873 -2.03,269 49 14 79 -32 Kohat 1,44,000 1,16,600 1,28,900 1,15,886 1,33.607 -27,400 12,300 -13,014 17.721 -19 11 -10 IS MardaD 37,687 35,000 -2,687 -7.1 Peshawar 2,40,250 10,34,015 3.05,410 72,078 1,39,550 7,93,765 -7.28,605 -1.95.645 67.472 330 -70 -64 94 F.R.3-1

FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 3.-REUGION Number of perfODs.

Caste Sche- Chris- Agencies, Tribal Areas and States Total I Muslim Hindu duled tian Others Caste _--__ ._ ------AGENCIES AND TRIBAL 26,42,378 26,41,270 636 272 200 AREAS AND STATESt AGENCIES .. 18,32,415 18,31,371 587 257 200 Khybert 2,16,622 2,16,622 Kurrami- 1,58,420 1,58,297 1 122 Malakandt .. 11,93,354 11,92,683 471 2()0 Chitral State 1,05,724 1,05,571 153 Dir Statet 1,48,648 1,48,648

Swat State 5,18,596 5,18,125 471 Ka/am 9,702 9,702 Malakand Protected Area, 89,699 89,65] 47 Swat Ranizai and Sam Ranizai.

North Waziristant 1,28,235 1,28,163 72 South Waziristant 1,35,784 1,35,606 115 63 TRIBAL AREAS ADJOINING 8,09,963 8,09,899 49 15 SETTLED DISTRICTSt

Bannut 26,913 26,913 Dera Ismail Khant 47,889 47,874 15 Hazarat 4,27,004 4,26,955 49 I Kohatt 1,33,607 1,33,607 Mardani- 35;000 35,000 Peshawari- 1,39,550 1,3'9,550 ".. I

tPart of the population was enumerated and,the rest was estimated. NOTE 1...... Por similar data regarding North-West Frontier Province, see Table 6, Part II. F.R.3-2

FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 3A.-TRIBES IN ENUMERATED AREAS

KALAM KURRAM AGENCY

Tribe Total Male Female Tribe Total Male Female

------_------~ ---- TOTAL 9,702 5,312 4.390 TOTAL 72,029 38,703 33,326 Ali Khel 1,008 566 442 Afghan Powinda 4,780 2,491 2,289 Azmat Kanore \Mangal 4,970 2,591 2,379 Neelor 838 424 414 Massozai 452 232 220 Fenore Khel 275 150 125 Muqbi! .. 1,652 894 758 Qashqari 434 228 206 Para .. 1,104 574 530 Others " 1,565 849 716 Shia Bangash 7,979 4,173 3,806 Suni Bangash 2,731 1,414 1,317 MALAKAND PROTECTED AREA Sayid 4,885 2,549 2,336 Tllri Alazai 2,544 1,314 1,230 Tllri Duparzai 5,607 2,850 2,757 Tribe Total Male Female Turi Chundi Khel " 3,695 1,943 1,752 ------Turi Hamza Khel 4,176 2,159 2,017 Turi Mastukhel 2,570 1,325 1,245 TOTAL " 89,699 46,415 43,284 Wattizai 1.484 773 711 Others(l) 17,058 10,075 6,983 Afghan Yusafzai " 45,885 23,159 22,726 Awan 106 59 47 Gujar 1,261 694 567 .. NOTE:-l. Includes MianKhel 305 171 134 minor tribes and also 'persons in Government Posts. Mulla Khel 492 289 203 Qazai Khel 129 77 52 Sikhs 47 18 29 Swati 1,949 1,025 924 Syed .. 3,115 1,642 1,473 UtmanKhel 3,605 1,889 1,716 Umar Khcl 15 9 6 Others(l) 32,790 17,383 15,407

NOTE:-l. Includes minor tribes and also persons in Government Posts. FROl'.'TIER REGIONS

'fABLI<: 3-A.-TRIBES IN ENUMERATED AREAS SWAT STATE DlR STATE

Tribe Tolal Male Female Tribe Total Male Female

TOTAL 5,18,596 2,74,103 2,44,493 TOTALl 45,938 23,903 22,035 Aba Khel 56,228 29,662 26,566 Yusafzai (Afghan) ,. 45,479 23.628 2],1<51 Afghan .. 1,55,443 83,155 72,288 Others 459 275 184 AlsnaKhel 17,460 9,004 8,456 Aka Maruf Khel .. 246 139 107 (BabuzaJ). NOTE:-l. qnly two Tehsils (namely Adin- 7al and Talashl of Dir State Arnazai 2,787 1,464 1,323 were enumerated. Ashezai 7,463 3,702 3,761 Behlal Khel 8,285 4,358 3,927 Chagharzai 20,069 10,4G7 9,662 CHITRAL STATE Dadazai 8,021 4,007 4,014

Gade7ai 11,632 6,037 5,595 Tribe Total Male Female Gujar 25,306 13,041 12,265 Hassan Khel 8,251 4,535 3,716 ----- Hind.l 471 238 233 4,679 3,937 Junakhel 8,616 TOTAL .. 1,05,724 54,880 50,844 2,948 2,646 Badakhshi 891 465 426 Kattan Khel 5,594 Bashgali 820 457 1,793 1,225 363 Kohistani 3,018 Gujar 2,686 1,480 1,206 Khadu Khel 12,570 6,609 5,961 Ma:izai 815 415 400 Kalash 2,068 143 1,046 1,022 Mandan 263 120 Kho 89,987 46,553 43,434 Path an 2,601 1,359 1,242 1;447 1,206 Mubarik Khel 2,653 Others(l) 6,671 3,520 3,151 Mohammad Khel 17,379 9,303 8,076 Mwlla Knel 23,889 12,633 11,256 MusaKhel 6,438 3,249 3,189 Noorezai 8,672 4,707 3,965 NOTE:- I. Includes minor tribes and also persons in Government Posts. Nasoni 8,762 4,614 4,148 Sabil Khel 18,163 9,774 8,389 Salarzai 10,022 4,817 5,205 SWATI TRIBAL AREA ADJOINING Sayid 9,501 4,910 4,591 HAZARA DISTRICT Others 60,579 32,313 28,266 Tribe Total Male Female ------TOTAL 33,188 17,605 15,583

Gujar 6,682 3,809 2,873 Hindu 49 23 26 Kohistani 235 127 108 Pathan 7,127 3,769 3,358 Sayid 2,029 1,096 933 Swati 10,056 5,283 4.773 Others 7,010 3,498 3,512 F.R.3-4

FRONTIER REGIONS

TABLE 3-B.-ESTIMATED STRENGTHS OF TRIBES I~ THE NON-E:"illMERATED AREAS Number of persons.

AGENCY MAIN TRIBE Estimated Tribal Area. Main Section. Total Strength (both sexes).

I. MALAK&"'\D AGENCY'" TOTAL ALL TRIBES 4,23,695 (a) Dir State'" NAWAB OF DIR 18,250 (Excluding Adinzai and (Painda Khel). Talash Tehsils). NASRATDTN KHEL AND AUSA KHEL 7,015 PAINDA KHEL 48,065 SULTAN KEEL ...... 18,035 TARKA:SIS OF BARAWAL AND MAlDA:S JANDUL...... 6,045 LAR JAMM DOGDARRA AND SHRINGAL .. 2,880 DlR KOHISTAN 2,420 (b) Bajaur KHAN OF KHAR (Tarkanis of Bajaur) 20,890 KHAN OF NAWAGAI (Tarkanis of Bajaur) .. 845 NAWAGAI VILLAGE ITarkanis of Bajaur) 5,415 KHAN OF PASHAT (Tarkanis of Bajaur) .. 735 SALARZAIBABUQARRA 60,050 SALARZAI CHARMUNG 12,011 MAHMUND 96,015 SHINWARI 15,020 (c) Utmankhel Tribal Terri- .. 1,10,000 tory. 2. KURRAM AGE]';CY* TOTAL ALL TRIBES 91,171 PARA Haji Khel 10,690 Khawajak 10,500 Khuni Khel .. 700 Lasianai 1,700 Godara 100 Gharbina 200 ZAIMUSHT Masuzai 25,000 Alisherzai J8,000 Watizai .. 3,011 Khoedad Khel 16,365 Manatwal 3,355 Mandan 1,270 Daudzai 280 3. KHYBER AGEl'ICY TOTAL ALL TRIBES 2,14,449 AFRIDIS Qambar Khel 52,887 Malikdin Khel 37,021 KukiKhel 34,042 Zakha Khel .. 23,888 Aka Khel 21,152 Sepah 10,190 KamarKheI .. 8,873 Tirah Adem Khel 6,295 SHlNWARIS Shinwaris .. 12,066 MULLAGORIES Mullagories .. 4,480 SHILMANIS Shilmanis 3,555

NOTE :-*For Tribal strengths in the enumerated parts of the Frontier Regions see Table 3-A. Parts of Dir State and of Kurram Agency were enumerated as also were those portions of Malakand Agency which are not shown in this Table. F.R-3-5

FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 3-B.-ESTIMATED STRENGTHS OF TRIBES IN THE NON-ENUMERATED AREAS

Number of person,.

AGENCY MAIN TRIBE F..stimated Tribal Arc,t Main Section. Total Strength (both sexes)

4. ::-\ORTH WAZIRlSTAl'\ TOTAL ALL TRIBES 1,23.000 AGE::-\CY.

lBRA HI M KHEI. MaddaKhel .. 17,221 ToriKhel .. 14,078 Manzar Khel., 3,445

MOMIT KHbL Bora Khel " 4,676

WazziKhel " 4,676 Hassan Khel 1,558 Khaddar Khel 4.158 KABUL KHEL 17,221 KHARSIN 800 SAlDGIS 3,506 DAURS 51,661 S. SOUTH WAZIRISTAN fOTAL ALL TRIBES 1,32,674 AGENCY. MAHSUD 1,07,613 WAZIR 24,946 HINDUS 115 6. TRIBAL TEP.RITORIES ADJOL,\l~G SETTLED DISTRICTS. (a) Bannu TOTAL ALL TRIBES 26,403 BAKKA KHEL Narmi Khel ., 3,210 Takhti Khel 17 Sardi Khel 20 Kharsin 120 Gurbu7 2,432 JANl KHEL Jdia Khel 2,911 Tor 15 BHITTANI Boba 3,782 Bobak 5,512 Wargarra 1,928 MAHSUDS 150 MARWAT .. 3 BANNOCHlES 13 WAZIR AHMADZAI Soerka 420 Umarzai 757 Said Khel 1,066 HathiKhel 1,054 GangiKhd 550 Mohammad Khel 691 Bad'n Khel 50 Painda Khel ., 55 Bizan Khel .. 168 K('hnia Khel 494 Khojal Khel 301 Tajia Khel ., 850 F.R.3-f>

FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 3-B.-ESTIMATED STRENGTHS OF TRIBES IN THE NON-ENUMERATED AREAS Number of persons.

Estimated AGE~CY MAIN TRIBE Total 1 ribal Area. Main Section. Strength (both sexes)

6. TRIBAL TERRITORIES ADJOINl~G SETTLED DISTRICTS (Contd.)

(h) Dera Ismail Khan . . TOTAL ALL TRIBES 46,567 SHERANIS Oba Khel 7,347 Hassan Khel 3,010 Chuhar Khel .. 1,210 MaheIs 548 USTRANAS Ahmadzai 1,287 GogaILai R93 HINDUS Hindus 21 (In Khoi-Behara). BHITTANIS Tatta Bhittanis 12,091 Waraspun Bhittanis 16,285 Dhana Bhittanis 3,875

(c) Hazara TOT <\L ALL TRIBES 3,93,816 UTMANZAI OF KAYA KHABAL. 8,000 AKHUNZADAS OF BRAG .. 410 AKHUN KHELS OF CHANI .. 800 SA YEDS OF GABASNI .. 800 SAHIBZADAS OF GANI KOT .. 280 SAYEDS OF GABAI 500 SA YEDS OF SITHANA .. 700 AMAZAIS OF PITAO 7,000 HASSANZAI 28,287 AKAZAIS 19,312 CHAGARZAI (i.e. Basi Khel, Nasrat Khel and Azizwanis) 70,000 MADA KEEL 25,000 THAHKOT.. .. 4,000 KHAN KHELS OF HILL 3,000 KOHISTAN FRONTIER REGIONS HARBANIS .. 22,775 SAMAR JALKOTIES 30,548 PALASIS 30,133 KULAIWALS 24 341 BATERA 17,382 BELA 14,318 PASANG 10,751 AnAl 75,479 F.R.3-7

FRONTIER REGlONS TABLE 3·B,-ESTIMATED STRENGTHS 01< TRIBES IlS THE NON·El'I'UMERATED AREAS lSumber of persons.

Estimated AGENCY MAIN TRIBE Total Tribal Area. Main Section. Strength (both sexes) ------6. TRIBAL TERRITORIES ADJOINING SETTLED DISTRICTS (Conrd.)

(d) Kohat TOTAL ALL TRIBES .. 1,33,607 MAMUZAI 3,000 ALI KHEL .. 22.500 MULLAH KHEL 2,050 A' KHEL ...... 2,000 RABJA KHEL AND DARADAR MAMUZAI 7,100 SHEIKHAN 19,080 MISHTRT ., 18,000 BAR MOHD. KHEL 9,380 MANI KHEL 6,220 SEPAYA 1,625 STORr KHEL ., 1,000 BILAND KHEL .. 2,500 BOSTI KHEL 2.618 SHERAKI ., 2,182 ZARGHUN KHEL 5,311 AKHORWAL .. 3,081 TOR CRAPPER .. 2,894 JAWAKI 17.320 FEROZ KHEL ., 2.549 BEZOT 1,198 UTMAN KHEL .. 1,999

(e) Mardan TOTAL ALL TRIBES 35,000 SALAR Sulaimanzai 9,000 Atozai 6,900 MANSUR Khadurzai 7,000 Daulatzai 6,400 Musazai 5,700 en Peshawar TOTAL ALL TRIBES .. 1,39,550 LOWER MOHMANDS Gandab Halimzai 15,000 (Assured) Kamali Halimzai 8,000 Tarakzai Dadukhel 10,500 Tarakzai Qlsim Khel 11,000 Tarakzai Burhan Khel 2,000 Isa Khel 4,000 MISe. Utmanzai 1,200 Dawazai 1,500 Mundikhel .. 600 F.R.3-8 FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 3-B.-ESTIMATED STRENGTHS OF TRIBES IN THE ~ON-ENUMERATED AREAS Number of persons.

Estimated AGENCY MAIN TRIBE Total Tribal Area. Main Section. Strength (both sexes)

6. TRIBAL TERRITORIES ADJO~NG SETTLED DISTRICTS (COil/d.)

(f) Peshawar (Colltd.)

UPPER MOHMANDS 11,000 (Non Assured) Khawezai 5,000 Blbazai " 6,000 Koi Khanzadgan 1,500 Safi S:Jinwari 4,000 Safi Gurbaz .. 2,000 Safi Masud .. 3,000 Qlndhari 5,000 Kuda Khel .. 2,000 Atmar Khel " 2,000 Isa Khel 5,OCO Khuga Khel .. 5,000 AFRIDlS lwakis 8,500 Hassan Khels 17,250 Ashokhel 8,500 F.R.4-J FRONTIER REGIONS TABLK 4.-SEX AND MARITAL STATUS OF ENUMERATED AREA

Number cf person~.

Population Married Age Groups ----- Total Male Female Male Female --- --__ -----I ---- FRONTIER REGIONSl

TOTAL 8,87,226 4,71,045 4,16,181 2,06,553 2,06,752

0- 9 2,39,119 1,29,179 1,09,940 " 3 2 10-39 4,55,291 2,44,358 2.10,933 1,20,248 1,2(;,852 3 40-59 .. 1,47,275 73,836 .73,439 66,755 64,289 4 60 and Over .. 45,541 23,672 21,869 19.550 15,608 5 Kurram Agency

TOTAL 72,029 38,703 33,326 17,357 16,718 6 0- 9 22,445 11,821 10,624 .. .. 7 10-39 37,342 21,188 16,154 12,507 10,657 8 40-59 .. 11,280 5,039 6,241 4,659 6,047 9 60 and Over .. %2 655 307 191 14 10 Chitral State TOTAL 1,05,724 54,880 50,844 28,585 29,663 11 0- 9 27,630 15,327 12,303 .. .. 12 10-39 52,943 27,242 25,701 16,653 17,291 13 40-59 .. 19,926 9,882 10,039 9,617 9,740 14 60 and Over .. 5,225 2,424 2,801 2,315 2,632 15 Dir State

TOTAL 45,938 23,903 22,035 11,242 9,288 16 0- '} 13,875 6,963 6,912 .. .. 17 10-39 21,179 10,273 10,906 4,912 5,949 18 40-59 .. 8,738 5,369 3,369 5,159 2,749 19 60 and Over .. 2,146 1,298 848 1,171 590 20 Swat State

TOTAL 5,18,596 2,74,103 2,44,493 1,18,925 1,22,307 21

0- <) 1,35,117 73,685 61,432 .. 3 22 10-39 2,72,190 1,44,012 1,28,178 69,918 78,748 23 40-59 83,207 42,169 41,038 37,567 34,472 24 60 and Over .. 28,082 14,237 13,845 11,440 9,084 25 Kalam

TOTAL 9,702 5,312 4,390 2,390 1.978 26 0- <) 3,225 1,661 1,564 .. .. 27 10-39 4,227 2,299 1,928 1,116 1,230 28 40-59 1,580 973 607 924 528 29 60 and Over .. 670 379 291 350 220 30

NOTE-I. Includes persons enumerated in Government posts in parts of the Frontier Regions not covered by the detailed sections below. -F.R.4-2

FRONTIER REGIONS

TABLE 4.-SEX AND l\1ARITAL STATUS OF ENUMERATED AREA Number of persons.

Never Married W:do\\cd Divorced ------t\gc Groups Male Female Male Female Male Female

~ ---- FRONTIER REGIONS

2,52,173 1,90,011 11,848 18,745 471 673 TOTAL.

2 1,29,179 1,09,937 .. .. " .. 0- 9 3 1,19,562 78.• 102 4,383 5,774 165 205 10-39 4 3,076 1,766 3,821 7.065 184 319 40-59 5 356 206 3.644 5,906 122 149 60 and O''er. Kurram Agency

6 20,739 16,128 575 460 32 20 TOTAL. 7 11,821 10,624 ...... 0- 9 8 8,631 5,446 39 38 11 13 10-39 9 271 54 102 133 7 7 40-59 10 16 4 434 289 14 60 and Over Chitral State II 25,646 20,242 628 891 21 48 TOTAL. 12 15,327 12,303 .. .. 0- 9 13 10,188 7.840 391 557 10 13 10-39 14 106 88 157 191 7 20 40-59 15 25 11 80 143 4 15 60 and Over. Dir Stale

16 12,369 11,890 292 856 TOTAL. 17 6,963 6,912 .. .. 0- 9 18 5,263 4,811 98 146 10-39 19 107 128 103 492 40-59 20 36 39 91 218 60 and Over. Swat State

21 1,46,603 1,07,593 8,515 14,366 60 227 TOTAL. 22 73,685 61,429 ...... 0- 9 23 70,749 44,925 3,327 4,417 18 88 10-39 24 1,910 1,099 2,667 5,368 27 99 40-59 25 259 140 2,521 4,581 17 40 60 and Over. Kalam

26 2,845 2,236 77 171 5 TOTAL. 27 1,661 1,564 ...... 0- 9 28 1,169 664 14 30 4 10-39 29 12 .. 37 78 1 40-59 30 3 8 26 63 60 and Over. F.R.-4-3 FRONTIE"R REGIONS TABLE 4.-SEX AND MARITAL STATUS OF ENUMERATED AREA Number of persons. Population Married Age Groups -- - Total Male Female Mab Female ---- Malakand Protected Area TOTAL .. .. 89,699 46,415 43,284 14,815 18,518 31

0- 9 " .. .28,616 15,627 12,989 .. .. 32 10-39 .. " 43,190 23,562 19,628 8,733 9,315 33 40-59 .. 13,595 5,298 8,297 4,520 7,293 34 60 and Over .. .. 4,298 1,928 2,370 1,562 1,910 3S

Tribal Area Adjoining Hazara District (Swati Tribesl ) TOTAL .. .. 33,185 17,605 15,583 6,588 7,364 36

0- 9 .. .. 7,014 3,365 3,649 " .. 37 10-39 '. ., 16,766 9,658 7,108 2,545 3,001 38 40-59 .. .. 6,960 3,402 3,558 2,927 3,261 39 60 and Over .. .. 2,448 1,180 1,268 1,116 1,102 40

NOTE:-O.lly Swati Tribes were enumerated: the rest of the population of the Tribal Area adjoining Hazara District was estimated. F.R.4-:-4 FRONTIER REGIONS TABLE 4.-8EX AND MARITAL STATUS OF El';UMERATED AREA

Number of persons Never Married !__ Widowed __I ___ D_iv_o_rc_e_d __ _ Age Groups Male Female i Male Female I Male Female ------~------Malakand Protected Area

31 30,347 23,056 1.098 1,399 ISS 311 TOTAL.

32 15,627 12,989 .. .. " .. 0- 9 33 14,492 9,836 291 417 46 60 10-39 34 221 23, 490 604 67 169 40-59 35 7 317 378 42 8:! 60 and OWl

Tribal Area Adjoining Hazara District (Swati Tribes)

36 10,819 7,813 193 384 5 22 TOTAL 37 3,365 3,649 ...... 0- 9 38 7,059 3,996 50 105 4 6 10-39 39 391 164 83 121 I 12 40-59 40 4 4 60 158 4 60 and Over. F.R.5-J

FRONTIER REGIONS. TABLE 5.-MOTHER TONGUE Number of persons.

Agencies I Tribal Areu Adj~iniDg Iotol2 1------_- - Languages Frontier North South Kurram MalakilDd Waz;r' Wazir- Bannu OJ. Hazara Re&io~s_Lby~er istan istan Khan _------Totall R.87,226 2.173 71,029 7,69.659 5,235 3,110 510 1.322 33,188

Indo-European FamiJ~. Dordic Branch. Kallr Tongues 2,902 2,90;;: Khowar " 94,5S7 872 93,115 Kohi~tani 65.647 65,354 293 Indo-Alyan Branch

Hindi 34~ 345 PUnjabi 6,943 160 976 1,141 443 38 45 4:i34 Urdu 2,969 24 2,925 q 11 Iranian Branch Persian .. 3,394 154 3,240 Pashtu .. 7.05,293 2,173 66,039 5,99,842 4,079 2,667 472 1,266 28,761 Semitic Family

Arabic 14 14 Unclassified

Other Languages 346 346

Notes:--l Part of the population 10 the Frontier Regions was enumerated and part estimated. FIgures in this table are in respect of the enumerated areas only. No parts of the Tribal Areas adjOining Kabat. Mardan or Peshawar Districts were enumerated and those areas do not therefore appear in the table. Excluding persons claiming Nationalities other than Pakistani. 3. For ,hnilar data regarding North-West Frontier Province, see Table 7 in Part II. F.R.6-1

FRO~TIER REGIONS TABLE 6.-SPEECH Number of Persons speaking2 each of the languages used in the Frontier Regions Number of persons.

I I I l Push to Urdu Agencies, States and I Arabic ,'English IKafar IKhower Kohis- I Persian I Punjabi 4 Tribal Areas Tongue! tani I I --- _------I FRONTIER RE- 5,653 1,081 2,903 97,126 77,003 11,415 8,838 7,54,199 19,104 GlONSl.

Khyber 61 2,173 Kurram 283 200 881 1,098 524 71,073 1,640 Chitral State 37 36 2,903 95,918 2,629 4,259 74 5,371 1,713

Dir State 2 5 205 45,913 285

Swat State3 2,897 568 64,298 4,930 934 5,00,603 12,126 Kalam 3 326 9,334 64 1,620 50 Malakand Pro- 887 162 448 627 192 89,308 2,357 tected Area. North-Waziris- 1,404 4,079 9 tan. South-Waziris- 792 2,667 tan. Tribal Area Ad- 39 472 joining Bannu District. Tribal Area Ad- 14~ 1 266 11 joining Dera Ismail Khan District. Tribal Area Ad- 1,544 J.l0 294 232 4,669 29.654 913 joining Hazara District.

NOTEs:- 1. Part of the population was enumerated and the rest was estimated. This table relates only to areas enumerated. 2. The figures in this table include persons speaking each language as their Mother Tongue (the details of which are in table 6) and also persons speaking it as an additional Language. 3. In addition to the languages shown in this Table the following were reported in Swat State: Kashmiri 16; Marathi 15; Hindi 377. 4. For similar data regarding North-West Frontier Province, see Table 7-A in Part II. f.R.7-1

FRO;o...ilER REGIONSl

TABLE 7.-LANGUAGES OF UTERACY

Literate persons able to read and write and those able to read only.

(Number able to read and write is shown in ordinary type number able to read only in italics)

Number of persons.

Agencies, States and Tribal Areas ArabIC English Persian Punjabi Pushtu Urdu

------AGENCIES/STATES A:SD TRI- 773 1,793 3,575 30 1,947 8,366 BAL AREAS,2 3,15i:J 128 2,188 606 2.111 3,566

Agencies 754 1,616 3,535 30 1,917 7.960 2,914 76 1,993 606 1,535 3,549

Khyber 7 17

Kurram 5 80 173 1,555 173 32 34 Malakand 749 626 3,354 1,867 4,625 2,741 55 1,957 16 1,437 3,484 ChitLl! State 25 27 74 203 210 II 107 138

Dir State 43 43 208 309 259 16V 1 19 10/ 707

Swat State 510 400 2,867 " 1,414 3,660 2,162 41 1.746 16 128 2,438 Kalam 4 22 26 16 3 2

Malakand Protected area 167 156 185 118 487 (Swat Ranizai and Sam 211 2 83 1,205 199 Ranizai.)

:'\orth-Waziristan 729 6 30 49 1,331 19 4 590 98 30 South-Waziristan 174 2 1 432 2 1

TRffiAL AREA ADJOINING 19 177 40 30 406 SETILED DISTRICTS. 244 1 195 570 17

Bannu 20 36

Dera Ismail Khan 146 3 331 2 Hazara (Swati Tribal Area) 18 11 36 30 39 144 2 1Y5 576 15

NOTES .1. Part of the Population was enumerated and the rest was estimated. This Table relates only to areas enumerated. 2. For similar data regarding North-West Frontier Province, see Table 8-A in Part II. }o'.R.B-l

FRONTIER REGIONS! TABLE 8.-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which thty claim to have progressed In Educational Institutions. (Figures in italics show the number of females included in the totals above them.) Number of persons.

Without Age Group (in Years) Total Formal Primary MIddle Matri- Litel ate Attain- School. School. culation. Degree ment.

FRONTIER REGrO:"\sl

ALL AGES 17,875 8,146 6,652 1,798 1,082 197 2,619 2,027 478 65 16 5

0-9 3,773 2,958 S07 8 548 482 66

10 and Over .. 14,102 5,188 5,845 1,790 1,082 197 2,071 1,545 412 65 16 5

KUrram Agency

ALL AGES 1,758 483 1,082 131 41 21 124 104 7 8 5

0-9 278 175 103 56 56

10 :tnd Over .. 1,480 308 979 131 41 21 68 48 7 8 5 Chitral State

ALL AGES 654 509 107 21 17 136 136 0-9 243 239 4 63 63

10 and Over .. 411 270 103 21 17 73 73

Dir St:ille

ALL AGES 1,378 1,153 124 55 23 23 472 430 17 12 9 4 0-9 251 251 88 88

10 a!1d Over .. 1,127 ')02 124 55 23 23 384 342 17 12 9 4 Swat State

-\LL AGES 9,049 3,804 4,163 722 297 63 881 480 382 16 2 1 0-1) 2,556 1,97R 573 5 253 198 55

10 and O"er .. 6,493 1,826 3,590 717 297 63 628 282 327 16 2 1

NOTE-I. Includes Government posts and camps not covered by the Agency wise details below. F.R.8-2

FRONTIER REGIONSl-(contd.) TABLE 8.-EDUCATIONAL LEVELS Literate persons analysed according to the grades to which they claim to have progressed in Educational Institutions. (Figures in italics show the number of females included in the totals above them.)

Number of persons.

Without Age Group (in Years) Total Formal Primary Middle Matri- Degree Literate Attain- School School culation ment

~---- Kalam ALL AGES 131 115 14 2

0-9 10 7 3

10 and Over .. 121 108 11 2

Malakand Protected Area ALL AGES 1,771 1,062 482 172 47 8 589 566 22 1 0-9 302 183 119 88 77 11 10 and Over .. 1.469 879 363 172 47 g 501 489 11 1 Tribal area Adjoining Hazara District ALL AGES 760 690 44 20 5 1 265 265 0-9 133 125 5 3

10 and Over .. 627 565 39 17 5 265 265 F.R.9-1

FRONTIER REGIONS

TABLE 9.-E:\'U:\1ERATEDl POPULATION ACCORDING TO ECONOMIC STATUS

Number of persons.

Self-supporting2 Dependents

Frontier Region Total Male Female Male Female I Population ------..j------AGENCIES, STATES AND TRIBAL AREAS3 8,87,226 2,81,936 24,120 1,89,109 3,92,061

AGENCIES 8,52,206 2,66,124 21,771 1,85,552 3,78,759 Khyber 2,173 688 383 1,102 Kurram 72,029 19,891 1,254 18,812 32,072

Malakand 7,69,659 2,39,524 20,478 1,65,089 3,44,568

Chitral State .. 1,05,724 30,778 505 24,102 50,339 Dir State 45,938 14,908 93 8,995 21,942 Swat State 5,18,596 1,55,318 14,397 1,18,785 2,30,096

Kalam .. '0 .0 9,702 3,197 300 2,115 4,090 Malakand protected Area (Swat Rani- 89,699 35,323 5,183 11,092 38,101 zai and Sam Ranizai).

North Wazirstan 5,235 3,295 39 1,055 846 South Wazlristan 3,110 2,726 213 171

TRIBAL AREAS ADJOINING SETTLED 35,020 15,812 2,349 3,557 13,302 DISTRICTS.

Bannu 510 352 158 Dera Ismail Khan 1,322 1,225 29 68.

Hazara 33,188 14,235 2,349 3,370 13,234 Kobat Mardan Peshawar

NOTES-I. The enumerated portion of the total population is shown in Table I (Frontier Regions). 2. Analysis of population according to occupations is shown in Table 9-A (Frontier Regions).

3. For similar data regarding North-West Frontier Province, see Table 11, Part II. F. R.9-2

FRONTIER REGIONS

TABLE9-A.-ANALYSISI OF SELF SlJPPORTING PERSONS BY OCCUPATIONS

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the total above them)

Number of persons.

Total Agencies Occupation Agencies ------State and _- Tribal Areas Total Khyber Kurram Agencies Agency Agency ------_ --- TOTAL 3,06,056 2,87,895 688 21,145 24,120 21,771 1,254 2 Agriculture 2,25,060 2,13,218 217 14,453 2

3 Barber 2,695 2,456 92 3 9 9 4 Basket Maker .. 6 6 4

5 Black-smith 6,793 6,264 27 122 5 6 6 6 Boatman 123 123 6

7 Butcher 67 67 7 2 2 8 Wood Worker ., 9,262 8,331 11 6 8 5 5 9 Doom (Musician) 152 132 9

10 Driver (Lorry) ., 261 261 31 10

II Driver (Tonga) .. 15 15 11

12 Embroidery 7,529 7,404 784 12 7,228 7,103 784 13 Goldsmith 1,168 1,070 13 12 12 14 Imamat (Religious Workers) 2,909 2,782 73 14 6 6 15 Labourer 3,087 2,894 538 15 693 693

NOTE-I. This Table is an analysis of the column headed 'Self-supporting' in (Frontier Regions). Table 9. F. R. 9-3

FRONTIER REGIONS

TABLE 9-A.-ANALYSIS OF SELF SUPPORTING PERSONS BY OCCUPATIONS (contrf.)

(Figures in italic~ show the number of Females included in the total above them)

Number of persons.

Agencies :Tribal Areas Adjoining Districts --- --

Malakand Agency Total , -----_ ------_ -,

Mala- I I kand Tribal I I Total Chitral Dir Swat Kalam Protect- No~h Sou~h Area I Derl!- aZlT aZlf Malakand State State State ed Area I 'Y - I "Y - Adjoin-1Bannu rsmall ,Hazara. Agency _I ,,"" RamzalCS""" AgencyI Agency ,,'ao l"gtrict D;,.I I Kh'" I and Sam I Ranizai) ______I I

2,60,002 31,283 15,001 1,69,715 3,497 40,506 3,334 2,726 18,161 352 1,225 16,584 20,478 505 93 14,397 300 5,183 39 2,349 2,349

2 1,98,306 27,969 9,481 1,39,728 2,944 18,184 191 51 11,842 397 11,445 2

3 2,324 75 985 1,197 67 10 30 239 15 19 205 3 9 9

4 6 6 4

5 6,017 90 1,017 1,702 3,208 47 51 529 12 13 504 5 6 6

6 123 123 6

7 67 67 7 2 2

8 8,255 77 917 I,C67 42 6,152 29 30 931 15 18 898 8 5 5 ...

9 112 112 10 10 20 5 15 9

10 112 74 38 67 51 10

11 15 15 11

192 40 5,872 120 125 125 12 ",620 ~ 396 12 6,319 192 40 5,571 120 396 125 125

13 1,070 39 501 530 98 98 13 12 12

14 2,703 131 21,011 1,493 22 46 6 127 127 14 6 6

15 2,314 325 1,668 321 24 18 193 14 178 15 693 693 F. R. 9-4

FRONTIER REGIONS

TABLE 9-A.-ANALYSIS OF SELF SUPPORTING PERSONS BY OCCUPATIO~S-(confd.}

(Figures in italics show the number of Females included in the total above them) Number of persons.

Agencies and States Total Agencies Occupation States and Total Khyber Kurram Tribal Areas Agencies Agency Agency

16 Machanic Fitter .. 97 93 6 16

17 Medical Practitioner 57 57 17

18 Miller 19 19 18 1 1

19 Potter 251 251 19 1 1 20 Pakistan State Service 13,521 12,515 356 1,696 20

21 State Service 6,414 6,414 21 162 162 22 Domestic Service 1,638 1,229 907 22

23 Shop-Keeper 3,591 3,591 1,190 23 5/ 51

24 Shoe-Maker 1,523 1,450 15 308 24 1 1 25 Spinning 8,744 7,205 25 8,605 7,096

26 Tailor (Sewi'lg) 7,201 7,000 288 26 6,299 6,123 51 27 Washerman 38 37 5 27

28 Watch Maker 2 2 28

29 Weaver 2,592 1,771 16 635 29 994 455 413 30 Other Occupations 1,241 1.238 10 47 30 45 45 6 F.R.9-5

FRONTIER REGIO;>lS TABLE 9-A.-A."

Agencies !Tribal Areas Adjoming DI~tnct ------Malakanu Agency I ' I ----- illDera Mala- North- Sout~- To.tal !Bannu [smail Hazara kand- Wazir- ~aZlf- Tnbal I I Khan I Protect- istan ISlan Area Total Chitral Dir Swat Kalam ed Area Agency Agency Adjoin- Malakand State State State (Swat ing Dis- Agency Ranizai I tricts and Sam Ranizai) ---- 16 35 35 25 27 4 4 16

17 57 57 17

IS 19 19 18 1 I 19 .251 3~ 213 . 19 I 1 "

20 5.641 255 5,386 2,601 2,221 1,006 268 738 20

21 6,414 1,863 814 3,737 21 162 162

22 322 194 3 125 409 409 22

23 2,221 103 1,874 15 22'1 75 105 23 51 51

24 l,uS3 57 79 8:;4 93 17 27 73 17 16 40 74 1 1

25 7,205 154 35 5.462 180 1,374 1,53'1 1,539 25 7,096 154 35 5,353 18U 1,374 1,509 1,50<)

26 6,712 136 30 3,101 14 3.431 20] 201 2(' 6,U72 136 lli 2.505 3,413 176 116

27 19 18 ., 13 27

28 2 2 28

29 1,070 89 87 750 35 109 21 29 821 (i 815 29 42 23 ]9 539 53y

30 907 907 217 57 3 3 30 39 Census 51-t.'o c (Jf""luII) 1 Harne

Yn_ Mth. Muhajir from 2 M S W 0 9

Born In IEducalion 10 3 '> P M £

US~lIl Ma,n Occupation

PAK llA 4

Mu, e Hindu Sch C. Budd Subs.dlary Occups'ion 1'8 2 3 4

5 ChT. Pars: Trib Occupation jaru...&ry 12 6 B

13

A 14

15

8 +--l-++--t=:~-=+=:'='T··~·a ~1 /

Block /"/ M /' / F \ \ CENSUS OF PAKISTAN 1951. 2

INSTRUCTIONS FOR Er.'UMERATORS. QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE ANSWERS

1. Remember what you heard at the class of instruc­ 4. Are you a PAK1S- If 'yes' Ring PAK tion. TAN I ? for Pakistanis on visits out 2. Read the notes on the back of this paper carefully of Pakistan, write country and be ready to explain them to respondents who being visited, e.g. 'IN U.K.' have any difficulty in choosing their answers. If not: What is your Write It out 3. FiJI in the Location Code at the foot of each slip NATIONALITY? at home before you start enumeration. 4. Do not write in the shaded spaces on the slip: these If an Afghan: Are you If yes put "PA" are for use in the Census Office. aPOWINDAH? 5. Write clearly in INK. Make symbols definite and firm. If so: Where is your Write place in respondent's party settled this words. QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE A~SWERS winter? 5. RELIGION? Ring round the appropriate PRELIMINARY Number. (Note that num­ QUESTIONS For Hindus: Are you ber 7 applies in Chittagong House Number Write in box. Have vou been enume­ If not ask question 'a'. a Caste Hindu or do Hill Tracts only). you belong /0 Sche­ rated already 7 duled Caste? a. Is this your present If yes carry out enumeration REGULAR resi­ in full. If not ask ques­ dence or lodging tion 'b'_ 6. MOTHER TONGUE? Put v' under language spoken plnce ? from the cradle. If no, or doubtful, carry out b. Will you be BACK 7. Any other language Put v' under languages in your normal resi­ enumeration. you commonly spoken dence before 28 SPEAK? February? lf yes, do not make out a slip but carefully warn the pcr­ 8. Can Y0lt READ'! If 'No' put big X over all son that it is his/her duty WRITE? spaces on this line. to see that a slip is made out at his/her normal resi­ IN what languages? If 'Yes' put under language dence. P for Reads L for Reads and writes.

1. NAME~ Write it out. Under Arabic Q for Reads Holy Quran only If a tribesman, put name of tribe or tribal section in 9. Are you a MUIlA- If 'No' put X brackets after the name. JIR? RELATION to Head Write under KIN of Hormhold? 1 ~Head. 2=Wife If 3 ~oSon or Daughter yes: Fmm which Write it out, but if the place 4 = Father or Mother PROVINCE ur is seen to be the same as 5 = Other relations STATE? the person's birth place it X= No relation may be indicated by put­ SEX 7 In bottom corner Ring round ing figure 3. M for Male: F for Female 10. EDUCATION

2. AGE in years? Write number of years com­ (a) Are you reg.ularly If yes ring round S. pleted on 28 February 1951. attending School for infants under 1 year Write in box, age in months. or College? for children under 12 If No put Ring round age fig­ years Is FATHER ure. (b) For how many Write figures under years. If Living? If Yes put v' after age figure. years have YOIl respondent has never at­ MARRIED? Ring round M attended School tended School put X un­ SINGLE? (i.e. never or College? der Years. married) S WIDOWED? W (c) How far has your DIVORCED? D eduC(ltion pro- gressed? 3. Were you BORjV in If 'yes' put v' this DISTRICT? Completed Primary School : Ring round P If not WHERE? Other places in Pakistan or Passed Middle School Exam : M Bharat write name of ~assed Matriculation (Entrance) Exam: E DISTRICT Obtained University Degree : " ." D Elsewhere write name of Obtained Higher (Post-Graduate) " " <;OUNTRYonly. Degree " H 3 4

QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE ANSWERS QUESTIONS HOW TO WRITE ANSWERS FOR PERSONS UN- Draw big X through spaces Do you pay rent in cash If 'yes' Ring A DER 12 YEARS I IA to 16. or kind for any of tire OF AGE THIS land yo II till ? COMPLETES THE Do you work as a " B QUESTION labourer for another person who tills ELIMINATING land? QUESTION :- 15. INDUSTRIAL For persons ~OT marked T Are you usually self If 'No' put a big X over the STATUS m question II A. supporting or partly whole space from ItA to In YOllr main occupa- sel(-S!lpporting or are 15. This then completes lion. you seeking work? the questions except for Do you employ others? If 'yes' Ring EO women to whom 16 applies. Or are you an employee?"" E If 'Yes' ask all the Questions. Or are you an independ- ent worker: " " I llA. What is USUAL­ If a 'Tiller of the Soil' Ring Or an unpaid family" F L Y your main OC­ T. Otherwise, write it out. help: CUPATION (Kind If no work is (or wa~) us­ of work)? (For Mu­ ually done put X. 16. For WOMEN who hajirs: What WAS are or have been your main occupa- MARRIED tion)? a. Durinl{ her whole life: lIB. Have YOll any Write it out. How many years has Write under WED tot:!1 num­ SUBSIDTARYmeans she been married al­ ber of years. of livelihood, if so together? what? How many children have Write under CH'RN total SPECIAL QUESTlOr-.: been born alive to hel number of children. altogether ? Do you receive rent in If 'yes' Ring Z in space 14. b. During the last 12 cash or kind for land montlrs ;- YOll own but which is How many children haY'e Write under BORN, number tilled by the others. been born alive to of children born during the her? year ended 28 February 12. What was YOll/, ac- If same as I I A put V 1951. tual main occupation If not, write it out. in JANUARY1951 'I Are they all ftl'ing '! If 'yes' put v under LIVED for each Child still living. If unemployed throu- If umemployed, put X and ghout January 1951. ask questIon A. What was the age in Write under LIVED number months of any of them of month dUring which the A. Were you SEEK­ If 'No' put another X: if who died? child lived. ING employment 'I 'Yes' ask question Band C. If more than one child is given B. In what occupation? If same as II A put v after under BORN, show them the X otherwise write it separately under LIVED out after the X. thus: C. How many months Put number of months after had YOll been unem­ the above. v -y' 6 means that out of ployed and seeking Example: 'Xy'Y means the three Children born in this work at tire end of person was unemployed year two are now living January? throughout January, was and one died at 6 months. seeking work in his usual main occupation and had ABSENTEES : been unemployed since Are any persons who If 'yes' ask quesitons A and B November 1950 i.e. for the usually live in your 3 months ending January hoaselroJd ABSENT? 31,1951. A. Did the person leave I before 7 Febrllary? If 'yes' to both Questions ask 13. ECONOMIC B. WIll the person be r question C. GROUP away IInol after 28 I In what kind of WrIte it out. February? J induslry, business or ser­ C. [s the person staying If 'yes' no further action vice did you work in INSIbE Pakistan'! needed. January? If 'No' to either A, B or C make out a slip for the 14. AGRICULTURAL For persons marked T in absent person on replies STATUS question llA. given by a responsible Do you own all or any If 'yes' Ring C member cf the household of the land you till? who should sign the slip.

LIST OF AGENTS IN PAKISTAN AND ABROAD FROM WHOM GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN PUBLlCATIONS ARE AVAILABLE.

I.-INLAND Messrs. Gul Book Depot, Neemji Store Sukkur. 1. Provincial Government Book Depot:­ Punjab:- North West Frontier Province:- Messrs. Danishmand & Co., Karkhana Manager, Government Printmg and Bazar, Lyallpur. Stationary, N.W.F.P., Peshawar. Messrs. Ferozsons. The Mall, Lahore. Sind:- Messrs. The Punjab Religious Book Societ} Superintendent Sind Government Book Anarkali, Lahore. Depot and Record Office, Karachi, Messrs. Nawai Waqt Publications, Ltd .. Saddar. Lahore. Messrs. Manzoor & Co. (Pak) Ltd., 6, The Punjab:- Mall, Lahore. Superintendent, Government Printing Messrs. A. M. John & Co., Kutchery Road, Punjab, Lahore. P. B. No. 297 Lahore. Messrs. The Publishers United Ltd., 176. 2. Private Book-SeIlers;- Anarkali, Lahore. East Bengal:- Messrs. International Agency, GUJar Ba'iti, Layallpur. Messrs. The Pak. Co-operative Book Society Ltd., Chittagong. Messrs. Mirza Book Agency, 20 Ma)o Road, Lahore. " "Sylhet Messrs. Kohinoor Library, Ander-Killa, Chittagong. IT.-FOREIG:--I Messrs. Burhani Paper Mart, II Bangala Bazar, Dacca. The Ambassador of Pakistan Kabul c, o. Post Master Peshawar. Messrs. Qazi Khurshid Mustuia, 23, Rajani Choudhry Road, Gandaria, Dacca. The High Commissioner for Pakistan in Aus­ tralia, Dalton House liS, Pitt St., Sydney, Messrs. Abdul Quadir & Brothers old Australia. Jesson Road, Khunla. The Ambassador of Pakistan, Rander House North West Fromier PrtJvince:- Phavre Street, Rangoon Burmah. Messrs. Ferozsons. 35, The Mall, Peshawar. The High Commissioner for Pakistan 499. Wilbord Street, Ottawa, Canada. Karachi:- The Embas'iY of Pakistan, Pakistan House. Messrs. Aero Store~, 170, Napier Road, II, Sharia Hodel Lab:1n, Garden City, Cairo, Karachi. Egypt. Messrs. Ferozsons, Bunder Road, Karachi. The High Commi,sioner for Pakistan I), B. Messrs. Kitabistan, Ltd., 18, Hotel Metro­ Hardinge Avenue, New DelhI. pole, Victoria Road, Karachi. The Embassy of Pakistan in 15, Dialan Tanku Messrs. Pioneer Paper and Stationery Umar, Diakarta. House, 1, Avan Lodge, 0pp. Dow The Embassy of Pakistan. Khiaban Takhte Medical College, Bunder Road, lamshed Kashi No. 276, Tehran, Iran. Karachi. The Embassy of Pakistan. Wazirva Baghdad, Messrs. Windsor Book Stall, Elphinstone Iraq. Street, Kara<::hi. The Legation of Pakistan, Jedda. Saudi Arabia. Messrs. Burhani Paper Mart, Campbell Tlle Minister of Pakistan Abu Rounmanch Street, P. O. Box 26, Karachi. Damascus. Messrs. Pakistan Law House, opposite The Ambassador of Pakistan, 41/- Karanfil Small Causes Court, Wadhomal Sokaka. Yani,chir, Ankara, 1urkey. Odharam Road, Karachi. The High Commissioner for Pakistan 34, 36 Messrs. The Bookland. Bunder Road. Lowndes Square, London, S. W. 1. Karachi. - The Ambassador of Pakistan, 2201R Street Messrs. Grenich Agencies, 510, Elphins­ North-West Washington D.C., U.S.A. ton Street, Karachi. The Embassy of Pakistan, 17, Sadovekudrinska~a Messrs. Firdaus Stationers opp. New Street, Moscow, U.S.S.R. Memon Masjid Bunder Road, Karachi. The Ambassador of Pakistan 18, Rue Loard Byron, Paris, France. Sind:- The Embassy of Pakistan, Plien 1813, No.3, Messrs. Educational Book Depot, Stationers The Hauge, Netherland. and Book-Sellers, School Rd., The Minister of Pakistan, 15, Via Guisenpe, Hyderabad, Sind. Mangili, Rome, Italy.